ee ag «"~ le ? 5 uw a hem eee! Es OPP Lt ? , Py ot ny of rt Tr) tga oe Oe Se et a = os tore ~, anes a ae rs fhe a ac ‘ 5 a = - 5, ee ad ee euler ae i a a ¥ Ae Lm 5 4 ete = io a] * ‘ mites i CRUE OTS aA Fee \ te y “ P <. a Po * r S Sy sHi ik Samat ea Lin sae tic 2 Z te oe Es Wee oh meer fata ce Bee Baty @ bert hay ivy Contents. PART I. No. 157. I.—Mr. Ivory’s Tables of Mean Astronomical refractions, revised and augmented by Major J. T. Boileau, B.E. Superintendent Magnetic Observatory, Simla. 44¢ see ence eee seine anor II.—An Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India; being the Storms in the Bay of Bengal and Southern Indian Ocean, from ‘26th November to 2d December, 1843. By Henry Piddington; with a Chart. wees 111.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of January, 1845. 4... No. 158. I.—Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, a History of Sindh. By Lieutenant Postans.—( Continued.) .... coon eves eoee sieina I1.— Védanta-Sara, or Essence of the Vedanta, an introduction to the Védanta Philosophy, by Sadénanda Parivrajakacharya, translated from the original Sanscrit. By E. Roer, Librarian to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. .... 111.—Note of the course of study pursued by Students in the Sanskrit College, Calcutta. By W. Seton Karr, Esq., B.C.S. .... ciate ose 1V.—Memorandum on the Ancient bed of the River Soane and Site of Pali- bothra. By E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq., B.C.S., with a Coloured Map. ee. V.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of February, 1845. .... V1.—Officers and Members of the Asiatic Society for 1845. cece alse VII.—List of Members, eeee eece e@ecoe dia e@oe¢ No. 159. I.—Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, a History of Sindh. By Lieutenant Postans.— ( Concluded. ) oe oe ale oe ee I1.—Notices and Descriptions of various New or Little Known species of Birds, By Ed. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum. ee I11.—Observations on the rate of Evaporation on the Open Sea; witha onetiee tion of an Instrument used for indicating its amount. By T. W. Laidley, Esq. oe oe oe oe eo ee eso Page. 10 75 100 135 137 XVll XXxXl1 XXX1l1 155 173 213 iV Contents. 1V.—On the Alpine Glacier, Iceberg, Diluvial and Wave Translation ‘Theo- ries; with reference to the deposits of Southern India, its furrowed and striated Rocks, and Rock basins. By Captain Newbold, M.N.I., F.R.S, Assistant Commissioner Kurnool, Madras Territory. With a plate. ee V.— Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of March, 1849. ve No. 160. I.—Description of Caprolagus, a new Genus of Leporine Mammalia. By Ed. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum. With two plates. ee II.—Report, by Lieut. E. J. T. Dalton, B.N.I., Junior Assistant, Commis- sioner of Assam, of his visit to the Hills in the neighbourhood of the Soobanshiri River. From the Political Secretariat of the Government of India. With a map. Si ee ee oe ve ee 111.—Notes, principally Geological, on the South Mahratta country— Falls of Gokauk—Classification of Rocks. By Captain Newbold, F.R.S. &c., As- sistant Commissioner Kurnool. ve oe a . o8 1V.—An Account of the early Ghiljaees. By Major R. Leech, C. B., late Political Agent, Toran Ghiljaees at Kalat-i-Ghiljaee. From the Political Secretariat of the Government of India. oe ee oe 3 No. 161. I.—Report, &c. from Captain G. B. Tremenheere, Executive Engineer, Tenas- serim Division, to the Officer in charge of the office of Superintending En- gineer, South Eastern Provinces ; with information concerning the price of Tin ore of Mergui, in reference to Extract from a Despatch from the Ho- norable Court of Directors, dated 25th October 1843, No. 20. Communi- cated by the Government of [ndia. .. a ee ee se 1].—A Supplementary Account of the Hazarahs. By Major R. Leech, C.5., Late Political Agent, Candahar. oe ee ve o% se 111.—Rough Notes on the Zoology of Candahar and the Neighbouring Districts. By Capt. Thos. Hutton, of the Invalids, Mussoorie. With notes by Ed. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum. (Continued. ) ee 1V.—On the Course of the River Nerbudda. By Lieut.-Colone] Ouseley, Agent G.G., S. W. Frontier. With acoloured Map of the River from Hoshungabad to Jubbulpoor. ee ee ee ve ee V.—A ‘Twelfth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India; being the Storms of the Andaman Sea and Bay of Bengal, 9th to 14th November, 1844. By Henry Piddington. .. ee oe ee ee ee ee Vi.—Some account of the Hill Tribes in the interior of the District of Chitta- gong, in a letter to the Secretary of the Asiatic Society. By the Rev. M. Bathe) Missionary. .. o's ee . a V1I.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the auth of May, 1845. ots Page. 217 XXX1 247 306 329 333 340 304 357 Contents. No. 162. I.—Notes on the Religion of the Sikhs, being a Notice of their Prayers, Holi- days, and Shrines. By Major R. Leech, C.B., Political Agent, N.W.F. From the Political Secretariat of the Government of India. ee ov II.—Notes, principally Geological, across the Peninsula of Southern India, from Kistapatam, Lat. 14° 17/ at the Embouchure of the Coileyroo River, on the Eastern Coast to Honawer, Lat. 14° 16’ on the Western Coast, comprising a visit to the Falls of Gairsuppa. By Captain Newbold, F.K.S., M.N.LI. Assistant Commissioner Kurnool, Madras Territory. oe oe es I11.—On the Meris and Abors of Assam. By Lieut. J. 1. E. Dalton, Assistant Commissioner, Assam. In a letter to Major Jenkins. Communicated by the Government of India. oe ; Se Eh 1V.—Notice of some Unpublished Coins of the ‘eee HS sh By Lieut. Alexander Cunningham, Engineers. .. nf ee a oe V.—On Kunker formations, with Specimens. By Captain J. Abbott, B.A... Vi.—An account of the Early Abdalees. By Major R. Leech, C.B. Late Political Agent, Candahar. .. ee in V11.— Proceedings of the Asiatic Society " Bene as the month of June, 1845, 398 I ml ne a iuoenx TO PART I. VOL. XIV. Page. Astronomical refractions, Mr. Ivory’s Tables of mean—revised and aug- mented. By Major J. T. Boileau, 1 Ancient bed of the River Soane and Site of Palibothra— Memorandum on the. By E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. 137 Alpine Glacier, Iceberg, Diluvial and Wave ‘Translation Theories; On the—with reference to the depo- sits of Southern India, its furrowed and striated Rocks, and Rock basins. By Captain Newbold, .. 217 Account of the early Ghiljaees. By Major R. Leech, .. a e» oU6 Course of study pursued by Students in the Sanscrit College, Calcutta ; Note of the. By W. Seton Karr, 130 Caprolagus, anew Genus of Leporine Mammalia; Description of. By Blyth. a oe oe oe Candahar and the Neighbouring Dis- tricts; Rough Notes on the Zoolo- gy of. By Capt. Thos. Hutton, of the Invalids, Mussoorie. With notes by Ed. Blyth, os -. 340 Course of the River Nerbudda; On the. By Lieut. Col. Ouseley, .. 354 Evaporation on the Open Sea; Ob- servations on the rate of—with a description of an Instrument used for indicating its amount. By T. W. Laidlay, Esq., .. oe -- 213 Early Abdalees ; Anaccount of the. By Major R. Leech, 56 -- 445 History of Sindh. Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram. By Lieutenant Postans, ae ye 75-155 Hills in the neighbourhood of the Soobanshiri River; Report of his visit tothe. By Lt. E. J. T. Dalton, 250 Hazarahs, A supplementary Account of the. By Major RK. Leech, — .. 333 Hill tribe in the interior of the Dis- trict of Chittagong; Some account of the. By Rev. M. Barbe, .. 380 247 Page. Kunker formations, with Specimens By Capt. J. Abbott, -. 442 Law of Storms in India: An Eleventh Memoir on the. Being the Storms in the Bay of Bengal and Southern Indian Ocean, from 26th Novem- ber to 2nd December 1843. By Henry Piddington, Se se | 10 Law of Storms in India; A Twelfth Memoir on the. Being the Storms of the Andaman Sea and Bay of Bengal, from 9th to 14th Novem- ber, 1844. By Henry Piddington, 357 List of Members, Sie fore ER IID Meris and Abors of Assam ; On the. By Lieut. J.T. E. Dalton, ee 426 Mergui Tin-ore; Report, &c. from Captain G. B. Tremenheere, .. 329 New or Little Known species of Birds ; Notices and Descriptions of various. By Ed. Blyth, .. os, L738 Officers and Members of the Asiatic Society for 1845, Deve aia oS Proceedings of the Asiatic Society fOr S45; eas 1-XV1I-XXX1-XXKiX-lV Peninsula of Southern India, from Kistapatam ; Notes, principally Geological, across the. By Capt. Newbold, .. at a ae Religion of the Sikhs, being a No- tice of their Prayers, Holidays, and Shrines ; Notes on the. By Major RK. Leech, .. oe oe 393 South Mahratta country—Falls of Gokauk—Classification of Rocks. Notes, principally Geological, on the. By Captain Newbold, «- 268 Unpublished Coins of the Indo- Scythians ; Notice of some. By Lieut. Alex. Cunningham, -» 430 Védanta Sara, or Essence of the Vé- danta, an introduction to the Vé- danta Philosophy by Sadénanda Parivrajakacharya, translated from the original Sanscrit. By E. Roer, 100 398 INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS TO PART Assott, Capt. J. On Kunker forma- tions, with Specimens, .. a BoitEau, Major J. T., Mr. Ivory’s Tables of mean Astronomical] re- fractions, revised and augmented, Biytu, Ed. Notices and Descrip- tions of various New or Little known species of Birds, .. oe ———— Description of Caprola- gus, a new Genus of Leporine Mammalia, .. oe i eM BarsBe, Rev. M. Some account of the Hill Tribes in the interrior of the District of Chittagong, oe CunninGHaM, Lieut. Alex. Notice of some Unpublished Coins of the Indo-Scythians, .. oe ee Datrton, Lieut. BE. J. Tl. Report of his visit to the Hills in the neigh- bourhood of the Soobanshiri Ri- ver, o- ee a Be: ——_—___—__-_—_-__—— On the Meris and Abors of Assam, .. Horton, Capt. Thos. Rough Notes on the Zoology of Candahar and the Neighbouring Districts. of the Invalids, Mussogrie. With notes by Bp. BuytH, .. oe ee Laip.Lry, T. W. Esq. Observations on the rate of Evaporation on the Open Sea; with adescription of an Instrument used for indicating its amount, oe ee oe oe Leecu, Major. R. An Account of the early Ghiljaees, ta ee Supplementary Account of the Hazarahs, .. oe —__—__—__-——_ Notes on.the Reli- gion of the Sikhs, being a Notice of their Prayers, Holidays, and Shrines, ee oe oe oe ————_——_-— An account of the Early Abdalees, .. oe ee —_—_—_—_ A 442 247 380 -- 200 426 340 213 306 333 393 445 lhe, VOL. XIV. Page. Newso ip, Capt. On the Alpine Glacier, Iceberg, Diluvial and Wave Translation Theories; with reference to the deposits of South- ern India, its furrowed and striated Rocks, and Rock basins, .. Ne aks —— Notes, principally Geological, on the South Mahratta country— Falls of Gokauk—Classi- fication of Rocks, a sedi ——_-—_——_——_ Notes, principally Geological, across the Peninsula of Southern India, from Kistapa- tam, .. one eo ae an OusELEY, Lieut. Colonel, On the Course of the River Nerbudda,.. 354 PippineTon, H. Eleventh Me- moir on the Law of Storms in India, being the Storms in the Bay of Bengal and Southern Indian Ocean, from 26th November to 2d December, 1813, .. ° — —= welfth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India; being the Storms of the Andaman Sea and Bay of Bengal, 9th to 14th November, 1844, Are oyA Postans, Lieut. ‘Translations of the Toofut ul Kiram, a History of Sindh,.. Se ye we 79-155 Rorr, E. Védanta-Sara, or Essence of the Védanta, an introduction to the Védanta Philosophy by Sadé- nanda, Parivrajakacharya, trans- lated from the original Sanscrit,.. 100 RavensHaw, E.C. Esq., Memo- randum on the Ancient bed of the Riwer Soane and Site of Palibothra, 137 Seton Karr, W. Esq. B.C.S. Note of the course of study pursu- ed by Students in the Sanscrit College, Calcutta, «> ae -» 130 TREMENHEERE, Capt. G.B. Re- port, &c:,) io; sie ate s« O29 os [ : ave. aa iA ah webs dt ie Bit j aeaP (sucess ba dhs eh ue ie: OSC, + mbt onal th Hee ee: "shy S int sae ai; panded ae saaipen bp yteTe ite ab fig TIO Chk, fib bul ye NIRS se hee woe Ori oi Toa daual® »
  • ae grods*t ni) wa parts) tad, ans > OST gudd; seitvil ie bo ft-apad aba ave od) ue hay ae, se RUA wis Ora Oh 2h eee h ment) din eek (eee caeral Psa oe rape me sien Pees 7 Mad > aia! ratl Cm etree? dene daleL ad pl f iret ews t iss eft iat oo” eat 1 Hilts peihe A ey ih} ant? eG Wirt Gai int a rote Ou) ae ae bate: a 9 sets mat me nae * é “ ‘ ‘ une ty PSX scott A Yet a pi takai \ P hinted te st) aaa en ae Wal ee LS ate poset ri (ine ae | ogy: " sit I ti av wd $i agi’ ae be . ne LOU? ia shia ‘ hte iy ober Be paraded: 14 By ere We, Bs Taatom 63) ras ‘fe tip med), 4 a». SR mana ; ekiiell Soar ith 1 § ped 3a ead 7 1) le wy, ates. lis Meee he gl Lidkatss “nd ! LEcPge G sq ahh lag li 5 ap hoa diet a On DM i eGR icin: diy); ayia wy cer. ralpawad () » pled we vod 20° rreterdyay a Bi . bel: Li peegarrt Ab ie ett aibior rh Bie hy Ss o oe OR - 7 a6 jitsiy iwi phew i ONE) aR ii a aac Soh onbilie ee { he Fe clea hap a bei Pa ise oes ‘ oy niet eres eth edi ki ty ees a ng fe orem pie lia de Ad Ash os Heit ania out rs balay atubtlobk call ib ems ‘ly huritw 9h, sta Proceedings of the Astatic Society for the month of January, 1845. (And at its supplementary Meeting of lst February, 1845.) The monthly meeting of the Society took place at the usual hour, at the rooms, on Tuesday evening, the 14th January. The Rev. Dr. Heberlin, in the Chair. The following gentlemen, proposed at the last meeting, were ballotted for and declared duly elected. F. Boutros, Esq. Dehli College ; A. Christopher, Esq. La Martiniere ; S. B. Bow- ring, Esq. C. S. ; John Ward, Esq. Civil Engineer ; E. Blyth, Esq. Associate Member. And the following new members were proposed : Major Lawrence, Resident, Nepal, proposed by H. Torrens, Esq. seconded by the Sub-Secretary ; Rev. Peter Barbé, proposed by H. Torrens, Esq. seconded by the Sub-Secretary. The Society’s Office-bearers for 1844 were unanimously re-elected for 1845, and the following gentlemen were added to their number,— As Vice-President, Lieut. Col. W. N. Forbes, B. E. As members of the Committee of Papers, W. Seton Karr, Esq. C. S. W. B. O’Shaughnessy, Esq. B. M. S. On the motion of the Secretary, H. Torrens, Esq. seconded by F. G. T. Heatley, Esq. it was resolved, That the following gentlemen be requested to act as Corresponding Members of the Committee of Papers,— V. Tregear, Esq. A. Sprenger, Esq. M. D. Captain Boileau, B. E. G. G. Spilsbury, Esq. M. D. Lieut. Phayre, B. N. I. Lieut. Tickell, B. N, J. Captain Cunningham, B. N. 1. And that the Committee of Papers be empowered from time to time to add to the foregoing the names of such gentlemen as it may deem likely to assist in its labours. It was further resolved, that the hour of meeting in future be half: past seven in- stead of half-past eight, pv. m. Read the following list of books. Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, Tuesday, January 14, 1845. Presented. The Holy Bible in Hindustanee, by Rev. Mr. Long. The New Testament in Bengalee and English, Matthew to John, by do. do. A ii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan, 1845. Hindustanee Pentateuch, by the Rev. J. Long. Hindee New Testament, by do. do. New Testament in Bengalee, by do. do. Psalms of David in Bengalee, 2 copies, by do. do. A number of Bengalee tracts, by do. do. Usher’s Works, Vols. II. to XIII. by the Dublin De Livius ed. Walker, 7 vols. by do. do. Wall on the Antient Orthography of the Jews, 3 vols. by do. do. H. Lloyd’s Treatises on Light and Vision, 1 vol. by do. do. Lectures on the Wave-Theory of Light, 1 vol. by do. do. B. Lloyd’s Mechanical Philosophy, by do. do. Todd’s Discourses on the Prophecies relating to Antichrist, | vol. by do. do. Proceedings of the Irish Archeological Society, by the Society. Journal of Great Britain and Ireland,. No. 13, by the Society. Proceedings of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1844, by the Society. Bullétin de la Société de Géographie. Tome 20. Paris, 1843. By the Society. Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol. iii, part iii, by the Society. Specimen e Litteris Orientalibus, exhibens Taalibii Syntagma. Auct. J. J. Valeton, by the Academy of Leyden. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, No. 73, April to July 1844, by the Editor. Calcutta Christian Observer, January 1845, by the Editors. North British Review, No. 1, May 1844, by the Rev. Dr. Wilson. Akademischer Almanach der Baierischen Akademie der Wissenschaften fiir das Jahr 1844, by Professor v. Martius. Oriental Christian Spectator, for December 1844, by the Editor. Documents et Observations sur le Cours du Bahr el Abiad, par M. D’ Armand. Second Voyage ditto ditto, two copies. Collection Géographique de la Bibliothéque Royale. Glossarium Sanscriticum, auct.F. Bopp. Fasciculus II. Berolini, 1844, by the author. Exchanged. ’ Journal Asiatique, No. 13, April, 1844. The Atheneum, Nos. 884—888, 19th Oct. to 2nd Nov. 1844. Purchased. Haji Khalfee Lexicon, | vol. printed for the Asiatic Society by the Oriental Transla- tion Fund. Lettre sur l’utilité des Museés ethnographiques, par Ph. Fr. de Siebold, Paris, 1843. Journal des Savants, June, 1844. Philosophical Magazine for July, No. 162. Supplement to D. D. No. 163, and for Aug. 1844, No. 164. Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia, History of Greece, by C. Thirlwall, vol. 8. It was resolved, that the Society subscribe to the North British Review. Read the following letter from the Librarian of Trinity College, Dublin :— To the Vice President of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. S1r,—I am directed by the Provost and Senior Fellows of Trinity College, Dublin, (in pursuance of the answer which they commissioned the Vice Chancellor of the University of Dublin to make Jan. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. iii to your letter to him, dated last September) to forward to you for presentation to the Asiatic So-. ciety of Bengal, the works noted on the other side. I have the honor to be, Sir, Your obedient servant, CHARLES WM. WALL, Trinity College, Dublin, July 8, 1844. Librarian. Archbishop Usher’s works, edited by Charles R. Ebrington, D. D. Regius, Professor of Di- vinity in the University of Dublin, Vol. II. to XIII. inclusive (Vol. I. XIV. &c, not yet published) An examination of the Ancient Orthography of the Jews. By Charles William Wall, Senior Fellow of Trinity College, and Professor of Hebrew in the University of Dublin, Vols, I. II. and III. Discourses on the Prophecies relating to Antichrist in the writings of Daniel and St. Paul. By James Henthron Todd, M.R. I. A. Fellow of Trinity College, Dublin. A Treatise on Light and Vision. By the Rev. Humphrey Lloyd, M. A. Fellow of Trinity College, Dublin. An Elementary Treatise of Mechanical Philosophy. By Bartholomew Lloyd, D. D. Provost of Trinity College, Dublin. Lectures on the Wave Theory of Light. By the Rev. H. Lloyd, D. D. Livius, a John Walker, 7 Vols. Read the following letter from the Librarian : To H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary, Asiatic Society. S1r,—I have the honor to submit to you an alphabetical list of the books received during the past year into the Library, together with the account sales of the Oriental publications, and an account of the publications delivered, sold and in store, from the 31st of July 1843, to the 31st of December 1844. From the alphabetical list it appears, that the number of works received, is nearly the same with that of the preceding year. I beg, however, to observe, that most of these works bear upon Natural History and Natural Science in general, while a few only are connected with Oriental Researches. Althoughit is very desirable, that the library of the Asiatic Society should contain standard works on natural sciences, the Oriental division, which is so closely linked with the objects of the Society, should not be neglected. I therefore beg to propose, that the Society may be pleased to fix an annual sum of some hundred rupees to enable the Librarian to improve the collection of Oriental works in the Library. J have the honour to be, Sir, Your most obedient servant, 14th January, 1845. E, RoER. Abstract of the List of Books received into the Library during 1844. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Transactions, vol. ii, January and February 1844, No.1, Ditto ditto Proceedings, Nos, 30-33. Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, Journal, vol. 2, Nos. 11-12, vol. 3, Nos. 1-2. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Nos. 77-83 and Nos. 85-89. Athenzum, Nos, 855-858, and Nos. 861-883. Ayeen Akbery, or the Institutes of Akber, translated by Gladwin, 2 vols. Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society. Journal, No. 7, 1844. Botanical Society of London, 1839. vol. i. British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report for 1843. Calcutta Christian Observer, vol, v. 1844, from January to December, 12 Nos, iv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1845. Calcutta Literary Gleaner, vol. ii. Nos. 10-11. Classical Museum of London, 1844, Nos. 2-5. Forster, (C.) Historical Geography of Arabia. London, 1844, 2 vols. Gayangos, (P. de) History of the Mahomedan Dynasties in Spain, vol. ii. London, 1843. General Report on Public Instruction in the Bengal Presidency, for 1842-43, 1 vol. Geological Society of London, List of the Members for 1843. Proceedings, vol. 14, No. 96, and Index to vol. 3, No. 93. Golingham, (J.) Meteorological Register at Madras. Goodwyn, (H.) Memoir on Iron Roofing, Calcutta, 1844. Ditto ditto plates. Grey, (Hamilton) History of Etruria, part 1, 1 vol. Griffith, (W.) the Palms of British India. Heeren, (A. H. L.) Manual of Ancient History. Third edition. Oxford, 1840. Jameson’s Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, Nos. 69-72. Jeffroy, (A.) Notes on the Marine Glue. London, 1843, Pamphlet. Jerdon, Illustrations of Indian Ornithology, No. 1, Madras 1843. Johnston, (K. M.) Report of the Secretary of the Navy. Jones, (J. T.) Brief Grammatical Notices of the Siamese Language. Lardner, (D.) and Walker Cabinet Cyclopedia. Electricity, vol. ii. 1844. London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosopical Magazine and Journal of Science, vol. 22, Nos. 147, 148 ; vol. 23, Nos. 159, 150, 153, 185; vol. 24, Nos. 156, 161. M ‘Clelland (J.) and W. Griffith, Calcutta Journal of Natural History, 4 vols. Nos. 1-16, and Nos. 17, 18. Madras Journal of Literature and Science, No. 30, June 1844. Magnetic Observations from the Observatory of Bombay. Naturalist’s Library, Ichthyology, vol. 6, British Fishes, Ornithology, vol. 14, British Birds, 2 yols. Napier, (W. F. P.) History of the Peninsular War, vols, 3-5. Niebuhr (B. G.) History of Rome, vols. 4, 5. Oriental Christian Spectator, vol. 4. No. 12. Second Series, Nos, 1-11. Penny Cyclopedia, vols. 25, 26. Piddington, (H.) Horn-book of Storms for the Indian and China Seas, |! vol. Prichard, (J. C.) Natural History of Man, 1 vol. Ditto ditto Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, vols. 1-4. Ram Chunder Doss, General Register of the Bengal Civil Service, from 1796-1842. Register of the Singapore Tides. . Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1843, Annual Report of the Council. Royal Geographical Society of London. Journal, vol. 14, part 6, 1843. Royal Irish Academy. Transactions, vol. 19, part ii. Ditto Proceedings, 1841-42, part 6 ; 1842-43, part 7. Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. 15, part 2nd, 3rd Series. Royal Society of London, Philosophical Transactions, from 1838-43, 6 vols. and part i. for 1844. Shea, (and Troyer) Dabistan, or School of Manners, translated from the Persian. Sketch of the Systems of Education, moral and intellectual, in practice at Bruce Castle School, Tottenham, London, 1839, 1 vol. Slane, (Mac G. de) Ibn Khalikan’s Biographical Dictionary, translated from the Arabic, vol, ii, Paris 1843. Smith, (A.) Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa, Nos. 18, 19. Society of Arts, Transactions, vol. 54. Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, premium for the sessions 1843-44, Somerby, (B.) Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or figures and descriptions of shells. 1842-43. Jan. 1845. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Vv Somerby, Conchologia Tconica, a Repertory of species of shells, pictorial, descriptive. London, 1843, 3 vols. Taylor, (G. P.G.) General Catalogue of the principal fixed stars, from observations made at Madras in 1830-1843. Troyer, Vide Shea. Vetch, Inquiry into the manner of establishing a steam-navigation between the Mediterranean and Red Seas, London, 1843. Wiseman, Letter on science and revealed religion. Wood, (W.) Catalogue of a valuable collection of books in Natural History, arranged in classes according to the Linnean system. : Zoology of the voyage of H. M. Ship ‘‘ Sulphur,” during the years 1836-1842, French. Annuaire du Burean des Longitudes, 1842, 1 vol. Accroissement de la collection Géographique de la Bibliothéque Royale, 1841. Bureau des Longitudes. Connaissance des temps des movements célestes pour, 1843-45, 3 vols. Florival, (P. C. V.de) Moise de Khorene, texte Armemien et introduction Frangaise, 1844, 2 vols. Humboldt, (A. de) L’Asie Centrale. Paris, 1843, 3 vols. Journal des Savants, Paris, April, 1843 to Aug. 1844. Jomard, Notation Hypsométrique, P. Mas, (S. de) Mémoire Sur l’idéographie Macao. 1844—P. Ditto ditto, Vocabularie l’idéographique, P. * Quatremére Histoire des Sultans Mamlouks de Egypte. Tom. II, Paris, 1842. Rafn, (Chr.) Mémoire sur la Découverte de l’Amerique. Copenhagen 1843, 1 vol. Roberts, (G.) Voyage de Delhi 4 Bombay en 1841, 1 vol. Societé Asiatique, Journal 3 me. Série. Nov. Dec. 1842, Tome 4. 4 me. Serie vols. 1-3. Société de Géographie, Bullétin 2 me. Série, Tomes 18-19, Paris, 1842-43. Ditto ditto, Extract du Rapport Annuel, 1839. j Societé Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve Memoires, 1841-42, 1 vol. Societé Royale d’agriculture de Lyon. Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles 1838-1840, 3 vols. Societé Royale des antiquaries du Nord, section Asiatique, mémoires, 1842-43, Copenhagen. Tassy, (G, de) Saadi Paris, 1843,—P. Walkenaer, (Baron de) Notice Historique sur la vie et les ouvrages de Major Rennell,—P. Italian. Hemso, (G, de) Ultimi progressi de la Geografia. Milano 1843.—P. Informe Sobre el Estado de las Islas Filipinas an 1842 Madrid 1843,2 vols. German. Koenigliche Gesellschaft fiir die nordische Alterthumskunde, Iahresversammlung, 1842. Lassen, (Ch) Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlands, Sechsten Bandes erstes Heft, 1844. Leitfaden zur nordishen Alterthumskunde, Copenhagen 1837,—P. Danish. Annaler for nordisk old kyndighed, 1840-41, vol. I. 1842, 1843. Latin, Lassen, (Chr) de Taprobane Insula, veteribus cognita, dissertatio. Bonae, 1842,—P, Hindoostanee, Rafiel Hishab, 1 vol. vi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Zend. [Jan. 1845. Framje Aspandiarjei; The Zaina of the Parsis with Guzarati translation, paraphrase, and com- ment, 1843. Sanscrit. Yates, (W.) Nalayodaya by Kalidasa. Text and Translation. Calcutta, 1844, 1 vol. Oriental Publications, &c. sold from the \st of January 1844, to the 3\st Decem- ber, 1844. ' i Rs. As, Ps. Mahabharata, vol. I. 6 copies, vol. II. 6 do., vol. IIT. 6do., vol. 1V. 7 do. .. he 260 0 0 Index to ditto, vol. I. 5 copies, vol. II. 5 do,, vol. III. 5do., vol. [V. 5 do. ... aa 20 0 Harriwansa, 9 copies, ... wae sce “8 ate a acs See 45 0 0 Raja Tarrangini, 7 copies, oes wee 20 ar a 0 vee 35 0 0 Naishada, 18 copies, ... con tes ocd a5 an occ xe 108 0 0 Sausruta, vols. I and II. 8 copies each. ... ies oe noc ere =5 64 0 0 Fatawe Alemgiri, vol. I. 2 copies, vol. II. 2 do., vol. III. 2 do., vol. VI. do., vol. V. 8 do., vol. VI.,8do. ... Ss ses ake ins ah nbc ans 248 0 0 Inaya, vols. 2-4. 2 copies each,... on “6 fr 75 “or 47 64 0 0 Khazanat ul Ilm ul Riazi, 6 copies, ... ee sh ade 48 0 0 Fawame ul Ilm ul Riazi, 6 copies, ig da aos “a0 ave : 24 0 0 Anis ul Musharrahin, 2 copies, os s Pf 10 0 0 Sharaya ul Islam, 4 copies, no one ALO aD ase eae 32 0.0 Epitome of the Grammar of the Beloochee languages, 1 copy, tee aes PA 100 Essay sur le Pali, 1 copy, Ae fee ne fas aie oe ane 3 0 0 Anthologia Sanscritica, 2 copies, ee cee ade eee ee ee tay At (0) Géographie d’ Aboulfeda, 3 copies, Fon ase occ ca - 15 00 Macarius’s Travels, 1 copy, oo nce ace BS ies 5 40 0 Memoir of Jehanguire, 2 copies, on onc ee 000 06 5 8 0 0 History of the Afghans, 2 copies, aie oe nae Bee cee cD 10 6 0 Travels of Ibn Batuta, 1 copy, ... oss ie exe A eae is 6 0 0 Lassen’s Gita Govinda, 1 copy, ... xO soc on me se 28 0 Lassen’s Institutiones, 1 copy, ... ae x0 aa mae aa wae 6 0 0 Asiatic Researches, vol. 16. 1 copy, vol. 19. p. I. 1 copy, p. II. 2 copies, vol. 20 p. I and II. 1 copy each.... A aes Soc ass ao oe 40 0 0 Asiatic Journal, 8 Nos. ses ave an A Fon = — 148 0 Total, Rupees, sas, O0G070) 0 ABSTRACT. Account of the Oriental Publications delivered, sold, and in store, from 31st of July 1843, to December the 31st, 1844. Mahabharata. Vols. I. II. Found, sce va ma .. Copies, 218 233 Delivered and Sold, 0 eee as 20 20 Balance, eh eae oes 198 233 Ii]. 254 26 238 TY: 282 21 261 Jan. 1845.] Found, ete see Delivered and Sold, __... Balance, Found, aee one Delivered and Sold, Balance, .. Found, Delivered and Sold, Balance, t Found, sua aco Delivered and Sold, aco Balance, Found, ae wee Delivered and Sold, ... Balance, Found, Delivered and Sold, se Balance, Found, ... aa Delivered and Sold, Balance, ave Found, E Delivered and Sold, axe Balance, coe Found, Delivered and Sold, Balance, ae A Index to Mahabharata. Vols. .. Copies, 392 9 ooo eee Harriwansa. Raja Tarangini. Naishada. Sausruta,. Sanscrit Catalogue. Fatawe Alemgiri. Vols. n08 . Copies, eee one ” Inaya. Khazanat ul Ilm. 12 Od: Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Vil hie II. III. IV. 396 392 323 73 73 73 18 320 323 829 305 : «. Copies, 469 . ” 20 449 S06 ... Copies, 275 ” 10 265 aoc .. Copies, 197 30 aa 167 Vols. I. II, .. Copies, 261 308 ‘9 18 18 243 243 . Copies, 255 ” 6 249 DS RIS une Ven Wore hh Oe 76 118 129 22, 24 25 24 (9 So eon 9a 205 Molsamlle witli: TVs ». Copies, 35 28 30 ba 12) 22 23 16 18 ... Copies, 385 | caper 16 | cee 369 | viii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1845. Fawane ul Ilm ul Riazi. Foun “ oF eas a nae « Copies, 393 Delivered and Sold, oe ae ap “ne eee or 16 Balance, AG ee ae ose en) “377 Anis ul Musharrahin. Found, aoe ane oe aoe oe «.. Copies, 316 Delivered and Sold, a0 an ss ane es Ap 12 Balance, aaa coc “0 Bee ce 304 Found, oor ses noo oe toe + Copies, 314 Delivered and Sold, me WP ee a ae 5h 16 Balance, dee cot ies “oO 298 Persian Catalogue. Found, Nee ay: C09 ae “he ».. Copies, 238 Delivered and Sold, nae reo ox eee ars Hf 6 Balance, coe eee eee eos eve - 232 Asiatic Researches. Vols. 3. 7. 8. 9, 12.. 12. 19. 14. 15. 16, 17..18,- 18. 18.1179, 192 49, 20. 20-20, Found, . 39 13 2 1 5 30 47 56 98 213 69 151 46 26 96235 12 129-)41 Delyd; &;Sold, 30) 0, 05:0. 20-0 , 2s Shaye 2:0) On) A a Sie ed ae 3 13.2 21 5 29 46 55 96 212.6910) 45 25) (Somes dd 11277440 Tibetan Grammar. Found, nee a as me are «. Copies, 208 Delivered and Sold, ee a0 wae soe see p 11 Balance, sak ees Sea Ss aes 197 Tibetan Dictionary. Found, a Awe sae oor ae ... Copies, 205 Delivered and Sold, ase nee ee uae aoe Sp 11 Balance, eee =05 ee Ris one 194 Dictionarium Latino—Anamiticum. Found, aes eee “er “cc cee «. Copies, 58 Delivered and Sold, sea Aas Ra Vie noe 40 11 Balance, 59 eae “co A060 ay 47 The Catalogue accompanying this letter was ordered to be published in the Pro- ceedings, and upon the proposal of the President, seconded by the Secretary, it was resolved, that a supplementary Catalogue, to comprise all the works received since the last Catalogue of the Library was printed, be also prepared and printed. Read the following letter also from the Librarian :—- To H. Torrens, Esq., Secretary, Asiatic Society. Sir,—I beg leave to inform you, that I can procure the second volume of Strange’s ‘‘Elements of Hindoo Law,’’ and the first volume of Crawford’s ‘‘ Indian Archi- Jan. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ix pelago at 8 and 5 rupees respectively. As the original price of Strange’s Elements is 1l rupees per volume, and of Crawford’s Indian Archipelago 8 rupees per volume, will you authorize me to purchase those volumes for the Library, in order to complete the above mentioned works. I take this opportunity to submit to you the following list of valuable Oriental works, which I would suggest should be purchased for the Library :— 1. Die Zigeuner in Europa and Asien, von Dr. A. T. Pott. Erster Theil. Halle. 1844. 2. Kammavakya, liber de officiis sacerdotum Buddhicorum. Police, Latine. Auct. Fr. Spiegel. . Chr. Lassen, Indische Alterthums-Kunde. Ersten Bandes erste Halfte. . Panini’s Acht Biicher grammatischer Regeln, von Otto Bothlinck. 2 Bande. 3 “1 5. Radices Lingue Pracritice. Ed. N. Delius. 6: Radices lingue Sanscritice. Ed. N. L. Westergaard. 7. Bothlingk, (D.) Erster Versuch tiber den Accent im Sanscrit. 8. Die Declination im Sanscrit. 2) . Unadi Affixe. 10. 5 Upanishads aus dem Yayur, Samu and Atharba-Veda. Herausgegeben von L. Paley. 14th January, 1845. E. Rorr. Resolved—That the Secretary and Librarian be authorized to purchase these works as occasion may present. The work of Count Bijonsterna, entitled Theogony, Cosmogony, and Philosophy of the Hindoos, wasalso specially ordered to be obtained for the use of the Archzological Committee. The Secretary presented specimen copies of Abdool Ruzzak’s work on Suffee terms, edited by Dr. Sprenger, of which those half bound were considered the best for the presentation copies. The following note was read :— My DEAR Six,—My friend Colonel Stacy of the 43rd Regt. having requested me to make over to the charge of the Curator of the Asiatic Society the accompanying ancient Hebrew MS., I have the pleasure to send it per bearer, and shall be fa- vored by your acknowledging the receipt of it. Ballygunge, \\th January, 1845. Ros. WRouGHTONe The MS. to which it refers was handed to the Rev. Dr. Heeberlin, for exami- nation and report. Read the following letter and paper from the Secretary to the Government of Bom bay:— (No. 3656 of 1844.) To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Calcutta. General Department. Sir,—I am directed by the Honorable the Governor in Council of Bombay to re- quest the acceptance by the Asiatic Society of Calcutta, of the accompanving six B x Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1845. gold coins, discovered in the village of Heeolee in the Malwan Talooka of the Rut- nagherry Collectorate, and at the same time to forward a copy of a descriptive me- morandum by the Secretary to the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Bombay Castle, 12th December, 1844. M. Escomsg, Secretary to Government. Notice by the Secretary of the Society on ten Hindie gold coins, found at the village of Hewli in the Southern Konkan, and presented by Government; also on a collection of gold Zodiac coins of the Emperor Jehangir. The ten gold coins transmitted by Government, for the acceptance of the Society, weigh each — grains, and have generally, on one side, the figure of a lion, with an in- scription below on Telagu letters, Baliji Shri, which may be translated prosperity to the Bali, and which are oblations of food offered, at the four cardinal points, to Indra, god of the firmament, Yama judge of the dead, Varuna the ocean, and Soma the moon:* ‘Two of the coins are hammered, and quite plain on one side; having on the other, stamped symbols for the four preceding deities, indicated by letters, among which I recognize the Telagu letter & standing for Yama, and the cave ch for Soma. The centre symbol must therefore be intended for Vivaswa, or the sun. On the reverse of six of the coins we find written within a circle the word Rudra, a name for Siva ; and on another of them, the Trisul, or emblem of Siva, with an inscription below in Deva Nagari or Shrimanya Devaya splaleaeara to the prosperous god; this last is the newest of the series, and indicates the establish- ment of the Saivite worship. In the McKenzie collection of Hindoo gold coins, two of them are enumerated as the Sinha Mudra Fanam, or the Fanam with the lion impression, without any further information being given regarding them. These, and the ones now under considera- tion, may, with much probability, be assigned to the successors of the Andhra kings of Telingana, the Narapati sovereigns of Warangal; who appear to have been origi- nally feudatories of the Chalukya kings of Kalyani. This family is known by the name of the Kakataya princes of Warangal, who at the commencement of their career, in the end of the eleventh century of our era, were Jains. Their original residence was Anumakonda, from whence, sometime after Sal 1010, A. D. 1088, these princes remov- ed to Warangal, which became their capital, and represented the chief Hindu state of Southern India, till destroyed by the Mahomedans during the reign of Ghias-ad-din Toghluk of Delhi, Hejirah 721, A. D. 1321. The then reigning Prince of Warangal is called, in Colonel Brigg’s translation of Ferishta, Sudder Dew, being an evident mistake for his real name Rudra Deva; whose possessions appear to have been bounded on the North-west by those of Rama, Raja of Devagiri, the modern Daola- tabad. The coins now submitted for examination, having on the reverse the name of Rudra, may have been struck during the reign of the prince just mentioned ; but there are good grounds for assigning them a higher antiquity, or the beginning of A. D. 1100, as at this time the second of the Kakataya princes of Warangal, named Rudra Deva, adopted the Saiva in place of the Jain faith, and built many temples to Siva or Ma- * See perpetual obligations of a householder in Wilson’s translation of the Vishnu Purana, Quarto, p. 302. Jan. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Xi hadeva, in order to expiate the crime of having killed his father. Only one decisively Saivite coin appears in this collection, and is the most recent of the series; all the others indicating the prevalence of the Jain practice of astrology, and the worship of the Bali or Baliah, which are sidereal spirits. (Signed, ) James Biro, Secretary, Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society. (True Copy, ) W. Escomes, Secretary to Government. The Sub-Secretary stated, that he had received from Dr. Mouat the following letter, with the pamphlets therein alluded to. The pamphlets were ordered to be distributed to the Members of the Committee. My pear Pippineton,—Mr. Latter, just before leaving for Arracan, requested to present the accompanying copies of his ‘ Note on Budhism’ to the Asiatic Society, for the use of the Members of the Committee appointed to carry out the plans deve- loped in the letter from the Honorable Court of Directors. 18th January. Frep. J. Movar. Read the following letters ;-— (No. 3076. ) From the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to H. Torrens, Esa. Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, \\th De- cember, 1844, Srr,—With reference to your letter of the 7th March last, recommending on the part of the Asiatic Society, that certain books now in the Calcutta Public Library should be transferred to the charge of the Society, | am directed to forward, for the information of that body, the accompanying copy of a letter, dated the 4th ultimo, from the Curators of the Library. At the same time, I am instructed to intimate that, though in the opinion of the Right Honorable the Governor, the existing arrangement cannot be fairly or properly disturbed without the consent of both Associations, yet His Excellency is inclined to think that, if the works in question are connected with Eastern Philology, they would be better placed in the Library of the Asiatic Society, than in the Public Library. A. TURNBULL, Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal. from the Curators of the Calcutta Public Library, to A. TurNBULL, Esq. Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal. Si1z,—I have the honor to acknowledge, on the part of the Curators, the receipt of your letter, dated 15th April last, enclosing copy of a letter from the Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society, and requesting us to report, for the information of Government, our willingness or otherwise to accede to the proposition for the transfer of the books therein alluded to, from the Calcutta Public Library to that of the Asiatic Society. " xii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1845. We beg at the same time to apologize for the delay which, by some singular accident, has occurred. With regard to the proposition of a transfer of the books, we beg to State, for the information of the Hon’ble the Governor of Bengal, that the books became the property of the Members of the Calcutta Public Library by a gift of the Bengal Government, confirmed by the Hon’ble Court of Directors, under certain engagements, which it is unnecessary at present to enter into, but which have been always complied with. As books of reference, we beg to observe that they are far more available to the public here than they can possibly be at the Library of the Asiatic Society, from the number of our subscribers, and the popular form of our Institution generally. I am, &c. (Signed) G. T. MarsHatt, Curator, Metcalfe Hail, Chairman of the monthly meeting of Curators. 4th Nov. 1844. (True copy, ) A. TURNBULL, Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal. Resolved—That the following gentlemen, viz. :— Dr. Roer, Dr. GANTHONY, S. G. T. Heatrey, Esq. and H. Torrens, Esq. as Secretary, be requested to form a Sub-Committee for considering what interchange might take place between the Society and the Public Library, as to duplicate works, without reference to subsequent arrangements. Read the following letter addressed to the Geological Society of London, and it was agreed that it would be proper to despatch at the close of every year, one of the same tenor to every Society or Editor, whose works are regularly received by the Society. The Secretary, Geological Society of London. Sir,—I am directed to acknowledge the due and regular receipt of your Transactions and Proceedings by the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and to express to your Society our best thanks for the same. Should any irregularity in the receipt of the Journal or ‘Transactions (Researches) of the Asiatic Society of Bengal occur, our London pub- lishers and Agents, Messrs. Allen and Co., will readily explain or rectify it. We have to request you will be good enough to transmit to them the numbers of your Proceedings, noted on the other side, and your bill for them, as the most part have probably been duly received by us, but are lost. (Signed) H. TorRENs, V. P. and Sec. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Museum, 20th Jan. 1845. Read the following extract of a letter from Captain Phayre, B. N. I. to the Se- cretary, dated Sandoway, 2nd December 1844, My pear Torrens,—lI hope, before long, that I shall be able to offer a treatise on Burmese Astronomy, from the pen of the Rev. Mr. Stilson, a Missionary here, Jan. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Xlil who is fully competent to the task. 1 am sorry the coins (the Persian part of them) are undecipherable ; the fact is, the inscriptions must have been cut by some ignorant person in Arrakan, with a few Persian letters scrawled for the name of the thing. Are the gold coins ( Elephant type) from Cheduba ? Sandoway, December 2, 1844. The Secretary presented a paper from J. Middleton, Esq. C. S,, being Observations on the specific Gravity of sea-water, which was referred to the Editors of the Journal for publication. As it was already late, the President suggested that it might be advisable to call a supplementary Meeting for such business as remained, and for the reports of the Curators ; which was agreed to, and Saturday the 1st February being considered as he most convenient day, it was named for that purpose. For all the foregoing communications and contributions, the best thanks of the Society were accorded. Proceedings of the Supplementary Meeting. As above noted, the Supplementary Meeting of the Society was held on the ist February, at 74 p.m.—J. Fulton, Esq., Member Committee of Papers, in the Chair, when the reports of the Curators were read as follows :— Rervorrtor tHe Curator, Museum oF Economic Greotocy, AND GEOLOGICAL AND Minerarocicat Departments, FOR THE Montu oF DecEMBER, Geological and Mineralogical.—Our zealous and indefatigable contributor, Lieut. Sherwill of the Behar Revenue Survey, has sent us a most valuable geological map of Zillah Behar, with three chests containing upwards of 350 splendid sized specimens of the various rocks and minerals, numbered to the localities marked on the map. Lieut. Sherwill’s notes to accompany the specimens have not yet arrived, but I have deemed it right to bring forward this magnificent contribution this evening, that we may have the pleasure of thanking him, as he so richly deserves, at the earliest pos- sible moment. If the Society think with me, I should deem it right that it should, in such manner as may be thought proper, bring to the special notice of Government this meritorious instance of an officer voluntarily adding so highly and so valuably to his particular duties; of which we may, I think truly say, that there is no example yet on record. Itmust not be forgotten, that the officers of the Revenue Survey have no light task, and that this addition to our knowledge of his district has been made by Lieut. Sherwill probably in the hours of relaxation and repose. I trust that his notes, with what we can glean from Buchanan, will enable us to construct some good sec- tions ; in which case, imperfect as they may, and as every thing short of a regular geological survey, must be, it will still be the best geological notice of any separate Zillah in India, and an invaluable example to others; one indeed, which [ feel assured the Society will not allow to pass by without all the honour in its power to bestow upon it. I present now my detailed report on the Aerolite, presented by Captain J. Abbott, which was exhibited at the October meeting. 1 have put it in the form of a paper for | XiV Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (Jan. 1845. the Journal, as these phenomena are of special interest at home on many accounts, and our Aeroliteis of a very rare kind. I mentioned in my former report, that we had written to the Collector of Candeish, requesting his assistance in procuring further information of the Aerolite, and more specimens if obtainable. I have now the pleasure of submitting his reply, which is as follows. ‘The report will be incorporated with my paper. H. Torrens, Esg. Secretary and Vice-President, Asiatic Society. Sir,—I have now the pleasure to comply as far as in my power lies, with the request contained in your letter of the 23rd November last, and to send you five pieces of the Aerolite to which you allude, with a statement from the parties who witnessed the fall of it. If in this or any other matter 1 can be of service by furnishing information, or other- wise forwarding the views of your Society, 1 beg you will freely command me. Candeish, June 6, 1845. J. M. BELL, Collector of Candeish. P. S.—The fragments of the Aerolite have been sent by bangy post; I shall be glad to hear that you have received them, and that they are of sufficient size to be of value. Captain Latter, 67th B. N. I. has presented us with a very beautiful collection of mi- nerals, being 128 good sized specimens and from first-rate dealers, (Mawe or Tennant ? ) some of which will be handsome additions to our cabinet, and others serve to replace inferior specimens or to shew varieties. Captain Latter has added to this very hand- some donation a considerable number of Geological and Mineralogical specimens from Algeria; including some of copper, from the lodes now working on the flanks of the lesser Atlas by the French! and fossils, &c. from the desert between Suez and Cairo. We should also place on record the following extract ofa polite letter from Capt. Baker, B. E., to whom I have written to say that we should be most obliged by any thing from such a locality. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Calcutta. Dear Sir, ; I passed through Calcutta lately on my return from Scinde, and had hoped to pre- sent to the Society some geological specimens from that country; unfortunately, how- ever, my baggage had not arrived before I was obliged to leave, and it may even be sometime before I have an opportunity of sending them. On the arrival of my baggage, you will however receive two small boxes of fossils from Lieut. Blagrave of the Sinde Survey. 28th December, \844. W. E. Baker, Capt. Engineers. Museum of Economic Geology.—A specimen was handed to me at the meeting of January, marked as ‘‘ a species of Asphaltum from the bed of the Namsay river near Jeypore, Upper Assam, presented by Mr. F. C. Marshall.’’ It is unfortunately not Asphaltum, which will be a great treasure wherever it is discovered in any accessible locality in India, but cannel coal, apparently of a very fine quality. Our thanks are nevertheless equally due to Mr. Marshall for his very kind attention, and we shall be greatly obliged by specimens of everything he can send us; particularly if pitch-like or Jan. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XV earthy-looking substances of any kind, which melt and burn, and if they also effervesce with any acids, as strong vinegar or lime-juice, so much the better. I have here also again the pleasure of referring to Lieut. Sherwill’s active kindness in support of the objects of the Museum. I had written to him on the subject of the Corundum recently found and presented by Dr. Rowe, and in reply he sends us a set of specimens analagous to those which I had obtained from the bazar, but accompanied by the following very interesting account of the specimens and mines; which last were not known, 1| think, to exist in any locality north of the Nerbudda. My pear Sir,—I have succeeded after some trouble in getting you specimens of Corundum, from a locale little known to Europeans; they were obtained from a hill in Lat. 24° 10’, Long. 83° 20’, about 20 miles S. W. from Vantaree, behind the table-land of Rhotas, in a province known as Singrowlee. The mines are worked once a year, when enough is worked out to supply the wants of the Mahajuns, who send bullocks to convey itaway. From this spot the greater part of Western India is sup- plied. The following Nos. apply to the Nos. on the specimens. No. 1. Goolabee, named from its rose colour, is considered the best. No. 2. Mussooreea, named from its colour, as resembling Mussoor-dal (ervum lens) is 2nd in quality. No. 3. Bhakra, from being of many colours, (greyish?) 3rd in quality. No. 4. Teleeya, named from its resembling in colour, the seed of the ¢elee, 4th in quality. No. 5. Considered impure, being mixed with scales of Mica. No. 6. Very impure, being mixed with crystals of (Zeolite ?*) In a short time I hope to be able to goto the spot myself, when you shall have a description of the place, rocks, &c. 1 think if you look amongst my Behar specimens you will find some corundum of the Ist or Goolabee quality, about No. 250 or 240. Legend attached to the quarrying of the Singrowlee Mine. ““The rock, by the permission of the gods, is for one day, and one day only in the year, Corundum ; during the remaining 364 days the rock is mere rock and of no earth- ly use.’? This is rather a clever story of the owner of the quarry! I should like very much to hear if you do find any Corundum amongst my Behar specimens. W.S. SHERWILL. We received some time ago from Captain Williams the following letter and notice, with the small fragments (of a few grains in weight only) referred to in it. H. Pippineron, Esa. Assistant Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Calcutia. My pear Sir,—I have had the pleasure to receive your letter regarding the Vol- cano near this place, and | will not fail to collect specimens of the stones, earth, &c. &c., on, and all around the hill, and send them up in the ‘‘ Amherst.’’ As you have kindly offered me your services, I take the liberty of sending you four bits of stones sent out to me by a brother by tlre last Overland, who obtained them from a private in H. M. 4th Dragoons. It (the stone) is celebrated for its virtues in cleaning bridle bits, &c. and my brother wishes me to collect a quantity for him ; but what the stone is, or where to be had, I am unable to find ont, and shall feel obliged by your informing me. It appears from the Dragoon’s memorandum that the natives of India (for he got it in this country) make idols of it. I fear the Dragoon is an old * These are Fibrolite in small radiated nests. XVi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1845. soldier, and older traveller, and is imposing on my countrymen the untravelled Welsh. Please to return the stones. Yours faithfully, Kyook Phyoo, 14th July, 1844. D. Wittiams. The following Memorandum accompanied Major Williams’s letter :— Direction for polishing Iron and Steel. ‘« Take about two drams of Samy stone, put in a mortar, powder it as fine as possible, then put iton aslabstone, or what painters do mix their paint on, then rub it down with sweet oil, (N. B.—The best of oil,) until it be as fine as milk, the finest the best. Then take a new piece of strong cloth or thick flannel, then soak it with the above mixture. Rub your irons with it; afterwards take fine shamois’ leather with rotten stone or whitening and chalk, and it will show the highest polish ever known. The same rag will last six months without failing. Never attempt to put fresh stuff on the old rag, for the stuff will remain on the rag as long as it may last if taken care of. Keep it from wet and strong heat. ‘* Samy stone is found in several places in the East Indies, but the best we found is at Bombay, and most plentiful; we paid from 1-3 to 2-6 of English money per pound for itin Indias The inhabitants makes idols of it of different figures, and paints it in red. There is none to be got in England, except what is in our troop; you can get some home ii you know any person in India, or a sailor that trades to that country, as it may be sent or bought without duty, &c. There is several grooms in England that had some home after they had the receipt from us. For the above receipt I had five peunds, never gave it before under ten rupees; 1 have sent you two small pieces, and you can try one for experience, the other you may keep to prove what you may get again: my stock is getting very short at present, else I should send you more of it. Received 5 shillings. Newcastle, March 28th, 1844. H. Ha tu, 4th V. O. ZL. D.’’ As far as could be ascertained, from the small splinters I ventured to detach from the minute specimens sent, there is no doubt that the stone is a variety of Pagodite, which is almost all which can be pronounced of it now. I have carefully kept the remainder for comparison, and indeed have deferred reporting my examination of it, in the hope thatsome of the many persons to whom | have written would have been able to discover what this Samy stone—evidently Swamy (God) stone—is; but hitherto, I have heard of nothing approaching toit. The question nevertheless is of much interest, for the art of polish- ing metals is often one of high importance ; and the use of an intermediate sub- stance between the coarse polish of the Corundum or emery, brick or porcelain dust and the finishing effect of the rotten stone, as here described, is worth attention. ‘The use of the common steatite in polishing, and as an anti-attrition ingredient has been long known; but the whole phenomena of polishing substances, and their effects on re- flecting surfaces have yet been so little studied, that it is always proper that due weight be given to any fact which may lead to a useful practice. The Secretary stated, that the suggestion of the Curator, respecting Lieut. Sherwill’s labours, had been also mentioned at the regular Meeting, and fully approved of; it was resolved, a letter should be addressed to Government as proposed. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of Fesruary, 1845. The Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Rooms, on Tuesday evening, the 25th of February, at half-past seven vp. wm. S. G. T, Heatly, Esq., in the chair. The following report was read by the Secretary, being that of the preli- minary Meeting of the Committee of Papers for the despatch of business. Secretary's Memorandum for the Meeting of 25th February, 1845. An Oordoo novel, by Mr. J. Corcoran, written to exemplify the capacity and power of that elegant Vernacular language, and on which I was enabled to report favourably, philologically speaking, is recommended by the Committee of Papers to the patronage of the Society, by a subscription for fifteen copies, at four rupees twelve annas each. The Committee will examine further as to whether this work is worthy, on the whole, of being recommended as a school-book, for which its author intended it. Resolved—That fifteen copies should be subscribed for, and the work further exa- mined. I have received and laid before the Committee a valuable suggestion by that eminent Oriental schelar, Dr. A. Sprenger, for the commencement of the publication of a Biblio- theca Asiatica, or a series of standard works in Eastern languages, edited and transla- ted under the superintendence, and at the cost, of the Society. This useful undertaking, projected nearly forty years ago, isnow revived; and as the Committee are in a position to assure the Society that they can command copious and valuable material for its commencement, they strongly recommend to the Society that the proposition be enter- tained, and that they be empowered to direct their attention to the subject, and report as early as they can what measure can be taken in furtherance of the undertaking. Ordered—That the further report of the Committee be awaited, the Society acknow- ledging the expediency of the suggestion, and thanking Dr. Sprenger for it. A letter from Government having been received, with copies of communications from Capt. Marshall, Secretary to the Sanscrit College, and a Mussulman printer by name Abdoolla, sometimes called Molvee Abdoolla, well known to the Society, re- specting the printing of the Musnuvee Roomee, 1 have been instructed to submit a note on the subject to the Committee, as the opinion of the Society is requested by Government as to the proposed printing of the work which had already, as noted by me, been suggested to us. A detailed report will be made at our next Meeting. Cc WRAY) m0» ee A. RE XVili Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Fes. 1845. Resolved—That the report be received, and discussed at the next Meeting. I am directed to state to the Society, that the Committee of Papers have recorded an opinion as to the hour of meeting of the Society, not in consonance with the note of the meeting before last. It was then decided, that the hour should be half-past Seven; the large majority of the Committee incline decidedly to the old hour of half-past Eight p.m. The opinion of these gentlemen necessarily carries so much weight with it, that the minority desire the question to be re-submitted for your consideration. Resolved—That the next Meeting be held at 3 past 8, experimentally, and the ques- tion then be considered open for discussion. A letter from Mr. Ince, Superintendent of Salt Chokees, on some of the salt springs in the Chittagong district, to my address, has been referred, with the thanks of the Committee, to our Geological Curator. A set of lithographs of some of the Cave Temples of the Dukhan, by James Fergusson, Esq., presented by his brother, W. Fergusson, Esq., have been duly re- ceived, and the handsome donation richly merits your thanks. A letter from Captain Crommelin, with note of despatch of Geological specimens from Darjeeling. A letter from Mr. A. Campbell of Darjeeling, forwarding an interesting account of a new Thibetan antelope, with remarks on the Zoology of Thibet. Reports from Government respecting the recent supposed Sub-marine Volcano on the coast of Arracan, in reply to our letter, suggesting enquiry on this subject. Valuable geological notes across the Peninsula of India, by Capt. Newbold of the Madras Army, have been referred to the Geological Curator, and ultimately held avail- able for our Journal. Observations on the rate of evaporation in the open sea, with notice of an instrument used in indicating its amount, by J. W. Laidley, Esq. A memorandum on the old bed of the river Soane and site of Palibothra, by S. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. C. S., has been received by me, and will be held available for the Journal, the thanks of the Society being due to its author. For the above, the thanks of the Society were voted. We have received a gratifying letter from the Honorable Secretary to the Royal University of Christiana, acknowledging the receipt of some of our contributions, ad- vising us of the proximate despatch of various objects for our Museum, and couched in terms expressive of the Satisfaction of that learned body at finding itself in that con- stant communication with us, which it will be not less to our credit than to our advane tage to foster and encourage to the best of our ability. I have also to submit the epitaph to be placed on the tomb of our lamented friend, Csomo De Korosi, as approved by the Committee. . Fes. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Hq. J. ALEXANDER CSOMA DE KOROSI, A NATIVE OF HUNGARY, WHO, TO FOLLOW OUT PHILOLOGICAL RESEARCHES, RESORTED TO THE EAST, AND AFTER YEARS PASSED UNDER PRIVATIONS, SUCH AS HAVE BEEN SELDOM ENDURED, AND PATIENT LABOUR IN THE CAUSE OF SCIENCE, COMPILED A DICTIONARY AND GRAMMAR OF THE THIBETAN LANGUAGE, HIS BEST AND REAL MONUMENT. ON HIS ROAD TO H’LaAssA TO RESUME HIS LABOURS HE DIED AT THIS PLACE ON THE llTH apRIL, 1842. AGED 44 YEARS. HIS FELLOW LABOURERS, THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, INSCRIBE THIS TABLET TO HIS MEMORY. REQUIESCAT IN PACE. J. Weaver, Sculpt. Caicutta, ee a Cae S765 ; XX Proceedings of the Astatic Society. [Fes. 1845. Thefstab with this inscription has been despatched to Darjeeling, to our fellow labourer and associate, Dr. Campbell, Superintendent at that station. The two following letters from Mons. Eugene Burnouf, of the Asiatic Society of Pa- ris, and from Count Scopoli, Secretary to the Academy of Verona, have received the attention they merit in due course; Mr. Heatly having charged himself with obtaining the eggs of the Phalena required by the latter Society. H. Torrens, V. P. and Secy. As. Soc. Note.—The following letter from Lieut.-Col. Ouseley, I publish at his desire, clear- ing up a mistake which would seem to have occurred respecting the survey of the Nurbudda river, published in a recent number of the Society’s Journal. I need only add, that Lieut.-Col. Ouseley, has placed the remainder of the map at the disposal of the Society, and that it will be lithographed for speedy publication. H. Torrens, V. P. and Secy. As. Soc. My pear S1r,—I observe in No, CLI. of the Journal, a map of the Nerbudda, forwarded with Mr. A. Shakespear’s letter. 1 find that Mr. Shakespear has remarked in a note, page 497, ‘‘ The original survey is not tobe found on record, Capt. Ouseley appears only to have submitted the result of it with his opinions.’’ This is written without reference to the map itself, which is actually that done by me, (from the Devnaguree original) every word of which is written in my own hand,,. and certified by me in the map, which is reduced, as mentioned by the lithographer, to one-fourth. As L had a great deal of trouble in making it, it gives me much pleasure to see it where it is. The survey, at considerable expense to the Government, was only sanc- tioned by Lord William Bentinck on my repeated representation. I have the original sketch, and the only copy I made for the Government is that from which Mr. Smith reduced the one now presented to the public. I mean to have it lithographed over again, as the most valuable part is left out, and the eastern course of the river beyond Babye, that part on which the coal and iron mines are situated, which minerals will I trust be the means of creating the most surprising and beneficial changes in the country, in supplying material for a grand trunk rail line across India. ; May I request the favor of your giving this letter a place in the next Journal. I am, my dear Sir, Yours very faithfully, Calcutta, 22nd February, 1845. J. R. Ousevey. To the Vice President and Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, at Calcutta. Sir,—I have had the honor of receiving your letter, dated the 13th August, this year, and I think it my duty to lose no time in answering the same. It is about a fortnight since the Royal University of this town received two boxes of tinned iron, containing a collection of ornithological preparations and other objects of Natural History, some Indian coins, and a catalogue of books and manuscripts in the Indian languages, belonging to the Asiatic Society. We have also in July last, received a parcel with seeds, like another which arrived about a year ago. The Senatus Academicus has Fre. 1845. | Proceedings of ihe Asiatic Society. xxi resolved with respect to these different presents, to return its best thanks in a letter to the learned Society, and to accompany the same with a collection of different objects belonging to the Natural History of these northern countries, viz. zoological prepara- tions, plants, minerals and seeds, as also with a collection of books, being a continua- tion of the works already sent. These things, the arrangement of which has been left to the care of the undersigned, are partly ready to be sent ; what is still wanting will be collected during the next winter, and sent off with the first opportunity in March 1845. The University at Christiania looks upon the existing scientific intercourse with the honored Society, as very interesting to both institutions, and will do any thing in its power to continue the same. The University Council, or Senatus Academicus, will also declare this in its above-mentioned letter, but I have thought it right to mention it in this preliminary notification. Books or any other things than the above-mentioned have not been received from your Society ; as soon as any thing arrives, I shall have the pleasure of announcing it. Sir Charles Tottie, the Norwegian, and Swedish Consul General at London, will for- ward any box or parcel for the University of Norway, directed to his care. Captain Bownevie of the Norwegian Navy at Rungpore, to whom we are indebted for the exist- ing intercourse between the two institutions, has also always shown the greatest wil- lineness in forwarding scientific objects to this University. In conclusion I have also to state, that your letter, dated 20th May last, (which arrived at the end of last month, ) has been communicated to all the professors whom it concerns. Sir, your obedient servant, C, Hoist, Secretary of the Royal University at Christiania. Christiania, the 24th October, 1844. M. U. Pippineton, Secretaire adjoint de la Socicte Asiatique du Bengale. Monsieur.—Le départ de Mr. Mohl, notre Secrétaire du Conseil ma laissé le soin de vous remercier au nom de la Société de la peine que vous avez bien voulu prendre de nous informer de la mort si regrettable du savant Ramcomul Sen. II sera bien regretté de la Société qui savait les services qu’il a rendus aux lettres et 4 la civilisa- tion en général en composant son excellent dictionnaire Anglais et Bengali. C’est aussi pour nous une perte, parceque nous pourrons difficilement retrouver un correspon- dant aussi instruit et aussi zélé. Mr. Mohl, 4 son prochain retour, doit s’entretenir avec vous de cet objet, et il vous rendra compte de la vente des Livres de votre Société que nous avons placés a Paris. Excusez la forme un peu courte de cette lettre. Igorant exactement le nom et les titres de Hurremohun Sen, que nous n’avons pu bien lires j’ai cru pouvoir inclure la lettre que nous lui adressons dans ce court billet. Je vous serais bien reconnaissant d’y faire mettre son adresse exacte. Votre bien dévoué serviteur, 24 October, 1844. Eugl. BurNour. A la Société Asiatique, Calcutta. Les rémarques faites par M. M. Helfer et Ugon sur les phalénes, dont aux Indes on tire la soie, ont excite l’attention de cette académie, et le plus vif desir d’avoir des oeufs de l’espéce Cynthia, puisqu’ on cultive ici le Ricinus dont les feuilles nourissent ses Xxii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Frs. 1845. vers producteurs, c’est vrai, d’un tissu soierie qui n’est pas fin, mais qui peut étre utile a certaines manufactures. L’education ailleurs de ces vers se ferait dans notre province dans un tems presque tout 4 fait libre d’autres travaux agricoles. C'est pourtant 4 la Société Asiatique qu’on ose s’adresser pour avoir les nouveaux ceufs, et on éspére qu’ elle acucillera cette prfere avece le méme intéret, qu’elle donne aux progrés des sciences dans les vastes etablissement Brittaniques, en Asie, qu’elle nous fait connoitre sous tous le rapports. L’ amour du savoir, et le noble plaisir des répandre les connoissances utiles, rapprochent les plus grandes distances, et font une seule famille parmi ceux qui sont capables de viser 4 l’un et de gouter l’autre. Si jamais cette academie pouvait étre honoreé de quelque commission par un Societé dont elle reconnait la supériorité, elle en serait non seulement reconnoissante mais orgueilleuse. Le Secretaire perpétuel, Jean Comte Scopoli; Jadis Conseiller d’ etat, Veronne, le 10 Aout, 1838. et directeur général de |’ instruction publique, dans le Royaume d’ Italie. Read the following— BRevort or THE Curator, Museum or Economic Groiocy, AND GEOLOGICAL AND MineraLocicaL DeparRTMENTS, FoR THE Montu oF January, 1845. Captain J. H. Low, B.N. I., has presented us with some fine specimens of lava Ue Aes aod aac Pal Bea and capillary obsidian, and some of sulphur from the i an e 1 ° © : a pene ‘ voleano of Killauea* in the Island of Hawaii, and some volcanic specimens from Manilla: his letter is as follows :— H. Pippineton, Esq. My pear Sir,—l beg to present to the Asiatic Society the following specimens brought from the grand volcano of Killauea in the Island of Hawaii, four pieces of la- va, six pieces of sulphur, and some capillary glass; also two tapas or native cloths, and a skull of some animal which I picked up at the spot where the bones of the celebrat- ed navigator Capt. Cook were buried, being about one mile from the spot where he was killed. Should you wish for it, I can send you some specimens collected by me at the volcano, in the lake de Taal de Bonbon, in Luconia, about 50 miles from Manilla. It may be interesting, sending a small bit of the rock on which Cook fell at Korakaruah Bay, which I broke off. Had you not access to better information relating to the Sandwich Islands than I could give, I should be happy to give my mite. No. 5, Garstin’s Buildings, 16th January. J. H. Low. My pear Sir,—I have the pleasure to send you some specimens from Manilla, or rather the large piece I picked up in an extinct crater, which is at present a small lake, close on the margin of the great lake in Luconia. The spot on which I picked up this specimen, is a lake evidently filled from the great lake ; it occupies the sunken summit of the hill, densely clothed with timber, only one mile from the hot bath, which 1 found on keeping the Therm. for sometime in it to rise to 170° Faht. The smaller specimens I collected at the volcano in the Island in the lake de Taal de Bonbon. The ignorance of the people in Manilla was such that they wanted to * Killauea in MSS. No doubt Kirauea of Mr, Ellis and other travellers,--H. P. Fes. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXiii persuade me the Island: had been formed within fifty years, and was only of mud, I picked up these specimens. Although within 60 miles of Manilla, such is the in- formation to be obtained there. I send you also a bonnet from the Sandwich Islands, such as worn by the native ladies there, and made by them. J. H. Low. The following Diary accompanies the specimens referred to in it, from ihe Hot Springs of Chittagong. My pear Mr. Torrens,—I will now endeavour to give you some account of my travels, but fear it will prove but an imperfect one. On the 9th of this month I reached Seetakoond, where I began my inquiries about the springs, and the next day visited the nearest. I left my tent a little after 11 a. m., and was soon obliged to leave my palkee behind. A walk of little more than half an hour over the bed of what must be an awful torrent during the rains, brought me to the spring; it is raised a little above the bed of a small nullah, which branches off from the torrent bed: the spring is about eight feet by six, and not more than a foot and a half deep; in three or four places the water rises in small bubbles : it is quite cold and beautifully clear; it is nearly double the strength of common sea-water. The great drawback is the difficulty of approach. The spring has no particular name, but is known by the Pergunnah in which it is situated—Pan- taseelah; beyond it and in a continuation of the road 1 went, (if it can be so called) is the Doburrea or Dobie Kedallah or Pass, which goes direct through the hills and is said tohave been cut by a Dobie. I struck off from the main road at a village called Yakoobnuggur. I believe, I am the first European who has ever visited this spring. On the 11th 1 went on to near Jeygopal’s hauth, and then left the main road, from which in about half an hour I reached the famous spring called Nabboo Luckee, the distance being about two miles, rather more. This road is generally good, but over the tor- rent bed, which is much the same as the other; the rush of water must however be greater in the rains, and during that season the people who attend at the spring are obliged to make use of a narrow foot path over the hills ; it is situated on a rising ground of about 8 or 10 feet above the bed of the stream, a temple is erected over it, and I had to descend about half a dozen steps. ‘The pucka part round the spring is about three feet square, and not more than three feet deep; on the right hand side is a small place raised about a foot and a half above the other parts, but communicating with the spring, and from the hole marked A, in my sketch, a flame issues, which is constantly fed with ghee; conceiving that there might be some tricking I made them put the light to the hole marked B, when a beautiful blue flame issued, such as would not have been caused by ghee alone; on the left hand is a spout, which goes through the temple wall into the spring, and through which is a constant flow of the water; within the spring is a sound resembling the grow/ of a dog, repeated about every second, when a large bubble rises to the surface, and bursts a few yards to the left; and a little above the bed of the torrent is another spring, called Duddee Koond, bubbling up in the same manner as the first I saw ; the water of the three is of the same strength. On the 14th, I set off to visit Soorjoo Koond, but there was so much uncertainty about the distance and exact spot, that I was induced to try the strength of the water about half a mile from the main road, and found it about one-third less in strength than the other springs. 1 then went to the one considered by the natives as the most holy; it Be on i XXiV Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ Fes. 18435. is called Boolooa Koond. The greater part of the road is excellent, being cut from the side of the hills; the spot on which the spring is situated is considerably elevated above the plain, but the ascent is very gradual, the hills are thickly covered with jungle, amongst which appears the wild plantain. On arriving at the foot of the spring, I had to mount some twenty steps; at the top were several temples, the prin- cipal one covering the spring, which they told me was fathomless. A small place is raised at the side, the same as at Nubboo Luckee, from which issues a flame well fed with ghee; through the lower hole opening from the surface of the spring, a flame is constantly coming out and running a short distance on the water, but goes out again immediately. I have no doubt the ghee has something to do with it; the water is fresh with a slight sulphurous smell and taste; but to enable you to form a better idea of it than I can give, I send by my friend Major Troup, two small boxes to your address, one containing three bottles of water from the Nubboo Luckee and Boolooa Koond, and one taken up about half a mile from the main road, and which is said to come from Soorjoo Koond, and other springs, both salt and sweet; but I was afraid to re- main out any longer, lest I might lose my travelling allowance, and I could not afford that. The other box contains large and small pebbles, a kind of unformed slate, and some gravelly earth taken from the bed of the torrent, and a small piece of coal which I picked up on the edge of the stream running from the Soorjoo Koond; a small bottle of Kurkutch from the Soorjoo Koond water, and some salt which I can hardly venture to call pangah, it was from the Nubboo Luckee water filtered through some salt earth I brought from the spring; I must leave you to decide what it is. RoseErt Ince. P. S. I find that I have expended all the Soorjoo Koond water, so that you will find only two quart bottles. The whole of these places are, I conceive, of volcanic origin, for small flames are to be seen in many places, issuing from the ground. 1 regret much now that I could not visit any of them, but hope to do so when I again go in that direction. Through Captain Duncan, B. E., we have received from Lieut. T. C. Blagrave of that corps, now in Scinde, two boxes containing fossils (mostly shells, ) and one contain- ing fish preserved in salt, together with a large fossil shell from Roree, by Captain W, E. Baker, Engineers. These fossils are of very great interest, and in connection with the geological spe- cimens promised us by Captain Baker, will no doubt throw light on the geology of that new country; but we have as yet no note of the localities in which the fossils and shells were collected. We received from Captain Williams, our active correspondent at Kyook Phyoo, the following letters, giving an account of a remarkable appearance seen at sea from that and other of the Arracan stations. H. Pippineton, Esg., Sub-Secretary, Asiatic Society of Bengal. My pear Sir,—Yesterday evening, at between 5 and 6 o’clock, as we were taking our ride, we were alarmed by an extraordinary appearance far out at sea, as if a vessel was on fire: the reflection of the flame was made on a dark bank of clouds, west of the station, on the track of ships from hence to Calcutta: it flickered several times as if Fr. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXV the fire had been got under, and after lasting about 16 or 20 minutes (say,) suddenly went out. Various are the conjectures: I thought it was the reflection of the sun from below the horizon, but the sudden light of flame was too brilliant, and unsteady to be the sun’s light; electricity in the cloud was stated to be the cause, but this is not a season for such cause: ‘‘ a ship is on fire,’’ many said; but this morning the prevailing opinion is, that a volcanic eruption has taken place 20 miles out at sea, similar to what I reported as having taken place near Chedooba. The argument against its having been a ship on fire is, that the flame shewing so brilliant and so great a light could not be so suddenly extinguished as this was, the dark bank of clouds may have been formed of the smoke of the volcano. 1 hope some further information than what is obtained from mere conjecture will be gained, which I will not fail to communicate to you. The Amherst is said to have left, or was to leave Calcutta yesterday, so she cannot be far enough out to see it. D. WILLIAMs. P. S.—A small comet was also seen at the same time as the fire, which soon set; it was situated a little south of the supposed volcanic eruption. We shall see the comet of course this evening, and I will write by next date. D. W. Kyouk Phyoo, 3rd January, 1845. My pkaR Sir,—As I was at a distance from the beach when the fire appeared last evening, Ensign Hankin of the 66th N. I. has most kindly given me a description of what he saw and heard, and I have the pleasure to enclose it, to be laid before the Society. Kyouk Phyoo, 3rd January, 1845. D. WILLiAMs., Major Wittiams, Kyouk Phyoo. My pear WiLuiiAMs,—I have complied with your request for a description of the extraordinary phenomenon witnessed here last night, but Iam afraid in a very imperfect manner. G. HaNkKIN. On the night of the 2nd of January 1845, between the hours of 6 and 7, a very in- teresting and singular phenomenon was observed off the coast of Kyouk Phyoo. The sky on the horizon was observed to brighten up as when illumined by the rays of the setting sun, excepting that the light more resembled the flickering ofa fire than the gra- dual descent of that luminary. It continued in this way for half an hour or so, when all of a sudden immense volumes of flame were seen to issue, as it were from the depths of the ocean, presenting the most sublime yet awful spectacle to the beholders. The general idea entertained, was, that a ship had caught fire ; but this was soon dis- pelled by a low continuous rumbling, which seemed to sound from the bowels of the earth, and was re-echoed by the surrounding hills. Previous to this, however, Capt. Howe, the marine superintendent, had with the greatest promptitude set off in H. C. D fi Hii. i’. oe ea oo © . XXVi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Fes. 1845. Schooner “ Petrel,’’ intending to render assistance to the supposed unfortunates of the burning ship; he returned without seeing any thing, and it is thought that the whole was the result of some hidden volcanic agency ; one of the neighbouring hills possessing that extraordinary property, and from which flames have been seen to issue before. The weather at the time was still and serene, hardly a breath disturbed the air: it was in fact, as some one observed, a very earthquaky day. Kyouk Phyoo, 3rd January, 1845. I wrote immediately to Captain Paterson of the H. C. S. Amherst, then in the river, to enquire if he had any knowledge of this phenomenon, and his answer is as follows :— My pear Mr. Pippineton,—The appearance of the eruption of a volcano took place some days before we reached Arracan. I heard of it from several parties when I got there. The bearings were taken by the following gentlemen: by Capt. Howe at Kyouk Phyoo, by Capt. Siddons at Akyab, and by Capt. Watson, commanding the Govt. Schooner “Spy,’’ off St. Martin’s Isle to the North. As I did not receive a very correct account, but understood that it was officially seat up, I did not trouble myself further than to enquire in what direction it took place. From all I can now remember, by the bearings, it was about fifteen miles to the South of the ‘‘ Western Balongo,’’ near which is a Shoal patch of Coral; the least water I ever found was ele- ven fathoms. Lloyd and Ross in the Chart lay down seven fathoms. It seems to have alarmed some of the people at Kyouk Phyoo, but if you require further information, the whole of the officers of the 66th N. Infantry that saw it are encamped on the plain below the Fort. J. PATERSON. As it was important that time should not be lost, the following letter was addressed to Government, under the direction of our Secretary. F. Haxtuipay, Esa., Secy. to Govt. of Bengal. Sir,—By direction of the Committee of Papers of the Asiatic Society, I have the honor to submit the accompanying extracts of letters from Captain Williams, Ist As- sistant to the Commissioner of Arracan, and from Ensign Hankin, giving details of a curious phenomenon seen at sea; which, by these accounts, and those collected by Captain Paterson, H. C. S. Amherst, were probably occasioned by the eruption of a sub-marine volcano. As this may also have given rise to a new Island or a shoal, as was the case off False Island in August 1843, where a new Island appeared, but sunk shortly afterwards, the Committee respectfully suggest that orders might be given to Captain Paterson, on the approaching voyage of the Amherst, to examine the spot ; as in amere hydrogra- phical point of view, as well as the geological interest of such phenomena, the know- ledge, even of any alteration of the soundings, must be of much public interest. H. Torrens, Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society. Fes. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXVli In reply to which we have received the following with an official report. (No. 450.) From the Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to the Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, 12th February, 1845. Marine, Str,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter, without date, submit- ting extracts from letters, regarding the eruption of a sub-marine Volcano, seen from Kyouk Phyoo, and conveying the suggestion of the Committee of Papers of the Asia- tic Society, that Captain Paterson, on the approaching voyage of the ‘‘ Amherst’’ to that station, may be instructed to examine the spot with a view of ascertaining the ef- fects that may have been thereby produced. 2. The Acting Superintendent of Marine having also forwarded a correspondence referring to the Volcanic eruption in question, I am directed, in reply, to forward copies of these documents; from which it will be observed that, under the orders of the Com- missioner of Arracan, all that is necessary has been done, but that no ascertained effect has been produced by the eruption, and that the soundings on the Arracan Coast con- tinue as heretofore. Crecit BEADON, Under Secretary to the Government of Bengai. (No. 366.) From Lieut.-Colonel A. Irvine, C. B., Acting Superintendent of Marine, to the Right Honorable Sir Henry Harpines, G. C. B, Governor of Bengal, dated Fort William, the 24th January, 1845. Ricgut Hon’sceE Sirk,—I have the honor to submit, for your honor’s information, the Copy of a Letter, No. 8, correspondence noted in the margin, referring to a grand Vol- dated the 14th January, : * 1845, from the Commission- Canic eruption, seen from Kyouk Phyoo. er of Arracan, with enclosure, 2nd, No ascertained effect has been produced by this Volcanic eruption, and the soundings on the Arracan Coast remain as before; but the occurrence seems sufli- ciently interesting to be reported, and if it meets with your honor’s approval, I would forward copies of the correspondence to the Asiatic Society for record, Fort William, Mar. Supdt.’s Office, (Signed) A. IRVINE, the 24th January, 1845. Acting Supt. of Marine. XX Vili Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Fers. 1845. (No. 8.) From Capt. A. Bogie, Commissioner in Arracan, to Lieut.-Col. A. Irving, C. B. Superintendent of Marine, Fort William, dated Kyouk Phyoo, the 14th January, 1845. Srr,—A very grand Volcanic eruption having been observed N. N. W. of Kyouk Phyoo, a little after sun-set on the evening of the 2nd instant, I directed Mr. Howe, Marine Assistant, to proceed to the supposed spot for the purpose of ascertaining whe- ther any rocks had been thrown up or any change had taken place in the soundings ; I have the honor to annex copy of his report, by which it appears that he has not been able to discover any alteration whatever. 2nd. I also annex extract from a report from Mr. H. B. Weston, commanding the “¢ Spy,’’ who saw the eruption off the Asseerghur Shoal ; it was also seen from Akyab, and I would observe that the bearing taken by Mr. Weston at sea, by Mr. Howe at Kyouk Phyoo, and by the officers at Akyab, place it in 19° 42’ 15” N. latitude, and 93° 4' 45" E. longitude, bearing S. 3 E. from S. end of Western Borongo. 3rd. On Mr. Weston’s way down to this post, he sounded carefully for indications of the Volcano, but without effect; and since he arrived, the ‘‘ Tenasserim’’ steamer with the ‘‘ Amherst’’ in tow, must have passed near to it, without observing any change in the soundings. 4th. Mr. Weston will, however, be directed to make further search in the course of his cruising. 5th. I may add, that a small comet made its appearance in the S. W. on the same evening that the eruption occurred, and has been visible every night since. Arracan, Comm.’s Office, (Signed) A. Bocts, Kyouk Phyoo, the 14th January, 1845. Commissioner in Arracan. (True copy,) (Signed) James SUTHERLAND, Seeretary. Fort William, Mar. Supdt.’s Office, the 24th January, 1845. (No. 4.) From H. Howse, Marine Assistant Commissioner, to Major A. Boeie, Commis- sioner of Arracan, dated Kyouk Phyoo, the 8th January, 1845. Sir,—I have the honor to inform you, that according to your directions, I proceeded on the 6th instant in search of any effects that might be visible of the Volcanic erup- tion on the 2nd instant. Having observed the eruption, and the spot where the flames appeared to rise up out of the water, I set it by compass at W. N. W. from the Flag Staff, and reckoning Fes. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXix the distance from the place of observation to be about 16 to 18 miles, that would place any rock or shoal that might have been thrown up, or any discoloured water, about 5 to 8 miles to the north of the northern breakers off the Terribles. I accordingly proceeded to this spot and cruised about, carefully sounding and keep- ing a good look-out from the mast-head in a circle, from Lat. 19° 27' to 19° 36’, Long. 93° 16! to 93° 25’ E. Not the smallest appearance of an eruption having taken place was observed in this direction, nor the slightest trace of its effects; the soundings were all regular as laid down on the charts; and having before had the coast, from the extreme point of my observations up to northward, carefully surveyed, though out of the line of bear- ing, I have returned in with the conclusion that no rock or shoal has been cast up by the late action of the Volcano, nor have the soundings been at all affected, nor the channel disturbed. From this up to the northward and westward, the ground has been repeatedly passed over by salt brigs and vessels belonging to the Flotilla, by none of which has any thing extraordinary been observed. M. A. C.’s Office, Kyouk Phyoo, (Signed) H. Howe, the 8th January, 1845. Mar, Asst. Commissioner. Extract from a letter from Mr. H. B. Weston, Commanding the Hon’ble Com- pany’s schooner ‘‘ Spy,’’ dated I1lth January 1845, No. 4. ‘*At6 P.M. on the 2nd instant, L observed a large fire S. E. by S. (being then off the Asseerghur Shoal), from which was thrown up five different times large masses of fire. I supposed it to be a volcanic eruption, and in coming down the coast sounded to see if any alteration had taken place, but found none; I went into Akyab, and having got a bearing from there, proceeded in the direction, sounding, but have no alteration more than a fathom, and that in steep places. ‘*T also kept a look-out for burnt wood in case it might have been a vessel burnt, but found none: I have enquired of the vessels boarded, and they give a similar description of it; a Chinese Junk excepted, who stated it to be a ship on fire, but had seen no traces of her, though he went in the direction.”’ (True copy and extract, ) Fort William, Mar. Supdt.’s Office, (Signed) A. BoGLE, the 24th January, 1845. Commissioner of Arracan. (True copy,) (Signed) Jas, SUTHERLAND, Secy. (True copies, ) CrciL Beapon, Under Secy. to the Govt. of Bengal. It would appear from the foregoing, that there can be no doubt of the phoenomenon, and extremely little probability of its having been a vessel on fire. As connected with the former eruptions in that quarter, all these notices are of the greatest interest, and we are fortunate in possessing there in the persons of Captain Williams and his friends, such zealous observers and reporters. We have also received from Captain Newbold, M. N. I., a valuable paper on the Geology of Southern Jndia, which, as soon as the diagrams can be lithographed, will I XXX Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Fes. 1845, hope adorn our Journal; Captain Newbold promises a continuation of his paper, and from his zeal, opportunities and talents, we may expect all which they can accomplish under the disadvantage, common to all scientific votaries in India, of being sadly cir- cumscribed as to time. From Mr. Ince of the Salt Department, we have received through Mr. Torrens, bottles of water, and a box of rocks and pebbles from the salt springs in the Chittagong district, with a letter giving an account of his visit to them. 1 have not yet examined them, as they arrived very late. Lieut. Baird Smith has just forwarded Part III. of his valuable papers on Indian Earthquakes, which will also be no doubt forthwith published. Lieut. Sherwill has referred to us a small box of specimens of limestones from the Museum of table-land of Rhotasghur, requesting me to select those Economie Geology. most likely to prove useful as lithographic stones. From minute fragments it is next to impossible to judge; but I have returned them to him, with the most likely specimens separated from those decidedly bad; and, as he pro- mises us slabs, we shall then be enabled to give them a fair trial. OFFICERS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY ror 1845. PRESIDENT. Right Hon’ble Sir Henry Hardinge, G. C. B. Governor General of India. The Right Revd. The Lord Bishop of Calcutta. | The Honorable Sir J. P. Grant. Vice- Presidents, ..4 The Honorable Sir H. Seton. | H. W. Torrens, Esq. LLieut.-Col. W. N. Forbes, B. E. Secretary, H. W. Torrens, Esq. Sub-Secretary, H. Piddington, Esq. Committee of Papers. Dr. J. Heberlin, F S. G. T. Heatly, Esq. Lieut. A. Broome, B. H. A. | W. Grant, Esq. C. Huffnagle, Esq. W. Seton Karr, Esq., C. S. Baboo Prosonno Comar Tagore, | W. B. O’Shaughnessy, Esq., M. D. —— Corresponding Members, Committee of Papers. V. Tregear, Esq. A. Sprenger, Esq., M. D. Capt. Boileau, B. E. | G. G. Spilsbury, Esq., M. D. Lieut. Phayre,§B. N. I. tS sLisut Tickell, BN. I. Capt. Cunningham, B. N. I. | Curator Zoological Department Museum, i. Blyth, Esq. Curator Geological and Mineralogical De-) partments and Museum of Economic rH. Piddington, Esq. Geology, Librarian, Dr. E. Roer. Accountant and Assistant to the Secretary, Mr. W. H. Bolst. Assistant Librarian, Mr. J. Tucker. Taxidermist, Mr. J. Nicolas. Treasurers, Bank of Bengal. Agent in London, Professor H. Hi. Wilson, India House. Agent in Paris, Major A. Troyer, 55, Rue de la Pepiniere. Booksellers and Agents in London, Messrs. W.& J. Allen, Leadenhall street. Z LIST OF MEMBERS Of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, on \st January, 1845. Alexander, Esq. Jas. Cameron, Hon’ble C. H. Anderson, Major W. Campbell, Esq. A. Avdall, Esq. J. Cautley, Capt. P: T. Cheap, Esq. G. C. Baker, Capt. W. E. Christopher, Esq. A. Barlow, Esq. R. Colvin, Esq. B. J. Barwell, Esq. A. C. Connoy Loll Tagore, Baboo. Batten, Esq. J. H. Corbyn, Esq. F. Bayley, Esq. H. V. Cust, Esq. R. N. Beaufort, Esq. F. L. Benson, Lieut.-Col. R. Davidson, Esq. T. R. Esq. W. H. Dunlop, Esq. A. C. Birch, Lt.-Col. R. J. H. Durand, Capt. H. M. Birch, Capt. F. W. Dwarkanath Tagore, Baboo. Bishop of Calcutta, Rt. Rev. Lord. Bogle, Major A. Earle, Esq. W. Borradaile, Esq. Jno. Egerton, Esq. C. C. Boutros, Esq. F. Bowring, Esq. L. B. Forbes, Lieut.-Col. W. N. Boys, Capt. W. E. Fulton, Esq. J. W. Brandreth, Esq. J. E. L. Furlong, Esq. Jas. Broome, Lieut. A. Buckland, Esq. C. T. Gilmore, Esq. Allan. Bushby, Esq. G. A. Grant, Esq. J. W. XXXIV List of Members of the Asiatic Society, \845. Grant, Hon. Sir J. P. McKilligin, Esq. J. P. Esq. W. P. Marshall, Capt. G. T. Gladstone, Esq. M. Mill, Esq. J. B. Goodwyn, Capt. H. McLeod, Esq. D. F. Ganthony, Esq. R. Grant, Esq. J. P. Capt. W. C. O’Shaughnessy, Esq. W. B. Hopkinson, Capt. H. Ouseley, Lieut.-Col, J. R. Hayes, Lieut. Fletcher. Ommanney, Esq. M. C. Heatly, Esq. S. G. T. Owen, Esq. Jno. Heberlin, Dr. J. , Huffnagle, Esq. C. Prinsep, Esq. C. R. Hannay, Capt. F. S. Pourcain, Esq. J. St. Houstoun, Esq. R. Peel, Hon. Sir L. Hill, Esq. G. Prosonoo Coomar Tagore, Baboo. Hickey, Lieut. C. E. Phayre, Lieut. A. P. Hodgson, Major-General J. A. Pratt, Rev. J. H. Irvine, Lieut.-Col. A, (c. B.) Quintin, Esq. W. St. Quintin. Jackson, Esq. W. B. Robison, Esq. C. K. Jenkins, Major F. Ramgopaul Ghose, Baboo. Jameson, Esq. W. Ramnath Tagore, Baboo. Rustomjee Cowasjee, Esq. Karr, Esq. W. Seton. Rawlinson, Major H. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. E. C. Laidley, Esq. J. W. Ryan, Esq. E. B. Lushington, Esq. G. T. Radhakant Deb, Behadoor Raja. ———— Esq. E. H. | Loch, Esq. G. Strong, Esq. F. P. Strachey, Lieut. H. Maddock, Hon. Sir T. H. Stacey, Lieut.-Col. L. R. McQueen, Rev. J. Storm, Esq. W. Muir, Esq. J. Seton, Hon. Sir H. W. Mouat, Esq. F. J. Sleeman, Lieut.-Co], W. H. List of Members of the Asiatic Society, 1845. XXXV Sutchurn Ghosaul, Behadoor Raja. Willis, Esq. J. Stirling, Esq. E. H. Withers, Rev. Principal G. U. Spilsbury, Esq. G. G. Walker, Esq. R. Shortrede, Capt. R. Ward, Esq. J. Smith, Lieut. R. Baird. Wilcox, Major R. Stephen, Capt. J. G. Young, Lieut. C. B. Tickell, Lieut. S. R. Thomason, Hon’ble J. Associate Members. Torrens, Esq. H. Trevor, Esq. C. B. Blyth, Esq. E. Torrens, Esq. J. S. Long, Rev. J. Taylor, Lieut.-Col. T. M. McGowan, Dr. J. Syud Keramut Allee. Walker, Esq. H. Oriental Publications for Sale, at RepuceD prices, by the Asiatic Society. Works. Rs. Former Mahabharata, vol. 1st, pages 831, vol. 2d, pages 868, vol. 3d, pages 859, vol. 4th, Price: . pages 1007, royal 4to. ate <0 on 40 48 Large paper do. do. one «ce nee 60 60" @ Index to the 4 vols. of the Mahabharut complete. xo Kee 6 Harriwansa, 563 pages, royal 4to. one Jas se 5 6 ¥ Raja Tarangini, 440 pages, 4to. sre ise ose 5 20 J Large paper, do. do. 06 oe Mp 8 12 Naishada, 917 pages, 8vo. “0 “Ap co 6 6 Sausruta, Ist vol. 378 pages, 2d vol. 562 pages, 8vo. : 8 Fatawé A’'lemgiri, 1st vol. 763 pages, 2d vol. 759 pages, 3d vol. 665 pages, 4th vol. . 759 pages, 5th vol. €97 pages, 6th vol. 657 pages, royal 4to., per vol. aie 8 10 In4ya, 2d vol. 690 pages, 3rd vol. 682 pages, 4th vol. 937 pages, Ato. ae 8 10 Kh4z4nat ul Ilm, 694 pages, 4to. eon oon cos 8 10 Jawdme ul Ilm ul Riazi, 168 pages, with 17 plates, 4to. cn “0 4 4 Anis ul Musharrahin, 541 pages, 4to. ... cue ace 5 5 = Sharaya-ool-Islam, 631 pages, 4to. ons vee tee 8 15 . Tibetan Grammar, 256 pages, 4to. oats oe ate 8 : 8 | Tibetan Dictionary, 373 pages. 4to. ave ane are 10 12 | . Asiatic Researches, per vol. eee see vee 10 12 Burnouf Memoire sur deux inscriptions cunéiformes, 4to. 199 pp. eos 3 0 | Burnouf Commentaire sur le Yacna, with notes &c. 2 parts, pp 945. wee 10 0 Rs. As. i. Burnouf et Lassen, Essai sur le Pali, ou Langue Sacrée de la presqutile au de la : du Gange. Paris, 1826, pages 222, 8vo. wee eas) dO Elémens de la Grammaire Japonaise, par M. M. Rodriguez et Remusat. Paris, 1825, pages 158, 8vo. Ae cee fda ios NO Ditto ditto Supplément, Paris, 1826, pages 31, 8vo. eee see : Contes Arabes, traduits par J. J. Marcel. Paris, 1835, avec notes, vol. I. pages 484, vol. II. pages 496, vol. III. pages 508, 8vo. alee ay he 0) Brosset, Elémens de la Langue Georgienne. Paris 1837, pages 122, 8vo. sage. 0) ; Klaproth, Vocabulaire et Grammaire de la langue Georgienne. Paris, 1827, pages 232, 1st part, 8vo. hee - aw 4 0 ; Cronique Georgienne, traduite par M. Brosset, Text and Translation, Paris, 1830, pages 370, 8vo. on eee Toe Choix de Fables de Vartan, en Arménien et en Francais. Paris, 1825, pages 96, . 8vo. «00 sen eae dee) eS 7 Elegie sur La Prise D’Edesse, en Arménien. Paris 1828, pages 112, 8vo. cc O Chrestomathie Chinoise—Chinese Characters, 1833, pages 183, 4to. «w 5 0 : Meng-Tscu, texte Chinoise, pages 161v, 80, ate Pes Eas, 3 tt Oriental Publications for Sale, at REDUCED prices, by the Asiatic Society—( Continued. ) Rs. _ Meng-Tseu, traduction Latine, par S. Julien. Lutetiz Parisiorum, 1824, pages 593, 8vo. ae ae oe fn 8 Lassen, Institutiones Lingue Pracritice. Bonne ad Rhenum, 1837, pages 167, 8vo.. oo ose Lassen, Anthologia Sanscritica. Bonne, 1838, pages 371, 8vo. om Lassen, Gita Govinda, Sanscrit et Latine. Bonne ad Rhenum, 1836, pages 180, 4to. ace eae eee cy Chezy, Yajnadattabada, ou La Mort D’yadjnadatta, Text, Analysis and Transla- tion. Paris, 1826, pages 142, 4to. ae ane Pee Chezy, La reconnaissance de Sacountala, Text and Translation. Paris, 1830, pages 665, 4to. ... Sec one sO Geographie D’Aboulféda, Texte Arabe. Paris, 1837-40, pages 586, 4to. Geta The Travels of Ibn Batuta, translated from the Arabic Manuscript, by S. Lea. London 1829, 143 pages, 4to. sce one LG The Travels of Macarius, translated by F. C. Belfour. London, 1829, pt. I. 114 pages, 4to. oe “or oo Per) feat: Memoir of the Emperor Jehanguire, translated from the Persian Manuscript, by Major D. Price. London, 1829, 141 pages, 4to. a0 eee ee: History of the Afghans, translated from the Persian, by B. Dorn, part I. London, 1829, 184 pages, 4to. Aye oat iad Han-Koong-Tsew, or the Sorrows of Han, a Chinese Tragedy, translated by J. F. Davis. London, 1829, 28 pages, 4to. eae Toe Vocabulary of Scinde Language, by Capt. Eastwick. see ie | Leech’s Grammar and Vocabulary of the Baloochi and Punjabee Languages. ... 1 Points in the History of the Greek and Indo-Scythian Kings, &c. Translated from the German of Professor Lassen, by J, H. E. Roer, and Edited by H. Torrens, Esq. Ae dL {<< Separate articles of the Journal are also printed, and sold at proportionate rates. re- Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Marcu, 1845. The monthly meeting was held at the Society’s Room, on Tuesday, the 18th March, at } past 8 p. M. Charles Huffnagle, Esq. in the chair. The following list of books presented and purchased was read :— Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, Tuesday, March 18th, 1845. Booxs Presentep. 1. Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the months of December, 1844, and January, 1845. 2. Jahrbiicher Der Literatur, of 1843, vols. 4.—By the Baron Von Hammer Purgs- tall. 3. Geschichte Der Ilchane, by the Baron Von Hammer Purgstall, vol. 2.—By the Author. 4, The Sugar Planter’s Companion, by L. Wray, Esq. Part I1.—By the Author. 5. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vols. 2, Nos. 2 and 3.—By the Academy. 6. The Oriental Christian Spectator, for the months of January and F ebruary, 1845, Nos. 1 and 2.—By the Editor. 7. The Calcutta Christian Observer, for the months of February and March, 1845.— By the Editors. 8. Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, Part IV:—By the Society. 9. The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, No. 165, September, 1844.—By the Editor. 10. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, vol. 4, No. 98.—By the Society, 11. The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, vol. 14, Part I. 1844.—By the Society, 12. Proceedings of the Royal Society, No. 59; 1843-44.—By the Society. 13. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London for the year 1844, Part I1.—By the Society. 14. Récherches Sur les Poissons Fossiles, par Lt. Agassiz, Quatorziéme, Quinziéme et Sizieme livraisons réunies, 1842 and 1843.—By the Editor. 15. Ditto Ditto, Planches Quatorzieme, Quinziéme, et Seizicmes livraisons réunies. 1841 and 1843.—By the Author. 16. Specimens of the illustrations of the Rock-cut Temples of India.—By J. Ferguson, through W. Ferguson, Esq. 17. Five Maps of different parts of Asia, Berlin, Beimer.—By the Rev J. Haberlin. Se XXX11 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Marcn, 1845. Booxs ExcuHanGep. 18. Calcutta Journal of Natural History, January, 1845, No. 2.—By John M’Clelland. 19. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany and Geology, Nos. 92, 93, 94 and 95 of November, 1844, to January, 1845, vols. 14 and 15. 20. Journal Asiatique. Quatriéme Serie. Nos. 14 et 15, Mai et Juin 1844. Tome III. 21. Journal des Savants, Juillet, 1844, 22. The Atheneum for November 9 and 16,—December 7, 14, 21 and 28, 1844, and January, 1845,-4-11, and 18. Booxs Purcuasep. 23. History of the Indian Archipelago.—By J. Crawfurd. 24. Strange’s Elements of Hindu Law, vol. 2. 25. The Classical Museum, No. VI., January, 1845. Mr. C, Joseph presented a copy of his map of the river Hooghly, from Garden Reach to Bandel. Read the following letter from Messrs. Allen and Co., the Society’s London Agents. Henry Torrens, Esq. Secretury to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Str,—We beg to state you, for the information of the Society, that we have every reason to expect the completion of the bust of Mr. Hodgson in the course of six weeks or two months from the present date. We have, as requested in your letter of the 30th May last, applied to the Proprietors of the Atheneum and Spectator respecting the non-receipt of their publications by the Society since December, 1840. We have not been favoured with a reply from either party, and conclude it is not their desire to make an exchange of publications with your Society. It is not quite usual for the Proprietors of Newspapers to furnish gratuitously their publications, They expect to receive and very seldom make any return. The Journal of the Royal Institution has not been published for years. In our next parcel to the Society, we shall include the Asiatic Journal from January, 1841, to the present time, and it shall be continued as published in future. Your favor of the 5th October last, acknowledging the receipt of our account sales, and giving us instructions as to the disposal of the balance, shall have our best attention. We have the honour to be, Sir, your faithful Servants, London, January 12th, 1845. W. H. Atien ann Co. Read correspondence, with notes by the Secretary and Committee of Papers, from Mr. J. Hendrie, soliciting employment as draftsman to the Society, and claiming payment of a bill to the amount of Co.’s Rs. 250, which had been submitted by him for work done on trial. Resolved that the recommendation of the Committee of Papers, that Mr. Hendrie be paid the sum of Co.’s Rs. 150 for the works ubmitted, be adopted, and that the Committee of Papers be requested to report further as to the expediency of the employment of Mr. Hendrie. Read the following note by the Secretary :— Marcu, 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXXHi At the December meeting Dr. Heberlin announced through the Secretary his inten- tion of publishing a Sanserit Anthology consisting of fifty brief but choice specimens of the best School, that of Kali Dasa, of Sanscrit poetry, didatic, elegiac and others. This offers to the Sanscrit Scholar a description of work as yet a desideratum in the learned world, a book namely, which may enable him to study in brief, and at small cost, the best and choicest classical style of eminent writers in that ancient and admirable language. Dr. Hezberlin proposes to publish the work himself, but in communication with him the Secretary suggested to the Society their taking a certain number of copies of it. It will prove a most valuable book to the Society, for the purpose of distribution to learned bodies, and individual scholars in correspondence with it. The copies will be delivered at trade price. He stated that he was not prepared to note at present the number of copies to be taken, but after making a list of quarters in which they might be distributed, and a reasonable stock of reserve copies, the Secretary said he would have the honor of laying that list definitely numeralised, before the Society if the general pro- position be favourably received. The Secretary stated that it had been deemed advisable that the Society should subscribe for 100 copies of this interesting work, which was agreed to. The Secretary presented on the part of 8S. G. T. Heatly, Esq. an abstract of the proceedings of the former Statistical Committee of the Society, (December, 1836, to March, 1839,) and it was resolved— - That the records which are not at present forthcoming be searched for, that the abstract be circulated to the Committee of Papers, that the Committee of Papers resume the Statistical Committee’s deferred pri- vileges, and that it be recommended to them to re-agitate the right of free postage, &c. &e. The Secretary stated that he had received from Captain Cunningham and Mr. Tregear a collection of coins which they offered for sale, and of which the package, yet unopened, was upon the table, but that he desired, previous to submitting the proposal to the Society, to communi- cate with Captain Cunningham. The following coins were presented by the Sub-Secretary on the part of Captain Marriot, B. N. I.—2 coins of Mahmed Shah, Ben Nassir Shah, A. H. 627-634. 1 coin of Mahmed Toghluk, A. H. 725-752, both were in the Society’s cabinet, and 2 Bactrian coins of Kadphises, and on the part of Lieutenant Sherwill, B. N. I., of the Behar Revenue Survey, two bags containing 134 old pice of various coinages. Read the following letter in reply to the Society’s application for Lieutenant Yule’s report on the Cherra Poonjee coal, as noted in the Proceedings for October last :-— XXXIV Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Marcu, 1845. To H. Torrens, Esa. Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society. Srr,—Under Orders from Government, communicated in Secretary Lieutenant Colo- nel Stuart’s letter No. 120, dated the 6th December last, I am directed by the Military Board to forward copy of Lieutenant Yule’s report on the coal formations of Cherra Poonjee with Sections, &e. J. GREEN, Secretary. Fort William, Military Board Office, 4th March, 1845. The Sub-Secretary stated that in relation to this valuable paper he would read the following extract from a letter of Lieutenant Yule’s to his address of 22nd October last. My pear Srr,—The Sections and Report with the Military Board will be found quite useless for publication ; they were the work of a young officer without any experience, just arrived inthe country, and are almost confined to the account of different modes of conveying the coal to the plains. There is one point in them, which, however, should have met with attention, the coal which is found abundantly thrown up by the Panateet river near Landour. From want of time, the lateness of the season, and being unable to procure jungle cutters I was unable to trace it to its bed, and was ordered off before I could return, but the coal is apparently first rate, and probably abundant. The river is the same that I have described in the last paragraph of the notes last sent. Kurnaul, October 22d, 1844. The paper and plans, which last were much admired, were handed to the Editors of the Journal :— Read the following letter to the Society :-— Monsieur Torrens, Secretuire de la Societé Asiatique a Calcutta. Monstevr,—Madame de Storr a V’intention de publier, a la fin de chaque mois une livraison de quatre costumes litographiés and coloriés, des different peuples que |’ on ren- contre a Calcutta ; Je desire beancoup, en regard de chaque costume, faire paraitre une notice indicative des moeurs et habitudes de celui qui le porte. Mais etant depuis trop peu de tems dans le pays, je n’ai pas acquis assez de connaissances pour decrire avec verité des coutumes dont je n’ai entendu parler que vaguement. La Societé Asiatique possede entre autres sur Inde, un ouvrage en 4 volumes intitulé Les Indous ow description des Maurs et ceremonies, &c. et un autre en deux volumes ayant pour titre ’ Inde Francaise. Je pourrais dans les deux ouvrages trouver des rensignemens propres a completer celle que je me propose de publier ; et en vous priant, Monsieur, de vouloir bienen faire pour moi Ja demande au conseil, }’ ose vous assurer qu’ ils seront soignés comme choses ex- trémement precieuses et que j’aurais a curde justifier la confiance qu’ il aura bien. voulu m’ accorder. Je vous devrai aussi des remerciemens que je vous prie d’ accuellir, ainsi que Il’ assur- ance de la tres haute consideration de Votre tres humble et obeissant Serviteur, A. B. ve Srorr. Calcutta, 21st Feb. 1845. OO Marcu, 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXXV The Secretary stated that he had allowed M. De Storr to have from the library one volume at a time of each of the works applied for, as he deemed it incumbent on the Society to give every aid in its power to works of the kind proposed. Read a note from E. B. Ryan, Esq. presenting to the Society a box of models of Ceylon boats, which were greatly admired for their beauty and fidelity. The Secretary presented on the part of E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. a memoir “ On the ancient bed of the River Soane, and the scite of Pali- bothra’’ with a map. This valuable paper was handed to the Editors of the Journal for early publication. Read the following letter from Major R. Leech, B. N. I. To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta. My pear Sir,—I shall be glad to hear whether the Society feel an interest in the subject of this letter. I have taken advantage of my having been last year in charge of the Keythul and Umbalah districts to have compiled a map of the Kurukhetra, the scene of the Maha- bharata, as well as an accompanying account to illustrate the map from that work, from another called the Kurukhetra Mahatma, and from existing legends collected at each spot from the eldest and most intelligent inhabitants. I should be glad to know what aid the Society is dispossed to afford me in publishing both, or the map alone, paca is ona scale of two miles to the inch. R. Lescu, Ist Ast. G.G. A. N. W.F. Umbalah, New Frontier, 14th February, 1845. The Secretary stated that he had written to Major Leech to say that the Society would be most happy to publish the work in question for him in its Journal or Transactions, being a subject of the highest Indian Classical interest. Read the following extract oe a letter by Lieutenant Baird Smith, to the Sub-Secretary : T intend shortly sending you a few coins obtained from the old village or town dis- covered on the Muskurra River. These have been obtained without charge to the Society. Thesite of the town has hitherto been covered with large quantities of boul- ders for the use of the canal work, so I have not been able as yet to make any farther search, but as these are now, or soon will be cleared away, I hope to pick up something more. Read a letter from G. Buist, Esq. in charge of the Bombay Observa- tory, intimating that he had dispatched on the ship Sterlingshire, a set of the Observatory Records for 1843, to replace those formerly sent which had been damaged by oil in the dawk bangy transit. Vad XXXVI Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Marcu, 1845. Museum Economic Grouocy. Report or tHE Curator or THE Mineratocicat anp GroLocicaL DEPARTMENT, FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY. Mineralogical and Geological. We have received from Major Crommelin, B. E., residing at Darjeeling, a small col- lection of 24 specimens of the rocks found by him on a tour in the neighbourhood of that station ; he says :— ‘«« The specimens are not so large as might be desired; the reason is that I proceed generally alone on my excursions, and find it no small addition to the fatigue of ascend- ing 5000 or 6000 feet, to carrying a pocket load of stones. Darjeeling, January 21st, 1845. From Captain Munro, Her Majesty’s 39th Regt. we have received two very pretty specimens of Ribbon Jasper from the neighbourhood of Gwalior, and a specimen of Limestone with fossil remains (shells) from the Hungrung pass in the Himalaya, at 16,000 feet. Amongst the catalogues of collections which I have sedulously collected from every corner since my connection with the Museum, I found one, at least three years ago, of a collection of specimens by Dr. Jameson from the hills ; but the specimens were no where to be found. I wrote to him on the subject, as also, through Mr. Torrens to Mr. George Clark at Umballah, but the collection appeared to be lost. To our great surprise it has re-appeared as will be seen by the following letters :— To H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary, Asiatic Society, Calcutta. Srr,—When examining some wrecked property in my godown, the enclosed letter to your address was found, together with a quantity of stones, which I beg leave to forward to you. Calcutta, 26th February, 1845. J. Hoimes, Secretary, Union Insurance® H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary, Asiatic Society. Dear Sir,—As Mr. Clarke was sending some boxes to you, I have taken the oppor- tunity of transmiting a few Geological specimens, collected during my tours in the hills, and which I beg you will have the goodness to lay before the Society, as they are intended to illustrate what I have written in your journal. Umballah, 4th October, 1844. Wm. Jameson. The stones also have so far escaped injury that we have the full number of specimens, But the numbers, and consequently references, to about two thirds of them have been lost, being on paper labels only.* Dr. Jameson, however, can easily renew them from his Catalogue which is descriptive and I have written to him to request the favour of his doing so for us. From our indefatigable contributor Captain J. T. Newbold, M. N. I. we have to announce another curious and valuable paper ‘‘ On the Alpine glacier, Iceberg * All specimens should be ink (and if possible paint) marked, with a number in India? where damp or insects destroy paper forthwith, and a duplicate copy of the catalogue should be made at the earliest possible moment. ~ H. Pp, Marcu, 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXXVI Dilmiat and were transition theories with reference to the deposits of Southern India, its which to form a valuable addition to our > furrowed and striated rocks and rock basins,’ knowledge on these heads, touching which so little is yet known out of Europe. In consequence of our application to Government, at the suggestion of Colonel Forbes for copies of Lieutenant Yule’s memoir and plans relative to the. carriage of coal in the Kassia Hills, copies of them have been sent to us from the Military Board and will be valuable as records in this department. For all the foregoing communications and presentations the best thanks of the Society were accorded, s Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, May, 1845. The monthly meeting of the Society was held on Tuesday evening, the 13th May. Charles Huffnagle, Esq. senior member of the Committee of Papers, in the chair. At the commencement of the meeting Mr. Houston, C. 8. begged to bring to notice what appeared to him to be an error in the proceed- ings for October, in relation to the picture voted to Mr. Bird. A con- versation of some length arose out of this without the result of a vote. It was proposed by Captain Shortrede, and seconded by Captain Marshall, « That no report of the Proceedings of the Society at its meetings be published till it has been verified by the next subsequent meeting,” —which was carried unanimously. New Members Proposed. Lieutenant Sherwill, 66th N. I., Behar Revenue Survey, — proposed by E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. C. S. seconded by W. H. Quinton, Esq. Dr. Henry,—proposed by E. Blyth, Esq. seconded by S. G. F. Heatly, Esq. The following list of books presented, exchanged and purchased was read :— Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, Tuesday, 13th March, 1845. BOOKS PRESENTED. 1, Meteorological Register for February and March, 1845.—From the Surveyor General’s Office. 2. The Oriental Christian Spectator, Nos. 3 and 4, of March and April of 1845.—By the Editor, 3. The Calcutta Christian Observer, of May, 1845.—By the Editors. 4. The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. XV. Part 2, 1844. 5. Notes on Indian Agriculture.x—By A. Gibson, Esq. 6. On the Geographical Limits, History, and Chronology of the Chera Kingdom of Ancient India.—By J. Dowson, pamphlet, 2 copies. 7. Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1843, Part II, two copies, and Proceed- ings from January to March, 1844, one copy.—By the Society. xl Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [May, 1845. 8. Reports of the Council and Auditors of the Zoological Society of London, 1844, two copies.—By the Society. 9. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, Vol. 3, Parts 2 and 3, London, 1843. 10. Magnetic Reports of the Observatory at Bombay, May to December, 1843.—By Government. 1]. Magnetic Observations for 1842 and 1843, by G. Buist.—Presented by ditto. 12. Report on the Meteorological Observations made at Colaba, Bombay, from the Ist September to 3lst December, 1842, by G. Buist.—Presented by ditto. 13. Meteorological Observations for 1843, by G. Buist.—Presented by ditto. 14, Tracings of the Wind-Guage for 1842, 1848, by G. Buist.—Presented by ditto. 15. Barometrical Observations, by G. Buist.—Presented by ditto, 16. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschap pen. Vols. 18, 19, 1842, 1843.—By the Society. 17. Natur en Geneeskundig archief voor Neerland’s indie—Eerste Jaargang Batavia. 1844.—By ditto. 18. Catalogus Plantarum in Horto Botanico Bogoriensi cultarum alter auctore, J. C. Hasskarl, Bataviae, 1844. . Books Exchanged. 19. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Nos. 96 and 97, Vol. 15, February and March, 1845. 20. The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal by Jameson, No. 74, July to October, 1844. 21. The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, third series, Vol. 25, Nos. 166, 167, 168, 169, of October, November and December, 1844. 22. Journal Asiatique, Quatriéme Série, Nos. 16 and 17, Juillet et Aout 1844. 23. The Atheneum, Nos. 900 to 907. Books Purchased. 24. Introductory Lectures on Modern History, delivered in 1841, by T. Arnold, se- cond edition, London, 1848. 25. Theogony of the Hindoos, by Count M. Bjornstjerna, London, 1844. 26. Political Philosophy, by H. Brougham, London, 1843 and 1844, 3 vols. 27. System of Logic, by J. S. Mill, London, 1843, 2 vols. 28. Journal des Savans, Septembre and Octobre, 1844. Read the following letters, from Messrs. Allen and Co. the Society’s London Agents, and W. W. Bird, Esq. :— To Henry Torrens, Esa. Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta. Srr,—We have been requested by W. W. Bird, Esq. to forward you the enclosed letter. We beg to acquaint you that the map referred to by Mr. Bird was forwarded on the 26th February last by the ship Princess Royal from Liverpool, and will be handed over to the Asiatic Society by our agents as soon as it reaches Calcutta. W.H. Axen and Co. London, March 19, 1845. To Henry Torrens Esa, Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta. Sir,—With reference to the intimation made by me to the Meeting held on the 5th of July, 1843, I have directed to be transmitted to you the newly constructed Map of May, 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xli India by Messrs. W. H. Allen and Co. from ‘surveys executed under the orders, of the Hon’ble East India Company, which Map is the most complete at present procurable, and to request that you will have the goodness to present it to the Society on my behalf, I have the honor to be, Sir, Your obedt. Servant, W. W. Biro. London, February 18, 1845. Read the following letter from Mr. H. B. Konig at Bonn :— To H. Pippincron, Esq. Sub-Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Bengul. Sir,—I have the honour to inform you that I have duly received, through the agents of the Asiatic Society, Messrs. Allen and Co., the books directed to me, and offer now my best thanks for this valuable communication, Messrs. Allen and Co. will direct to you the following of my publications : 6 Seript. Arabum 12 Radices Line. Pracritiana 12 Panini, eight books 3 Malawica, Agnimitre 12 Radices Ling. Sanscrita 12 Meghaduta 12 Sacuntala 3 Lassen’s Zeitschrift, part 1V. V. VI. 16 6 Lassen’s Indien I. 1. I hope the Society may accept these works as a sign of my highest respect. As Sanscrit Literature is much cultivated in Germany, and many works published in India are not to be procured, even in London, I should be particularly obliged, if the Society would have the goodness, to cause about 10 or 15 copies of all works, formerly or lately published in India, to be forwarded to me, for immediate prompt payment, or instruct its agents to let the works be delivered to me at the prices fixed by the Society. H. B. Konic, Bonn, 5th December, 1844. With reference to Mr. K6nig’s request to be supplied with a number of copies of all the Sanscrit works published in Calcutta, the Secretary stated that Dr. Roer had prepared a list of Sanscrit works published in Calcutta, which he now presented, from which it appeared that 10 or 15 copies of each would amount to a very considerable sum. He further suggested that as a part of these works had been published by the School Book Society it was possible that body might be willing to send Mr. Konig their publications through the Society. He was here- upon authorized to refer to the School Book Society in the first instance, and for the details of this application to the Committee of Papers, when a scheme of returns could be finally made up and determined upon by the Society. xl Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [May, 1845. The Secretary in laying on the table the papers relative to Mr. Heat- ly’s proposal for the reformation of the Statistical Committee, which had been circulated to the Committee of Papers, stated that the opini- on expressed by that body was strongly in favour of the proposition, whereupon the following resolution was moved by Mr. Huffnagle, and seconded by Mr. Torrens. “< Resolved,—that the re-institution of Statistical Researches on a systematic plan by this Society appears a desirable object, and that a Committee be appointed for the purpose of considering and reporting on the specific measures through which this object may be obtained. The Committee to consist of Mr. Heatly and Mr. Alexander,’’—which was carried unanimously. Read a letter transmitted to the Secretary by order of Government from Capt. Nevile H. M. 8S. Serpent forwarding copies of the Logs of H. M. S. Magicienne in the hurricane of 1818 and 1819 at Port Louis, Mauritius. | The Sub-Secretary pointed out that these logs were printed both in the first and second edition of Col. Reid’s work, 1838 and 1841. Read the following letter from Government :— No. 1289 of 1845. From F. Curriz, Ese. Secretary to the Government of India, To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Fort William, the 2nd May, 1845. Forreicn DEeparTMENT. Sir,—I am directed by the Governor General in Council, to transmit to you, for such notice as the Society may deem it to merit, the enclosed copy of a Report by Lieutenant Dalton of his visit to the hills on the banks of the Soobanshiri River. F. Currirz, Fort William, the 2nd May, 1845. Secretary to the Government of India. Referred to the Editors of the Journal for publication. The Secretary presented on the part of W. Seton Ker, Esq. C. 8. a Note of the course of study of students in the Sanscrit language. This interesting note was handed to the Editors of the Journals for early publication. The Secretary reported that during his absence Dr. Sprenger, now Principal of the Delhi College, had addressed the Sub-Secretary as fol- lows :— “*T have to ask you half a dozen other favors: I send this note to you through Messrs. Ostell and Co. who will pay you for the ‘‘ Geographie d’ Abulfeda en Arabe, 2 vols.” which is on sale at the Society for 5 rupees. You have once expressed that you would May, 1845.| Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xlili sell duplicates of your library if so pray let me have ‘‘ Asiri Bibliotheca, Arabo-Hispa- ’? of which you have two copies, you must not charge it too high. nica, in two volumes,’ I have written to Messrs. Ostell for De Sacy’s Grammaire Arabe, and Hammer’s Ges- chichte der schonen Redekunste, in Persian. If they should not be available at Calcutta, you would oblige me by lending me for a short time the copy of the Asiatic Society ; I intend to have the History of Persian Poetry lithographed, and to compile an Arabic Grammar in Urdoo, and want for a few days De Sacy’s book. and that officer having requested Dr. Roer to report on the application, received from him the following :— To H. Prppineton, Ese. Sub-Secretary Asiatic Society. Sir,—With regard to Dr. Sprenger’s application I have the honor to report, as fol- lows :— As Dr. Sprenger wants Hammer’s ‘‘ Geschichte der schonen Redekunste in Persian,” and de Sacy’s Arabic Grammar, for the purpose of publishing an Arabic Grammar for the use of the native students in this country, I would recommend to the Committee of Papers to assist him in his useful undertaking, and to allow him the use of those works for a limited period of two or three months. It would, however, not be advisable to accede to Dr. Sprenger’s second request of selling him the duplicate copy of Asiri’s ‘* Bibliotheca Hispano-Arabico,” a work very rare and valuable, and I take this opportu- nity of proposing to the Committee to establish it as a rule not to sell duplicates of valu- able works, as it is of importance to keep always one copy in the library, while the other may be circulated among the members of the Society. 29th April, 1845. KE. Roerr, Librarian. I quite agree in, and indeed suggested this arrangement. H. Pippineron, Sub-Secretary, which being circulated to the Committee of Papers for their sanction, Dr. Roer’s recommendation was adopted, and the books have been forwarded to him by the steamer via Allahabad. | Read the following letter from the Royal Bavarian Academy of Munich :— Henry Torrens, Esa., Vice-President and Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Srr,—Having been favoured, by the intervention of Dr. William Griffith, with your kind declaration dated 23rd May 1844, that you would willingly order an exchange of publications between the Asiatic Society of Bengal and the Royal Academy of Sciences at Munich, I am directed to explain to you how much the Royal Bavarian Academy is gratified by such a literary intercourse. Supposing that the Asiatic Society of Bengal does not possess the series of Memoirs published in earlier times by the Bavarian Academy , a complete set of them shall be sent over to the care of Messrs. W. H. Allen and Company, Leadenhall Street, London. In return we take the liberty of announcing to you, what we are wanting in our library from your most precious publications, 1. Index to the 4th vol. of the Mahabharut complete. 2. Inaya, 2nd vol. 690 p. 3rd vol. 682 p. 4th vol. 937 p. in 4to. 3. Jawame-ool-I]m-ul-Riazi, 168 p.; with 17 plates 4to. ——— xliv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [May, 1845. Anis-ul-Musharrahin, 541 p. 4to. Sharaya-ool-Islam, 631 p. 4to. Tibetan Dictionary, 373 p. 4to. Vocabulary of Scinde language, by Capt. Eastwick. a Sore ° Grammar and Vocabulary of the Baloochi and Punjabee languages. Leach. © . Harriwansa, 563 p., royal 4to. The other books are in our possession, and also partly the most interesting Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, the completion of which by your kindness, I take the liberty to ask for. There is wanting of this most precious Journal, vols. I. II. III.; From the year 1839, are wanting the months of August, September, October and November ; from 1841 is wanting No. CXIIL, and from No. CXVIII. allis wanting published till to the present day. We should consider as a particular favour your friendly intervention for the completion of this work. In the box containing the newer publications of our Academy, you will also find the Almanacksof the last years, which give a general catalogue of all our publications, and of which I beg you to select any more you may believe interesting for the purpose of the Asiatic Society. Also you will find there two little books of my own: Systema Mat. Med. Veget. Brasiliensis, and on the Constitution, Sicknesses and Physics of the American tribes, which I beseech you to present in my name to the Asiatic Society, Regarding the Society’s wish of possessing specimens of German geology, we have treated on this matter in the physical class of our Academy, and the members concerned in similar studies have been directed to get together a convenient collection for the Tech- nic Geological Institute of your Society. But itis understood that such a collection cannot be ready immediately. After its completion it shall be committed into the hands of your agent at London. Every communication in any branch of natural history the Asiatic Society may think convenient for us, shall be highly acceptable. I beg you to send the Society’s communications either by London, where your agent may take care of them, or to Hamburgh directly, where Mr. G. T. E. Roeding is the Academy’s agent. _ Allow me, Sir, to present you the assurance of the high consideration with which I have the honour to be, Dr. Martius, Secretary of the Math. and Phys. Class of the Roy. Academy of Sciences. Munich, 6th of January, 1845. The Secretary was authorized to dispatch to the Royal Bavarian Academy the books required, and to express the gratification of the Society at the opening of an intercourse with this learned body. Read the following note from Major Wroughton pointing out a mis- conception as to Colonel Stacy’s Hebrew MSS. (Proceedings of January). My pear Sir,—I have just received a letter from my friend Colonel Stacy, in which he mentions that the Hebrew MS. sent by me, in his name, to the Asiatic Society’s Muse- um, has by some misapprehension been considered as a donation. I have no recollection of the exact purport of my note, which accompanied the MS. but feel confident, if you May, 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Syl re el anes » ole eur le tots ieisle inate << Valeuean aueir Echos 9S (Jyuol PP Me ce yu Peace cece e core seer e rns ns EONS | tiled Bold fe esegs oPebiege dite, « /naiihe ugly Se iene ve eie ne ne see lab cael ten Shuma eeeeeceereereovoeececeoeeveeseeseoeveeveneeenvene eetale ated a aRale'e «oye ee ee ests ole Jc] evreoeeereeeeneece us ero be iyi sT arash ele Sono] CCEO score eeereerseenevere allay 6 a luve alc CROCE ee eH OHHH OE HHE SHEET EHO HE poe Lilie pe eee eee ereeose erecta greones wlals y wh je Glan Ave. 1845. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixxvui eereeceose eet es ean Dee Pan eee allie A yw dats) eooceeeneeeeevoeeeeaeee FC Seree sO Fae ALsLBe 5 pho eeeoecevoeosevn ese e eee ec Ooo gente e © be Koliale » = Ra iaie e's sab 6 asso aie e's 5 easy cue ae ee Urds? oly i ie la x lao bag Guin tad ese be BO @ 6 ete ec ee se eee pitvanwverard grallebelicligt tidsig Oi tush e@eaeceouvucocvevnetereoseneeheetCtneve HF tesesn ala! a5] — oa 2OSeeuanseesosuRGO rH pees ete eg va gd) ] del,s -A ZA Riaeieliaie © Spee 9) @ 6 © .8 © @ 0's 6's 6 «6 ee. 4 tts LAK? Lama woe 2 ©6028 ©8Ceesee Cee FHF CHR epee FH HREM wencl) palo ue ister a> Gs Sip ~ gaiyiss SI Sos essalediley = cops 6) poe 8 ppbv gdb evs y LF) 993 parse o djl ola tho! : Sy 94s chest SEs Copy BE Sle uy yild - SUF ple sh | yogi gle wd] Bw) Avo why) £ ustate BLO yoy le Ksabe 3!) - Ltsin Kraleo Jo - cola gle ~Keote Jae Bi gthy gyi - hal - Ls? Boe lye allwy - WULG Kole tele miss Slo - Uy = dadlyte ple - E50 wr Suiw - Log BS - PUSS - SA pr ae 2 IMI ade Une lingo Ixxvill Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aue. 1845. sista yP Bors phe ROS «7543 AS om Asef ys] rics” List of Urdoo Translations published by the Vernacular Education Society. History: of Pathiays'es.sc ese Ar Ot AOE OaS UA in elofstve.«iatasieinioie Gicin's ofavorete Re. G10 0 POT OF Taman 5. ici o'ei0:6' 00'nev alu etegieheaia srareisiete Oia 8 sietslescsietcte ceensuucieek le O Meow Bengal, .. tcs. sss ols: atwie' eam ats win BRe aie’ a stata ic'eve deus aidisiaig:s actin aes OO Diol Persp, noc eesecs coe os a.aieaietepelaialatee elles clste.s sienteetents o daieeieiten: na TOe TG Ditto: of Maheomedaniom, «o's osccisedetie wee ent ere utc t aeinot ey cr ee 3 8 0 . Marshman’s Brief Survey of History, Parts Ist and 2nd, ...ccsceses-seeeee ob: 0 0 | Marshman’s Civil Regulations, ..ee....ssseeees Edi aseis.¢-s.eu vice ace ee 15: 0° 0 Fimmdeo Lid) oso.eke.c scsccciemein tien eeetier Bictale aleiefaivieieie’eic soytho tls cer he yh hom yi Sa) 3 90 2 wh) re Cs ole Le epics ot soy Sum od gril ed a Shaty| ‘B aly uss als els yp) cls © csjloy Lins) el aw Gass Qh L Gnas yy) ple 4 Lei Ab aglee 9S coh Ape om Wo) phe us usiss gh yh} vu) Sie yes jog pee be IS 5 ply J) cel te ye ae BIT yy) 6 rem atl daayd 6 glk Coley bi wy ye ch gilded Ure! 3] us) cde 5 3555) dig had all) sats cf uprorke cenwe cKishe Hy uli ym Sls aS gh lang! sal) 3 je 2h) us tas Url y! skin i UY ote Wedd am chap Haller Lo hil Cpl L Algal yyy eevee c Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1845. Pay re er Fang sl) tend qo used 5” lis us alee > baile Sus) tind 9 Saw oko \y g bil " eS su tel = flys bas Une s SPECIMEN OF TRANSLATION. Fable of the Lion and the Mouse. yt 2 UST Lye ay 2S ops < ot SF gab das) — usd Jue aa wee: igbl= gts? wa ust! a Sys x rary Bye = o> Url os ws Slee dvo als a us Ka & wh oe ce Ss ddve n See ee ar ust ye ot Suc pbasS> 96 ype yl edd # ere] 2 Go Ge? Sm Li be eg a ay” ach )aS #% Ur isrist Kid seas } a ey) Us? ULs Sain gr hela tH ED) ey sat >) Sits LS Read the following Memorandum from the Sub-Secretary :— MEMORANDUM. Extract from a letter from Dr. Sprenger to the Sub-Secretary. TI have found a copy of the book which I have published on Sufiism here and see the edition is very correct. The Society would do me a favour if it would send some copies to Europe for sale to the Asiatic Society at Paris, and to Mr. Norris or Mr. Neal, clerks to the Asiatic Society in London, requesting them to send the same to Brockhaus at Leip- sic and other places with the books of the Oriental translation committee, in order to render the publication known. The Secretary notes with reference to this Memorandum, that Dr. Sprenger’s suggestions have already been acted upon. Ocr. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ci Read the following letters from the late Major Leech and R. C. Cust, Esq., B. C. 8. To H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary, Asiatic Society. My pear Sir,—I have the pleasure to inform you that I will despatch by banghy dawk to-day or to-morrow, for presentation to the Asiatic Society, three other MSS, relating to the History of the Afghans, and a History of Herat, with the commencement of our Abstract of the same. It had been my intention with the above materials and those already in the possession of the Society (History of the early Abdalees) and with the History of Ahmud Shah Duranee forwarded yesterday, to have compiled a History, but I have not hitherto had, nor do I see any prospect of my ever having the requisite leisure. An accident moreover that my small library met with (vide the damaged state of the MSS.) a few months ago, has determined me to lose no time in placing the valuable MSS. ina safe place. The Society are of course at liberty to put them at the disposal of any person having more leisure than myself to extract what is interesting in them, R. Leecu, lst AG, GA. NW: P: Umbalah, 7th August, 1845. To H. Torrens, Esa. My pear S1r,—I have the pleasure to inform you that I will to-day or to-morrow transmit by banghy dawk, for presentation to the Asiatic Society, the History of Ahmad. Shah Duranee, in Persian, accompanied by an abstract of the same. I have every reason to believe that the work isa scarce one. It was procured by me after several years’ search in Afghanistan. The original (the one from which this is a copy) is in the possession of one of the Princes at Peshawar. R. Leecu, iste GeGwa., Ne WP. Umbalah, 5th August, 1845. To H. Torrens, Esa. My pear Sir,—Among the papers upon the table of my lamented friend Major Leech, I found when taking charge of his office at Umbalah a letter from yourself, dated the 20th ultimo, open, but unanswered, conveying to him the thanks of the Asiatic Society for his map of the Kurukhetra. He received ita few days before he died, and one of his last acts was giving instructions to his Pundit and Mapper, with regard to the comple tion of the interesting work, which he had in part forwarded to you. In this part of the world we have much to regret his loss, and his papers shew the number of scientifi- and curious researches in which his active mind was unceasingly employed, of the results of which the Journal of the Asiatic Society has more than one specimen. Some of the works which he forwarded to Govt. have not yet seen the light. I trust that they may (especially a contribution upon the subject of the Sikh religion) some day be published. It appears from your letter about the Kurukhetra that you are in the belief that the whole of the narrative to accompany the map has been forwarded to you :—if I am notin error, a great portion is still unfinished, but I have directed the Punditemployed to proceed in his works, and if you desireit I will forward it to you. I have been aware of Major cil Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1845. Leech’s interesting project from the first day that it was started by him, and I trust therefore that I shall be able to assist you to whatever may appear necessary to complete it. Iam having a copy of the map made in the Persian character,—and I should suggest also having a translation of the narrative also made in the Persian language, as after all Sanskrit is a language known only to few, and the Maha Bharata itself is better known in its Persian translation, I suspect, than in the original: at any rate publishing the map and pamphlet in Persian, would greatly extend the publicity of the work, though I am afraid it would entail a considerable additional expense on the Society. I am having a copy also of the map prepared in Goormukhee, the sacred character of the Sikhs; and here a question is started whether a work should not be struck off in that character also. The whole of the Kurukhetra is included in the territory of the Sikhs—the chiefs who now possess the country, except those parts which have lapsed to us, know and read no other character, and one of Major Leech’s objects was to present to each chief a copy of the map, if possible one of an ornamented kind (perhaps in gold letters on parchment )—of course the value would to them be increased if they could read the names on the map, and understand the words of the account, which they certainly would not do in Persian or Sanskrit. It would be a desirable result if these chiefs could be prevailed upon in return for the compliment of the map to subscribe towards establishing an efficient college for the study of Sanskrit and Goormukhee at Ghanesun, a holy place within the limits of the Kurukhetra. We have an inefficient college for Sanskrit at Umbalah, but on a very limited scale. Do you think the Society would object to making a donation to the Pundit, who has been zealously employed in this work for six months? Major Leech’s sudden death has of course left the accounts of all the parties employed unsettled. I feel too happy to take upon myself all charges connected with so interesting an undertaking, but the Pundit with a natural pride in his work seemed anxious for some acknowledgment from the higher powers. I therefore take the liberty of bringing it to your notice. He is the head of our Umbalah Sanskrit College. Rosert Cust, Civil Service. Simlah, 12th September, 1845. The letters being read the Secretary begged leave to express to the Society the irreparable loss it has sustained in the death of Major Leech ; a gentleman not less distinguished for his eminent services as a public officer than for his professional abilities and extensive knowledge of native languages, history, manners and customs ; his untiring zeal and industry in researches connected with these subjects, and the noble liberality of mind with which he on so many occasions has communicated the fruits of his knowledge and labour for the public benefit from 1838, in which year his first contribution, A grammar of the Brahooee, Beloochee and Punjabee languages, adorned the pages of our Journal. Vol. VII. p. 780. There is indeed too much reason to fear that, like the lamented James Prinsep and others, Major Leech has fallen a victim to excessive mental labour; adding another to the long catalogue of the truly noble men a ee ee of ee ES eG wh K Wel ll ce \* - “A bs -. a? ‘i Oct. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. ciii who have perished in their exertions to forward, in common with the Asiatic Society, the high task and duty of every liberal, right-mind- ed, and educated Englishman in this country—the task and the duty of aiding in every way to give to the British power in India, for the great ends which it has yet under Providence to accomplish, those means and that stability which can only be found and assured for it by the one great essential to the right exercise of the power of every foreign government—an intimate knowledge of the country and of the people over which it rules. Read the following letter from Capt. Phayre, Bengal Native Infantry, Assistant to the Commissioner of Arracan. My pear Torrens,—I have just arrived here from Sandoway,and as Latter is here and I am anxious to have the advantage of comparing along with him all the various Ara- kanese coins, will you kindly put those you have of mine on a wax-cloth package, and send them by dawk banghy bearing postage to my address at this place. Latter is working away gloriously and will produce many a fine paper on Boodhism—he has made wonderful progress since I last saw him. The Society’s Journal will, I hope, receive many contributions from him. Pray don’t forget the coins, and believe me, Very truly your’s, A. P. PHayre. Akyab, Sept. 25th, 1845. I know not if you recollect an English translation of a part of the Dhammathat you once sent to Major Williams down here ; if you can forward it to me I can now compare it with an original I possess. The Secretary noted with infinite regret that these coins had shared the fate of our collection, and he was requested to inform Capt. Phayre accordingly. Read the following letter from the Zoological Curator :— To H. Torrens, Esa. Vice-President and Secretary, Asiatic Society. Sir,—Among the Rodentia of Captain Hutton’s Afghanistan collection, is a small animal which I described long ago in the Society’s Journal by the name Georhychus fuscocapellus, placing it thus among the Lemmings ; but now that we have specimens of the true Scandinavian Lemming in the collection, I find that the Afghan species can no longer be admitted exactly into the same genus, and am under the necessity of esta- blishing a new one for its reception. Under these circumstances, I write to request that Mr. Hendrie be employed to figure this animal and its skull, as was done with the Caprologus, and that on the second or skull- plate, I may also have represented certain crania of Scindian and Afghan Hedgehogs which it is desirable should be figured. An extra copy of the last No. of the Journal has been forwarded to Major Jenkins, containing the figures and description of Caprologus ; and with respect to the additional civ Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1845. wiring required for the aviary, I expect to able to furnish an estimate of the expense at the Society’s forthcoming meeting. Your's very respectfully, E. Buytn. Asiatic Society’s Museum, lst Oct. 1845. The proposed plates were sanctioned. Read extract of a letter from J. Muir, Esq. C. 8., transmitted by Messrs. Ostell and Co. as follows :-— There are among the Researches of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, two papers on the Religious Sects of the Hindus, by Professor H. H. Wilson, the first in the 16th vol. con- taining 136 pp. quarto, and the second I think in the 18th vol., but I have not the means of referring to it. I should feel obliged by your looking at both papers and informing me what it would cost to reprint both (1000 copies in octavo, ) in a style similar to that in which the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal is printed, as to type and paper. Of course the reprint could be only done by the Asiatic Society, or with its permission. (Signed ) J. Murr. Azimgurh, Sept. 1st, 1845. Resolved, that the Society will be most happy to allow the reprint of the papers as proposed, stipulating only that ‘‘ Reprinted from the Researches of the Asiatic Society, vols. 16 and 17,” appear on the title page. Read the following letter from Capt. Latter, Bengal Native Infantry :— To H. Torrens, Esa. My pear Torrens,—I send you according to promise, the remarks on the Booddhist sculpture sent some time since by me to the Society. As my paper is likely in some points to interest people in Eurepe—might I ask your kind attention to the accents, &c. of the Greek quotations and to the Hebrew which the compositors are likely to spoil. As also, that if possible the paper may not be divided. Itis perhaps rather long—but I had so much to say onthe subject, that I could scarcely make it shorter. Would you kindly let me have the full fifty copies (I only got thirty of the note on the coin). I propose to intitle the communication “‘ The Boodhism of the Emblems of Architecture” or any other which you may think advisable. Phayre begs me to beg you to send him back the Burmese or rather Arracanese coins. He is very anxious about them, as he wants to make out a paper, which from what he says is likely to appear very interesting. I am afraid you will think the communication I now send rather singular—‘ Paul, a master Mason! !” but I am thinking of inflicting on you a still more singular paper. On the Nine Sacred Jewels of Boodhism. I am only waiting till Ican get from home Orpheus’ hymn “ Perilithon.” Tuomas Latter. The paper accompanying this was referred to the Editors of the Journal for early publication. Oct. 1845. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. “ey Read the following letter from M. Lienard, of the Mauritius :— Monsteur,—Mr. Thomy Hugon m’ayant dit qu’il vous serait agréable d’entretenir des relations avec Maurice, je viens sous ses auspices vous proposer un commerce déchange d’objets d’Histoire naturelle. Pour débuter, je remets a Mr. Hugon, que veut bien s’en charger, la téte et la cau- dale d’un Istiophore quia été pris sur nos cotes. J’y joins une caisse de coquilles de Maurice et de Diego Garcia. Parmi celles de Diego vous trouverez une paire de houlettes que j’ai péchées moi-méme dans l’immense baie de cette ile. Jusqu’ici on croy- ait que la mer Rouge seule recelait ces bivalves. Je désire, Monsieur, que ce petit envoi vous soit agréable ; vous pouvez compter que je ferai tous mes efforts pour satisfaire 4 vos demandes et entretenir ainsi un commerca quine pourra qu’étre avantageux a tous deux, et qui me sera particulierement agréable : Je serais flatté aussi d’entrer en correspondence avec la Société dont vous étes membre. Je suis un peu Zoologiste : C’est vous dire que tout ce que vous pourriez m’offrir en fait de mammiféres, oiseaux, reptiles, poissons, mollusques, insectes, arachnides, crustacés, annilides et zoophytes, me ferait le plus grand plaisir: Je me bornerai pour le moment a vous designer spécialement un objet qui manque 4 mon musée. C’est un jeune Garial. J’ai des crocodiles de Java, de la cote Malabare, de Calcutta et de Madagascar. Indiquez moi les objets de notre pays qui pourraient vous étre agréables, Je m’empres- serai de vos les procurer. Si vous desirez des poissons de mer et d’eau douce, nos cotes et nos riviéres en fournissent une grande variété. Parmi ceux d’eau douce, nous avons L’osphronéme, qui nous a été apporté de la Chine ainsi que la Dorade, plusieurs espéces d’Eleotees, de gobies, des doubles, des megalopes, des ambasses, des anguilles de deux espéces et le nestis connu vulgairement sous le nom de Chitte. Si vous voulez bien m’envoyer des poissons du Gange et des étangs du Bengale, ayez l’obligeance de les mettre dans des vases avec de l’esprit de vin. Je vous renverrai les vases avec des poissons du pays. Je remets pour vous 4 Mr. Hugon, une serie d’observations metéreologiques. Je pour- rais vous envoyer celles que je fais chaque mois. Recevez, Monsieur, l’assurance de mes sentimens distingues de consideration. (Signé) LIENARD. Mon adresse est Mr. Lienard pére, vice President de la Société d’Hist. Nat. de l’ile Maurice. Rue de Castries, Port Louis. The donations referred to have been subsequently received, and it was ordered that the Journal of the Society be sent to Mr. Lienard from the commencement of 1845, for the Société d’ Histoire Naturelle. The Zoological Curator was also requested to prepare a dispatch of such specimens and duplicates as could be obtained or spared, so as to meet as far as possible Mr. Lienard’s wishes. Read the following letter from P. J. Sarkies, Esq. :— To Henry Torrens, Esa. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of India. Srr,—A Society having been lately established here by the Armenian community for the diffusion of useful knowledge amongst their countrymen, called the ‘‘ Araratian Society, evi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1845 or Society of Ararat,” I have the honor, by the desire of the members, to address you this letter, and to request the favor of your presenting gratis to them all the Journals of the Asiatic Society from its commencement, and to continue the same throughout, for which they shall feel highly obliged. Our object in requesting this favor is to translate the useful productions they contain into the Armenian language, and publish them in our Society’s Weekly Journal, the ‘* Patriot,” for the perusal and information of those of our countrymen, who are unac- quainted with the English language, both here and at other places. The first number of the said publication, I beg leave to forward you herewith. Trusting that this application will meet with the favorable consideration of yourself, and the members of your Society generally, I remain, &c. P. J. Sarktes, Calcutta, 22nd August, 1845. Secretary to the Society of Ararat. Ordered that the Society of Ararat be presented with the Journal from January, 1845, and in future as published. Read the following correspondence which was approved and ordered to be published. To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society. Srr,—I have the honor to submit through you, to the Committee of Papers, the appear- ance of a memorandum in the Society’s Journal tending, in a most serious manner, to implicate my character and reputation in the eyes of my scientific co-labourers, as deliber- ately advising a measure which is stigmatized in that memorandum with the name of ** scientific fraud.” The memorandum in question appeared in the Proceedings of the Society for October, 1844, published in the 154th number of the Journal ; and the paragraph to which I would draw the particular attention of the Committee is No. 6 (misprinted as No. 5). I freely admit that upon more than one occasion, when thesubject of Burnes’s drawings was mooted in conversation, and also I think once in an unofficial note to yourself, I objected to the extreme rudeness and inaccuracy of certain of those drawings, and recom- mended that if such had to be lithographed, it would be better to correct the outlines where these were obviously erroneous, by putting such joints and muscles into the limbs of mammalia as they must necessarily possess, and even improving the attitudes in some instances, especially as Burnes’s own specimens supply materials for the purpose to a considerable extent :—but most assuredly I never proposed that such alterations should be made without due notice being taken of the same, and can only express my astonish- ment that it should have been thought necessary to place the matter before the world in the light in which it has appeared. The purport of my non-official recommendation will be best understood if I adduce two or three instances ; and these, to the best of my recollection, shall be the very instances to which my remarks (in conversation) referred. 1. The figure of the Hyena of Cabool (now lithographed) will, in my opinion, dis- grace the Society’s ‘ Researches,’ if it appears in them: but as the animal is perfectly well known, I believe I recommended that a proper figure of a striped Hyena should be designed, and the markings filled up from the drawing supplied by Burnes. + Ocr. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. evil 2. The figure of the wild sheep of the Hindu Kosh ranges, though altogether faulty in outline, is such that a really good figure might betaken from it, aided by very careful draw- ings from life which I possess of a closely allied species, the Ovis musimon, and by the real horns of the animal, of which several pairs were in the collection of specimens forwarded by Sir Alexander Burnes, and (with the exception of duplicates transmitted to the India- house, two pairs only being retained for the Society’s collections) now under my charge in the museum. 3. To cite a bird, I remember instancing the Falco chicquera, of which the beak in Burnes’s figure is very ill-shaped, and the legs and toes are very much too sleader,— faults that, with others, might have been corrected (as in various other instances) by a reference to Burnes’s own specimens. Had I been consulted in the matter, I should have done my utmost to dissuade the Society from expending money in the representation of this and many other common and exceedingly well known species, even had they been represented with the requisite accuracy. But in suggesting the propriety of such alterations (whether rightly or not so in the opinion of the Committee), I do most distinctly protest against the imputed charge that I ever wished them to be effected privately, or in secret,—in other words, that I ever desired the Society should be guilty of a ‘‘ breach of trust,” which I also would have considered to amount to “‘a scientific fraud :” and itis due to other zoologists that, I should now interfere in their behalf, to notice an allegation contained in the same para- graph of the same memorandum to the following effect :— “** That the now anxious search of all European naturalists is exactly to find the original drawings from which local found Ornithe had been published, in order to correct these flourishes, and interferences of authors and naturalists; who, to make better pictures and reduce the birds (principally) to their fancied types and systems, had in many instances created enormous confusion, deprived the original observers of their due credit for active research and accuracy, and had even made them pass, at least as careless persons, if not as impostors ; when, on the contrary, the mischief and imposture was the work of the naturalist editors, publishers, and artists.’’ I believe, sir, that I have the credit, in well-informed quarters* of a tolerably familiar acquaintance with zoological literature, but I beg to say that I cannot cali to mind one single instance to which the above remarks apply. The confusion adverted to has, on the contrary, originated in the blind confidence which Latham more particularly, and some other ornithologists of the old school, and of a past generation, reposed in the rude drawings of unscientific artists ; so rude, and often- times grossly inaccurate, that it is only now that the subjects represented have come to be, for the most part, familiarly known, that they can be recognised in the figures which were intended to represent them,—and that the names subsequently applied to the objects themselves can be superceded by those bestowed on the drawings, and heading the de- scriptions taken from the latter, in conformity with the admitted law of priority. Of the fact here stated, I could easily adduce instances almost without number.+ * Vide ‘ Report of the British Association,’ for 1844, p. 187. + In illustration, I send herewith two numbers of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Na- tural History,’ containing papers by Mr. G. Gray and Mr. Strickland, wherein the confu- sion that has resulted from the very reprehensible practice of naming species from bad drawings is well exhibited. evil Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1845 Such being the case, I venture to hope that the Committee will perceive the justice of retracting the very. sweeping charge against ‘‘ naturalist editors, publishers, and artists” which has appeared in the Journal of the Society : and that it will also admit that the grievous animadversions complained of, having reference to myself, were not merely unnecessarily harsh, but were altogether uncalled for, as founded on a misappre- hension of my meaning. At the least, I consider that it was due to me to have been for- mally asked whether my opinions on the subject were correctly expressed, before such a procedure was resorted to as that of publicly stigmatizing them in the Society’s Journal. . Ep. Buiytn. Asiatic Society’s Rooms, Fort William, Aug. 23, 1845. Note to the foregoing by the Secretary. In submitting this note the Secretary desires to remark that Mr. Blyth takes a most mistaken view of the paragraph in question; inasmuch as, on reading it attentively, it will be clearly seen that no proposal of perpetrating any scientific fraud is attributed to him, but it is simply said that if the Society admitted corrections, it would perpetrate a fraud, and the Committee will remark that it is now fully and clearly admitted by Mr. Blyth himself, that he did propose corrections of joints, muscles and attitudes. How far those corrections were to go, will appear from par. 1 of Mr. Blyth’s paper in which he distinctly again avows,—asserting that “‘ the Cabool Hyena is perfectly known,” which assumes but one variety to exist, and that we have so perfect a knowledge of the zoology of Affghanistan, that we can be certain that there is only one variety ; and farther that, only one variety exists in the whole valley of the Indus, which would include Scinde, (where Sir A. Burnes’s drawings commence.) Asserting and assuming all this at once then, Mr. Blyth proposed, he himself says, to substitute ‘‘a proper figure and fill it up with the markings of the Cabool Hyena.” 2. Par.2 of Mr. Blyth’s letter carries the matter still further. Pronouncing on an animal which none but travellers in the almost untrodden regions of the Hmdu Kosh have seen, and Dr. Lord alone perhaps examined as a naturalist, we are told that by reference to certain drawings of “closely allied species,” the horns, &c., a good figure can be taken from it; so that here is the manufacture of two entire animals distinctly proposed as a mere matter of course! The same style of argument is continued as to the birds which are also proposed to be ‘‘ corrected” from stuffed specimens in the face of drawings made from the life. 3. The Secretary presumes that these paragraphs most fully justify the caution and strict observance of the principle upon which the Committee acted, and which the Society approved ; of keeping to rigid and exact copying: and the Committee’s expressions (used to explain that strictness) that ‘‘ if the Society consented to any such alterations, it would be guilty of a scientific fraud, publishing as the drawings made on Sir A. Burnes’s mission, pictures of something else, &c.” We have before us now two distinct proposals for making pictures ; one of which may yet be carried into effect, if the Society approve of it- In Mr. Gray’s paper, it will be observed that an owl (Athene convivens) came thus to be described by Latham as a Falcon! &e. &c. See No. for March 1843, p. 189. Vide also Mr. Strickland’s remarks in the May No., p. 334; though I could wish that he had reflected more severely upon the above mentioned extremely objectionable prac- tice on the part of Latham.—E. B. Oct. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. cix 4, Mr. Blyth now, for the first time, as the Secretary believes, informs the Society that it was intended “to notice all the alterations in the text.” He does not perceive that this would amount only to the very stigma which the Committee have been so care- ful to guard the Society’s reputation from. Let it be but once announced that the Soci- ety’s Curators alter drawings ; (except at the special desire of the authors) or its Secre-. taries papers confided to them, ‘and who will trust such a Society with drawings or papers? or who will refer to its researches with confidence? Mr. Blyth’s assumption here is (the notes of Dr. Lord having disappeared) that the Society and the scientific world are wholly to trust to his discretion and knowledge, and even, asin the case of the hyena and sheep, to that of which he can have no knowledge. Both the Secretary and Members of the Committee again and again explained to Mr. Blyth that the honest and straitforward and simple system was, to publish exact copies of the drawings, which would fulfil the Society’s public duty, and that he would then have the best opportunities in the world of shewing his own knowledge of the subject, and of having something inter- esting to say about, perhaps, a very uninteresting bird or animal. 5. The Secretary cannot also on this occasion refrain from adverting again to the attempt to undervalue Dr. Lord’s labours, to the extent, nearly, of asserting that he knew nothing of Natural History, in Mr. Blyth’s MSS. excuse for the disappearance of the notes for- merly submitted to the Committee, and this specially, as he is now enabled, fortunately to shew what the notes may have been, and how ill-deserved any dyslogism applied to them must be. A friend has pointed out to him the following passage which occurs at the close of a very able paper entitled, ‘‘ A Medical Memoir on the Plains of the Indus,” in the Eighth Vol. of the Transactions of the Medical Society of Bengal, Appendix, No. 24, p. 81. “Animals. Of the animals to be found in these regions, I shall at present say nothing. They must be looked on as rather influenced by, than exercising any influence on the Medical constitution of the country, which it is my more immediate object to illus- trate. But I may be allowed to add that between specimens and drawings,* I have already made some advances, as opportunities have allowed, towards asketch of the Zoology of the plain of the Indus, which I hope at some future time to render so far com- plete as to be not unworthy of notice.” It will be seen from this that so far from being, as Mr. Blyth has put forward, “ nearly ignorant of Zoology,” Dr. Lord projected at least a Zoological Memoir, The Secretary submits that so far from any blame attaching to the Committee (whose labours have already been approved by the meeting’) the Society are greatly indebted to it for its steady opposition to this ‘‘ correcting”’ system. The Secretary does not conceive it necessary to remark on that part of Mr. Blyth’s paper which enters into the defence of naturalist editors and artists generally, as being an accessary discussion, quite uncalled for, and which would introduce a precedent tending to check the free expression of opinions in Committees, and moreover, because he conceives that Mr. Blyth has himself, in the above quoted paragraphs, amply shown that, if allowed, he would himself have rendered (and if the Secretary understands his expressions with respect to the sheep correctly) would even now render reference to the original drawings * “« T should acknowledge with thanks that several of these drawings which had been made previous to my joining the Mission, were immediately on my arrival placed altoge- ther at my disposal by Captain Burnes.” cx Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. indispensible ; at least whenever they had been copied without the text explaining the corrections. * Mr. Blyth finally complains that the animadversions were harsh and published without reference to him. The Secretary has already stated that he wholly dissents from there being any animadversions at all conveyed or intended. The Committee for the Burnes’s drawings felt themselves bound to give on this occasion a full and distinct history of the matter (see Report) to exculpate themselves from an apparent neglect of 7,000 Rupees worth of outlay under their charge, and he believes the feeling was, that the only possible motive which could be assigned for Mr. Blyth’s open contempt of the Society’s orders and wishes for three years, might be perhaps pique at not being allowed to alter the drawings; and thus that the Committee deemed it proper to enter fully on that ques- tion. With respect to the non-reference to Mr. Blyth ; what is alluded to in the memoran- dum is his proposal of correcting, which his present paper shews not to have been in the least overstated. The sequel is merely the statement of the Committee’s grounds (acting for the Society) for rejecting that proposal, and Mr. Blyth himself gave rise to the publi- cation of which he now complains by having been three years in default. H. Torrens, September 3rd, 1845. Vice-President and Secretary, Asiatic Society E. Brytn, Ese. : Srr,—I am desired by the Committee of Papers of the Asiatic Society to acknowledge receipt of your letter of the 23rd August and to state in reply,— That after an attentive consideration of it, the Committee have thought it right that it should be published in the Proceedings, as affording to the Society, and to the public in general, a full explanation of your views on the subject of the proposed corrections, and the knowledge that you by no means intended making these without a full account of them in the proposed text. 2. The Committee further desire me to state that they fully approve of the determi- nation of the Committee for Sir Alexander Burnes’s drawings to publish nothing as such, bearing the sanction of the Society’s name, which were not exact copies of the originals as entrusted to it by Government. Museum,18th Sept. 1845. Tam, Sir, Your’s obediently, H. Torrens, V. P. and Secy. As. Society. Specimens of acorns and of fir cones from Darjeeling presented by Cockburn, Esq. were laid on the table. The Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology and Geological] and Minerological Departments had been unable, on account of illness, to prepare his report or to attend the Meeting. The best thanks of the Society were voted for all the above presenta- tions and communications. * Refer also to the Note submitted at the former Meeting, in which the special instance of the hocks of the Elephant is adduced. DRE MON AE ty RA aw 5 f Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, NovEMBER, 1845. The stated monthly meeting of the Society was held on Wednesday evening, the 5th November, G. A. Bushby, Esq. B. C. 8S. in the chair. The following new member was ballotted for and declared duly elected : Lieut. D. Briggs, B. N. I. And the following new members were proposed : J. Christian, Junior, Esq. Monghyr,—proposed by the Sub-Secretary, seconded by the Secretary. W. Taylor, Esq. B. C. S.,—proposed by the Secretary, seconded by the Sub-Secretary. A. Wattenbach, Esq.—proposed by the Secretary, seconded by the Sub-Secretary. Donald Mackey, Esq.,—proposed by E. Blyth, Esq. seconded by S. G. T. Heatly, Esq. Ensign F. H. Riply, 22nd N. I.,—proposed by E. Blyth, Esq. seconded by the Secretary. L. C. Stewart, Esq. M. D. eee sateent H. M. 39th Foot,—, proposed by E. Blyth, Esq. seconded by the Secretary. W. Theobald, Esq. Barrister at Law,—proposed by E. Blyth, Esq. seconded by the Secretary. T. C. Jerdon, Esq. Madras M. S.,—proposed by H. Torrens, Esq. seconded by E. Blyth, Esq. The following list of books, presented and purchased, was read :— List of Books received for the Meeting of Wednesday, the 5th November, 1845. | Booxs PRreEsENnTED. 1. Calcutta Christian Observer for October, 1845.—By the Editors. 2. Oriental Christian Spectator, vol. 6, No. 10, for October, 1845.—By the Editor. 3. Mekhitaristes de Saint-Lazare, Histoire d’Arménie, par le Vaillant de Florival. Vanise, 1841, 1 vol.— By J. Avdall, Esq. _ 4, Nuovo Dizionario Italiano—Armeno—Turco. Comp. dal P. E. Ciackuak, Venezia, 1829, 1 vol.— By J. Avdall, Esq. —=—_~ = in ———— = exli Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1845. 5. On the Temple of Somnath, by Col. Sykes, 1843, P.—By the Author. 6. Bhuddhism versus Brahmanism, 1842, by Col. Sykes, P.—By the same. 7. On the three-faced Busts of Siva, by Col. Sykes, P.—By the same. 8. Inscription from the Boodh Caves near Joonar, by Col. Sykes, P.—By the same. 9. On the Population and Mortality of Calcutta, by Col. Sykes, P.—By the same. 10. Statistics of the Educational Institutions of the East India Company in India, by Col. Sykes. —By the same. 11. First report of a Committee of the Statistical Society of London, on the State of Education in Westminster, 1837, P.—By the same. : 12. Report on the Vital Statistics of Large Towns in Scotland, London, 1843, P.— By the same. 13. Statistics of Cadiz, by Col. Sykes, London, 1838, P.—By the same. 14. Statistics of the Metropolitan Commission in Lunacy, by Col. Sykes, P.—By the same. 15. Statistics of the free City of Frankfort on the Main, by Col. Sykes.—By the same. 16. On the Measurement of Heights by common Thermometers, by Col. Sykes, P.— By the same. : 17. Report of the Metropolitan Commissioners in Lunacy to the Lord Chancellor, London, 1844.—By the same. ' 18. Debate at the East India House, by Col. Sykes.—By the same. 19. Remarks on the Identity of Personal Ornaments, sculptured on some figures in the Bhudda Cave Temples at Carli, by Col. Sykes.— By the same. _ 20. Notice respecting some Fossils collected in Cutch by W. Smee.—By W. H. Sykes, P.—By the same. 21. Explanatory Notes respecting six new Varieties of Vine, by W. H. Sykes, P.— By the same. 22. London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 174, May 1845, 175, June 1845, with supplement, No. 170.—By the Editor. 23. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, Tome X. 2e partié, 1844. 24. List of the Geological Society of London, 1845. 25. Memoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, 1840 to 1843. 26 Antiquarisk Tidsskrift udgivet af det Kongelige Nordiske oldskrift selskab, 1843. 27. Die Konigliche Gesellschaft fur Nordische Alterthumskunde, 1843. 28. Société Royale Des Antiquaires du Nord le premier Janvier, 1845, 10 pamphlets. 29. A Danish Newspaper. 30. United States’s exploring expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, and 1842, by Charles Wilkes, 5 volumes, with atlas.—By C. Hufthagle, Esq. EXCHANGED. 31. Calcutta Journal of Natural History, No. 23, for October, 1845. 32. Atheneum, for 9th, 16th, 23rd and 31st August, 1845. 33. Asiatic Journal, May, 1845. 34, Journal Asiatique, quatriéme Série, Tome V. No. 22, Fevrier, March, 1845. Purcuasep. 35. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 103, for August, 1845. = See Nov. 1845. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Cxill 36. North British Review, No. 6, for August, 1845. 37. Journal des Savants, for April and June, 1845. 38. General Synopsis of Birds, by J. Latham, London, 1781 to 1790, 10 volumes, 39. Correspondence relating to Persia and Affghanistan, 1841. 40. Correspondence relating to Persia, 1841. 41. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons de "Eau Douce, par L. Agassiz, Tom., I. Neucha- tel, 1842. 42. Ditto ditto plates, 2e Livraison. 43. Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, by J. C. Prichard, vol. 4th. The proceedings for the month of October were read and confirmed. Read the following letter from the University of Christiania. To the Vice-President and Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta. Srr,—Having been charged by the University Council to acknowledge the reception of your favor dated 8th October, 1844, in which you inform our University of the valu- able and interesting objects which the Asiatic Society at Calcutta have been kind enough to send, I avail myself of the opportunity of sending your learned institution a parcel, containing different sorts of seeds, which I hope may be of interest to your botani- cal garden. The Council have also ordered me previously to inform you, that a col- lection of several scientific objects for the Asiatic Society very soon will be sent off from here, and that a letter from the Council, which is to accompany the same, will contain a list thereof, ; The Council will feel itself very much obliged to you, Sir, if you would be so kind as to buy for the account of our University Library, some books and manuscripts, the list of which follows enclosed. C. W. Hotsr. Christiania, 16th June, 1845. The Secretary stated that he had thought it advisable to despatch the packet of seeds at once to Dr. Wallich, from whom he had a let- ter expressing his best thanks to the Society, and stating that several of the seeds had already germinated. Read also the following letter accompanying a packet of diplomata :— Srr,—On the part of the Royal Norwegian Society of Science at Drontheim; I have the honor of forwarding four diplomata for Messrs. Blyth, Griffith, Bird and Torrens, directors of the learned Asiatic Institution at Calcutta,—as members of the mentioned Society. The attention these gentlemen have shown our university, and the kindness with which they, as directors of the most learned East Indian Institution, have entered into our views of forming a more intimate scientific connexion, have induced the council of the Royal Norwegian Society to offer those diplomata as a token of its most sincere respect and obligation. In wishing that the amicable connexion which already consists between our Scientific Institutions may always grow stronger and more interesting on both sides. I have the honor to be, Sir,, Most sincerely your obedient and obliged servant, Cur. Horst, Christiania, the 6th June, 1845. exiv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1845. The Secretary was requested to transmit those for Mr. Bird and ‘Dr. Griffiths, the latter to his widow ; and on the suggestion of the Sub- Secretary it was moved and agreed to unanimously, that the Society should take this opportunity of addressing a letter of condolence to Mrs. Griffiths: The following has been accordingly sent with the diploma :— Mrs. W. Grirritus. Mapam,—In transmitting to you the accompanying diploma I am directed by the Asiatic Society of Bengal to express its deep and heart-felt condolence with you for the irreparable loss which you have sustained. The Asiatic Society had not been inattentive to the great scientific ability, untiring zeal, and thorough disinterestedness of the late Doctor Griffiths ; and it looked forward to the day when, had it been so permitted, he might have been associated, and that ina position worthy of him, to the labours of its members ; in aid of which he had already con- tributed so valuably and ably. This hope no longer exists: but the Asiatic Society have deemed it right to express how deeply it mourns, in common with the scientific public of India and Europe, the loss of one from whose labours so much had already resulted and so much more was hoped for. (Signed) H. Torrens, Museum, the 7th Nov. 1845, V. P.and Secretary Asiatic Society of Bengal. Captain Marshall’s notice of motion at the last Meeting which was as follows :— Resolved, that it is the opinion of the meeting, that a meeting of the Society should invariably be held once a month for the purpose, if of nothing else, of affording the members an opportunity of meeting together: and that the day of meeting should if pos- sible be the first Wednesday of the month, as they consider it a matter of convenience and importance to have some fixed day of meeting, and at the same time to adhere to the original rules of the Society. and had been circulated to town members with the following note :— Crrcuar. To Srr,—The accompanying notice of a motion by Captain Marshall for the ensuing meet- ing of the Asiatic Society, is circulated for your information, with a request that you will benefit the Society by attending to assist at its discussion. H. Torrens, Asiatic Society’s Rooms, the 22nd Oct. 1845. Vice-President and Secretary. was now brought forward and read by the Secretary. In the absence of Captain Marshall the resolution as above was pro- posed by the Chairman, seconded by the Secretary, and carried. Nov. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXv Read an application from the Zoological Curator, respecting certain books which he desired to have purchased. The purchase was sanctioned, under a reservation as to some of the books not priced, which was to be left to the Secretary. Read the following application from T. C. Jerdon, Esq. of the Madras Medical Service :-— To H. Torrens, Esa. &c. &e. &e. Srr,—May I request that you will lay before the Asiatic Society of Calcutta my re- quest to be permitted the loan of new, rare, or interesting birds and other specimens from their museum, for the purpose of being figured in a continuation of my present publica- tion “‘ Illustrations of Indian Ornithology,” which I intend commencing immediately, and which is to be entirely got up by Messrs. Reeve and Co. Natural History Lithogra- phers, London, Mr. Walter Elliot, M.C. S. and myself have also in a state of forward- ness a work to be entitled ‘ Illustrations of Indian Zoology’ to be more especially devoted to mammalia, reptiles and fish, and the occasional loan of a specimen in any of these departments would be highly valued. I need not say that the source of such drawings would be always gratefully acknowledged, and I am confident that both of the works now in contemplation will be considered more valuable from the aid of your museum, which I hope you will use your own influence to obtain. May I further request that you will be good enough to propose me as a member of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Madras, 30th September, 1845. T. C. Jerpon. Resolved that the Secretary be authorised under, proper restrictions to comply with this request. The Sub-Secretary presented a translation, with a lithograph pre- pared for the Journal, of an extract from the “ Hstado de las Yslas Filipinas por Don Sinibaldo de Mas, Madrid, 1843,” relative to the alphabets of the Phillippine Islanders. The Sub-Secretary also exhibited to the meeting a MS. plane chart of the courses and distances made by the brig Charles Heddle, while scudding in the hurricane of the 22nd and 27th February, 1845, to the north-east of Mauritius, and developing a series of spirals by the con- joined action of the hurricane and its storm wave. He announced that the memoir to this curious chart was in forwardness for publication. Report or tHe Curator Museum or Economic Grotocy anp GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL DEPARTMENT. GrouocicaL and MINERALOGICAL. Our active member and contributor Lieut. Sherwill, B. N. I. has forwarded to us seven boxes containing a fine series of specimens illustrative of the Geology of Behar, of which CXVi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1845. his map and note will, as he advises, follow as soon as completed, a portion of the hilly country to the west of Rhotasghur still remaining unsurveyed, Lieut. Sherwill has also sent us specimens of the curious sandstones, of which his descriptions and figures will appear in the 168rd No. of the Journal. Mr. Rechendorf, a German gentleman educated as a Mining Engineer, has obliged us with a paper on the Geology of upper India, which he has had some extensive, though brief opportunities of examining, having travelled up from Bombay to Ferozepore, and then by the hills before visiting Calcutta : this paper is now in the hands of Dr. Roer, who has kindly undertaken its translation. Capt. Abbott, B. A. has also obliged us with a paper on certain specimens of splintered agates found in clay strata bordering on the Nurbudda, the origin of which is probably to be sought for in the fissures of: the rocks, occasioned by movements of upheaval or subsidence ; unless indeed we admit of any glacier agency so near the equator, or that the agates might possibly be fractured by the agency of torrents and the grinding of boulders in them, or at cascades, and subsequently carried by inundations with other debris to form part of the till deposited on the banks of the river. By Mr. Rechendorf, I have forwarded to professor Ehrenberg at Berlin, twenty-four bottles of our river water, being twelve bottles taken (one in each month of the year) in the middle of the river at Calcutta, and at Burisal,so as to enable him to compare the infusorie- of the sediments of the great tropical rivers with those of European ones. —- Major General Cullen, resident at Cochin, forwards us from Cochin a small box by dawk, and since two chests by sea, of a limestone deposit from the Breakwater at Cochin. Ihave not yet had time to examine the specimens. The General’s letter is as follows :— H. Pipprinerton, Esa. My pear Sr1r,—I do not know if,in my last note to you, I made any mention of a dis- covery I had recently made in this: vicinity of a calcareous deposit, I believe the first — instance of the kind that has yet been noticed on any part of the coast of Malabar though frequently searched for. Indeed, the absence of all calcareous deposit below or along the top of the ghat has become almost proverbial. I have met with traces of a calcareous infiltration—in the seams of a kind of greenstone rock near Trevandrum, but thatis the only other instance I have heard of,—towards Cape Comorinkunker appears, and you know perhaps that that deposite abounds on the east side of the ghat at Tinevelly. Captain Newbold I believe found nummulite nodules somewhere between Mangalore and Sedashigheer, but not I believe, in situ, probably Pattimar ballast. My notice was first drawn to the present deposit by the excavations made for canal work. Some small flat pieces of stone were brought to me, some of them of rather singular form. I immediately perceived they were calcareous. I ordered the search to be continued, and a little deeper they came to large thick slabs of a coarse, dark, greenish limestone, at first supposed to be a disintegrating greenstone or hornblende slate. It, I however immediate- ly ascertained to be limestone also. Instead of blue stiff mud or clay, the more general stratum, the soil here was a dark greenish sand, in fact the detritus of the slabs, a calca- reous sand, a most singular and interesting appearance. I fancied that the slabs had the usual direction, N. W.and S. E. and I ordered corresponding search.* I recollected * At first the existence of limestone here appeared to me so very problematical, that I could hardly believe it. in situ, I suspected that the slabs must have been remains of some Nov. 1845. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. | cxvil some mud (indurated) deposit on a sandy shallow off the coast, eight or ten miles north of Cochin. I set people there also and I have been most successful—I have found no more of the slabs, because if any they have not gone deep enough, i.e. to five or six feet, but I have found them to abound in the upper stratum of loose detached pieces and nodules, at a depth of one and half or two feet in the mud or clay on the shores of the Breakwater. All these have the strongest resemblance in form to fossil bones. I have packed up in a box asmall collection of all the varieties I have yet found, and dispatched it lately to Madras to go by an early steamer to Calcutta. The enclosed sketch of the appearance of these bone-like fossils? is by a medical friend who examined them when passing Trevandrum. I have more recently collected a great number more—and will forward them to you if desired. I will also now forward to you by post a few small specimens, with alittle sketch of the tract where they are found, together with a rough drawing or etching of some of the slabs and more remarkable nodules. The more compact limestones, as I have already noticed, are found onthe shores of the Breakwater. On the sea beach are found abraded corals, and small flat pieces of stone, some very much like the laminz of the large massive slabs of the canal, others a conglomerate of minute shells, gravel, sand, and the small grains or particles of the coarse limestone. Indeed the particles of the coarse limestone seem to form the cement. The sea beach varieties are found at upwards of forty miles north of Cochin, but they do not appear to extend above three or four miles in a southerly direction, all of which seems to strengthen the supposition that the deposit is limited, forming a bed or stratum conformable to the general direction of the primary rocks of this coast. One of the first objects of my seeking or discovering this limestone was to try its proper- ties as a cement, and it seems to possess all the essential of the most perfect water cement. Properly prepared and formed into a small ball without sand or any thing but water, if thrown into water it hardens in a few minutes, in the air it hardens almost instantaneously It answers perfectly to Col. Pasley’s description of the best water cement. We have no. experience here however, and I shall therefore send some for experiment to Madras, to Capt. Smith of the Madras Engineers. This is ahasty and imperfect account, I will endeavour to send you a more correct one hereafter. W. CuLien. Cochin, July, 1845. Sketch. 1. like the Scapula or shoulder blade. 1. like the Femur or thigh bone. 1. hke Os Innominata, or one side of the Pelvis. 2. short ends like the Tibia and Fibula of hind legs. 2. ditto like the knee bones of the fore legs. 1. short piece like the great Trochanter or end of the thigh bone forming the hip joint. 1. large piece (hollow) apparently petrified wood. building, a discovery perhaps equally interesting, but I have never heard of thatstone used in building in Malabar. I was delighted therefore on finding traces of it in the prolonga- tion of the line. CXVill Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1845. H. Pipprncron, Ese. Calcutta. My pear Sir,—I fear you will think me troubling you more about these Cochin hme- stone deposit than they deserve. I am now sending you by the Brig Fortitude two more boxes of specimens. I shall now have furnished you with sufficient samples, and will not trouble you again. I have sent you some very small specimens by post, and a small box will reach you via Madras probably by the next steamer. I shall feel greatly obliged by any remarks on them-you may be so good as to favor me with. W. Cutien. Cochin, 7th August, 1845. We have several notices of earthquakes, and I had indeed proposed, but was prevented by illness, to collect all those which appeared in the newspapers for publication. The following are however of so much interest that they should not be passed over. Extract from a letter from Lieut. Blagrave, dated Kurrachee, 16¢h October. ““ Native letters have been received from Sinkpul, the frontier town of Kutch Boo}; sta- ting, that two shocks of an Earthquake were felt there on the 19th of June, and that on the 25th fifteen distinct shocks were felt ; no mention is made of any loss having been sustained. Rain had not fallen up to the 27 ultimo; this is an extract from the Kurrachee Gazette. I have since heard that an immense body of water has been forced for many miles in all directions over the Runn, and that the old tower of Sindree Fort has been nearly destroyed byit. I shall try and get leave to visit it, and will if I go send you any thing that I may find there.” The next notice is from our active member Capt. Hannay, Upper Assam. H. Pippincron, Esa. My pear Sir,—You will no doubt have several notices of the late earthquake in the Assam valley, and I have now the pleasure to send you my notes on it, “ Debrooghur, 26th July, at 8 minutes past 2 p. m. rather a severe shock of an earth- quake the motion a trembling, with distinct jerks towards the end of the shock, which lasted about a minute. “‘ This shock was accompanied by a loud rumbling noise which was heard, and the advance of the rocking motion almost perceptible at one end of the Bungalow before it was felt throughout the house, so that the approach of the shock was (apparently) gra- dual, and it was neither violent nor sudden. The direction appeared to be from west to east but more likely S. W. to N. E. the direction of the valley.” For some days previous there had been heavy rain—on the evening of the 25th about 8 pe. m.a brilliant meteor passed from south to north on the Heavens, and burst behind acloud. The sky that evening had a singular appearance ; although cloudy, the moon seemed to stand out beyond them—unusually hot weather succeeded this earthquake when heavy rain fell »bout the beginning of August, after which succeeded some days of hot and oppressive weather. On the evening of the 4th instant we had heavy clouds and lightning in the $.W. which cleared off. On the evening of the 5th there was the same appearance, the clouds being heavier with lighting all round the horizon ; and early on the morning of the 6th we had a heavy'storm of wind from south and S. W., the sky during this day was cloudy and the air comparatively cool. Between 11 and 12 p. m. we had a slight shock of an earthquake, and towards the morning of the 7th aheavy S. Wester with Nov. 1845. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Cxix rain ; about 4 rp. m.on the 9th another heavy storm of thunder and lightning and rain, and with an interval of two days of oppressive heat, another fearful storm of thunder and lightning at 2 p. m. on the morning of the 12th inst. The season in Upper Assam has been excessively hot. Heavy storms of thunder and lightning with heavy rain, succeeded by the hotest sun that has been felt for many years ; sickness however is not more prevalent than usual amongst the natives of the country. N. B. The Earthquake of the 26th was felt on the Burmapootur, at Gowhatee, Sibsa- gor and Jeypoor within a few minutes apparently of 2r.m. At Gowhatee it was an unusually severe shock, that of the 5th or 6th appears to have been also felt there. H. Hannay. Jeypoor, the 22d August, 1845. Lieut. Blagrave has also sent us a drawing, and promises specimens, of some fossils from Kurrachee. To Major Wroughton, Acting Surveyor General, we are indebted for a highly curious fossil, both in itself and as to its locality ; being he thinks a Madrepore, but I am dispos- ed to think it possibly (though no articulations are visible) part of an encrinite of large size? which is from between the Neetee pass and Gortope, at 15,000 feet above the sea! and it is moreover evidently part of a boulder; I think this is the first record of any ‘fossil of either of the families alluded to above (Zoophyta or Echindermata) being found in the Himalaya? Musrvum or Economic Grouocy. _ Mr. Rechendorf, to whose obliging contribution in general Geology I have alluded above, has also favoured us here with a paper (printed in number 163) of singular interest on the Copper mines of Pokree and Dhanpoor, in Kemaon, which is of much importance, as fully corroborating the views which have been held by other practical men, and especially by Mr. Wilkin, who indeed complained to me that the means of expenditure placed at his disposal were so small that it was impossible to make any fair experiment. To Welby Jackson, Esq. B. C. 8S. we are indebted for a highly interesting paper on the iron ores of Bheerboom, with a good set of specimens illustrative of it. From Kyook Phyoo our attentive friend, Major Williams, sends us from Capt. Clarke a specimen of an argillaceous shale, perhaps from the Mud Volcanoes, which is discolour- ed on one side, apparently by the action of heat ; and also a small ingot-shaped piece of metal, which on examination proved to be pure zinc with a minute trace of iron. The native who brought it to Captain Clarke says “‘ there is plenty of it,” but as zinc has Never yet been found in the metallic state we must suspend our judgment of the mat- ter till we have further notice of the locality, which I have written for. Captain Jenkins forwards us from Assam a paper with specimens by Captain Hannay, to whom I had when here given a specimen of the true Asphalte, requesting his attention to the various deposits known to exist in upper Assam, with the hope of finding there a true Asphalte or some substitute for it. Captain Hannay’s paper and specimens are of the very highest interest, and as soon as I have examined the latter I shall further report on it. Mr. Martin, Executive Officer in Assam, has sent us a farther supply of 20 specimens of woods from that country, of which the list is as follows :— he CxS Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. List of Woods, &c. being a Continuation from Assam. XX V.—Bhoza. XXX VI.—Kahtoleah Bolah. XX VI.—Azar. XXX VII.—Boon Bogree. XXVII.—Ooiceam. XXX VIII.— White Holong. XXVIII.—Kutal. XX XIX.—Cedar. XXIX.—Poma. XL.—Oohriam. XX X.—Gomaree. XLI.—Bon Choong. XX XIJ.—Pasulee. XLII.—Dhop. XX XII.—Sileka. XLIII.—Red Holong. XX XIITI.—Owhee. XLIV.—Long Cheng. XXXIV.—Poddo Cedar. XLV.—Sonaloo. XXX V.—Bhoj. He has also sent in the box some pretty specimens of Magnetic Iron sand in layers, interleaved in fact, with sandstone, from the Luckee Dowar lower range of the Garrow Hills. Mr. Watkin, who superintends the Raneegunge Coal mines, having visited the Museum about a year ago, and being kind enough to offer his services, I gave him some tin boxes arranged for receiving specimens of the vegetable impressions of their coal shales. The boxes, which it appears have remained in Calcutta for some six months, have now reach- ed us with a good assortment of the impressed shales which are of great interest. Our Secretary has sent us a lump of clay impregnated with quicksilver, found on dig- ing away some ruins near the old Mint, no doubt the produce of some broken package in the olden time. From Mr. Higgins, an officer of the steamer Fire Queen, we have received by Mr. Blyth, a lump of black concretion which was taken from one of the flues of the steamer boilers at a spot where it was leaky. It proves tobe nothing but a mixture of salt from the evaporation of the water oozing through the leak, and the carbonaceous matter of the smoke, but it is so far curious that it shows, like the sparks at the top of the funnel, the very imperfect combustion of the fuel, which is here in coarse grains, and, it may be, would account for some cases of explosion. H. PrppincrTon. For all the foregoing communications and preseutangs the best thanks of the Society were accorded. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, DecEmBER, 1845. The stated monthly meeting of the Society was held on Wednesday evening, the 3rd of December, T. W. Laidley, Esq., senior member present, in the chair. The following members proposed at the last meeting were ballotted for and declared duly elected. J. Christian, Junior, Esq., Monghyr. W. Taylor, Esq. B.C. S. Augustus Wattenbach, Esq. Donald Mackey, Esq. Ensign F. W. Ripley, 22nd N. I. L. C. Stewart, Esq. M. D. Assistant-Surgeon, H. M. 39th Foot. W. Theobald, Esq. Barrister at Law. T. C. Jerdon, Esq. M. D. Madras. And the following new member was proposed : Walter Elliott, Esq. Madras C. S.,—proposed by the Secretary, seconded by the President. The proceedings of the meeting of November were read and confirmed. Read the following list of books, presented, exchanged, and purcha- sed :— List of Books received for the Meeting of Wednesday, the 3rd December, 1845. PRESENTED. 1. Tijdschrift voor Neérlands Indie. Zesde Jaargang, Batavia, 1844, 12 Nos. Ze- vend Jaargang, 1845, 8 Nos.—By the Batavian Society. 2. Natuur-en Geneeskundig Archief voor Neerlandsch Indié Eerste Jaargang, Bata- via, 1844, 4 Nos. Tweede Jaargang, 2 Nos.—By the Society. 3. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap, Volumes Ist, 5th, 7th, 8th, 11th, 12th, 15th, 16th and 17th, Nos. 2 to 7, Vol. 20th.—By the Society. 4, Korte Beschrijving van het Zuid-Oostelijk Schiereiland van Celebes, door J. N. Vosmaer.—By the Society. 5. Nederduitsch en Maleisch, en Maleisch en Nederduitsch Woordenboek, door P. P. Roordavan Eysinga, Batavia, 1824-1825, 2 Vols.—By the Society. 6. Catalogus Plantarum in Horto Botanico Bogoriensi Cultarum Alter. Auct. J. C. Hasskarl. Bataviae, 1844.—By the Society. | : CxXil Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1845. 7. Islandick Almanac, two copies, by B. Kamphovener, Esq. 8. Danish Almanac, two copies, by B. Kamphovener, Esq. 8. Danish Spelling book, two copies, by B. Kamphovener, Esq. 10. Della Famiglia Filologica delle Metonimie Arabe, by J. V. Hammer Purgstall, Milano, 1844. ADDITIONS. ll. 12. Turjama Tul Lazim, Arabic. Presented by H. Torrens, Esq. 13. Lai Hotul Fala Letalimuzoarat, Arabic.—By the same. 14. Ussul-Handaza, Arabic.—By the same. 15. Al-Jyharul-Badia, Arabic.—By the same. | 16. Adad Ansab, Arabic.—By the same. | 17. Taribatus Saphia, Arabic.—By the same. 18. Meteorological Register for September and October, 1845, from the Surveyor General’s Office. 19. Calcutta Christian Observer, November, 1845.—By the Editors. 20. Oriental Christian Spectator, No. 11, November, 1845.—By the Editor. 21. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, third series, No. 177, July, 1845.—By the Editor. 22. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 16, part I. 1845.—By the Society. 23. Journal Asiatique, 4me. Série, Tome 5, No. 23, 1845. 24. Report of the 14th Meeting of the British Association for 1844. London, 1845, 1 Vol.—By the Association. 25. Bullétin de la Société de Géographie, Tome 2nd, 1844.—By the Society. . 26. Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de Lyon, Tome 7, 1844.—By the Royal Agricultural Society of Lyon. EXCHANGED. 27. Journal of the Agricultural Society of India, Vol. 4, part 3. 28. Atheneum, Nos. 932 to 935, for 1845. PurcHasED. 29. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 104,—September, 1845. 30. Journal des Savants, Avril, 1845. The Secretary stated that in reference to the enquiries directed to be made as to the sales of the Society’s publications likely to be effected at Agra by the Rev. Mr. Moore, the Sub-Secretary had received from that gentleman a note shewing that the total sales effected by the School-Book Society of Agra, in 1844, were : Sanserit. boas: 2) \ apes ee. ab: Co.'s Rs,..1,124 12 30 ATHOICS aie eee Me oon eee, 38m12 0 Perstai oe oe he ce ha se el gies Say... 197 eee Dec. 1845.| Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXiii An amount which will no doubt be extended with a larger stock from which to choose.* The Secretary laid before the Society the model of an iron rail, which he suggested might be advantageously put up im lieu of the brick wall which now separates the premises of the Society from Park Street. This alteration would he observed greatly improve not only the appearance of the Museum, but also that of one of the principal thoroughfares of the European quarter of the city. He laid before the Society an estimate at an extremely low rate, and proposed that the cost should be met by subscription. The putting up of the iron rail was approved by the meeting, and the mode of having the work performed referred to the Secretary for further arrangements. The Secretary, in fulfilment of his promise to report, with reference to the purchase of certain standard books, upon the funds of the Socie- ty, now stated that the amount to credit was Rs. 12,800 in Govern- ment securities; but that in addition the Society had a claim on the estate of the late Csoma de Korosi for Rs. 5,000 left to it by him. This bequest had been challenged by persons, Austrian subjects, representing themselves as his relatives, and the monies had been paid over to the Registrar of the Supreme Court ; as however three years had elapsed without any rejoinder to the reply of the Society to that challenge, he suggested that the money should be claimed provisionally on its behalf, security being given for the amount ; this would leave the Society with Rs. 5,000 for a commencement of the purchase of the books alluded to, in addition to the charges entailed by certain forthcoming Nos. of the Transactions, Dr. Heeberlin’s Sanscrit Anthology, and other charges. The proposal to apply for the legacy, giving security for the amount, was agreed to. , The following resolution was hereupon moved by the President, seconded by J. Ward, Esq., and carried unanimously. The funds of the Society being reported at 12,000 Rupees, and the claim on the estate of the late Csoma de Korosi being for 5000 now in the Registrar’s hands, it is proposed to demand payment, on security, of the said 5000 Rupees, for purposes immediately connec- ted with the pursuits of the Society, instead of (at this moment) breaking in on our funded money. * Lists of the Asiatic Society’s Works in Hindi, Nagree, and Bengalee, are in prepa- ration by order of the Secretary, and will be widely circulated.— Eps. ae ee ee CXXIV Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Drc. 1845. The Secretary reported that the staircase having been attacked by white ants, he had deemed it necessary to have the casing stripped off, and asa part of it was sinking he had farther, under the advice of Colonel Forbes and Mr. Mornay, had it properly raised ; but as the placing of an Iron pillar for support at each angle would have been expensive he had at the suggestion of the Sub-secretary and with Colonel Forbes’ approval, taken two of the sandstone Hindoo Pillars from the portico, to use as props, for which they answered perfectly and were not the less favourably exhibited as antiquities. Read the following letters from the Secretary to the Government of India : No. 2821 of 1845. From G. A. Bususy, Ese., Offg. Secretary to the Government of India. To H. Torrens, Ese., Vice President and Secretary Asiatic Society, of Fort William, the 15th November, 1845. Foreign DEPATMENT. Srr,—I am directed to request that you will convey tothe Asiatic Society the thanks of His Honor the President in Council for the 100 copies of Lieutenant Postans’ transla- tion of the Toofut ul Kiram, a history of Scinde, which accompanied your letter of the 7th Instant to my address. G. A. Bususy, Offg. Secretary to the Government of India. Fort William, the 15th Nov. 1845. Read the following letter from the Secretary to the Araratian Society : H. Torrens, Esa., Secretary, Asiatic Society. S1r,—I am directed by the Committee of the Araratian Society to own receipt of your letter of the 20th ultimo, and to request your acceptance of their united acknowledg- ments for the valuable gift accompanying your said letter, as likewise for your having kindly inscribed our Society for the future copies of your Journals. P. J. Sarkies, Secretary, Society of Ararat, Calcutta, 11th Nov. 1846. The Secretary intimated that he had received two private letters from Lieutenant Fletcher Hayes informing him that he was busy in carrying into effect his intention of publishing a grammar and vocabu- lary of the Beloochee language, &c. &c. Read the following letter. To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta. My pear Srr,—Permit me to solicit your kind assistance. I believe as far back as 1834 a paper was published by Mr. G. A. Prinsep regarding the introduction of steam navi- gation into India. ee ee ee Pe a sys , ee ee ee ee ee ee re | ee) ea Oe Dec. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXV This publication contained valuable and interesting matter relating to the peculiarities of the Ganges, combined with that of Rennell and Colebrooke. I am given to understand the information is to be found in the Journal of the Asiatic Society published in Calcutta. 1f I may beg the favour of your procuring, if in your possession, a copy of the same I should feel infinitely indebted—or where it may be obtained. I remain, Your obedient servant, W. Fenner, Comdg. E. I. C. Steamer Conqueror, Indus Flotilla. E. I. C. Steam Vessel Conqueror, Sukkur, November 4th, 1845. The Secretary stated that neither himself nor the Sub-Secretary had been able to procure the work alluded to.* Read the following papers :— Extract of a letter from Lieut. Blagrave, B. I., to the Sub-Secretary, dated Kurrachee, 16th October, 1845. ** Accept my best thanks for the papers on Scinde, and for the trouble you took in getting the works on Conchology for me. Weare getting up an Association here to collect information, &c. &c. about the country ; I enclose an account of the first meeting. By and bye I hope we may be able to publish papers, but at present we are only to make collections of books, coins, fossils, &e. Can you tell me whether the whole of the Jour- nal of the Asiatic Society is procurable in Calcutta ? we want to get it, and as many other works containing notices relative to Scinde as possible.” ScinpDE ASSOCIATION. At a meeting held in the house of Captain Preedy, on the 9th October, the following gentlemen were present :— His Excellency Sir Charles Napier, in the chair. Colonel Douglas. Captain Preedy. Captain J. Napier. Captain W. Napier. Captain Browne, Captain Byng. Doctor Gibbon. Lieutenant Masters. Lieutenant Blagrave. Lieutenant Mayor. John Macleod, Esq. Ensign Burton. and a series of resolutions forming the bodies of the future Rules of the Association were passed, Ist. That an Association be formed at Kurrachee, for the purpose of collecting infor- mation concerning the Natural History, Antiquities, Statistics, Dialects, &c., of Sindh, and the adjacent countries ; and that it be denominated the Sindh Association. 2nd. That the Sindh Association shall consist of Members, and that any individual of whatever rank or service desirous of joining the Association, shall intimate the same to the Secretary, 3rd. That His Excellency Sir Charles Napier be requested to become the Patron of the Association. ; * A copy has been since obtained. CXXV1 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1845. 4th. That Colonel Douglas be requested to become the President of the Association. Sth. ‘That the five following gentlemen be requested to form the Committee at Kur- rachee, Captain Preedy. Captain J. Napier. Captain Browne. Lieutenant Blagrave. John Macleod, Esquire. Ensign Burton, Acting Secretary and Treasurer. 6th. That for the general purposes of the Sindh Association,—viz. purchasing books and coins, sending out proper persons to collect specimens of Natural History, &c., &c., a monthly subscription of five Rupees, to be reduced next meeting to two Rupees or one, be paid by each Member, in addition to a donation of twenty Rupees on entrance. 7th. Captain Preedy having kindly offered to place at the disposal of the Association one of the rooms ia the new School-room built by him in the neighbourhood of the Town, it is proposed that his offer be accepted as a temporary measure, but that means be taken for raising Funds to erect a building to be devoted solely to the purposes of the Associ- ation. 8th. That with respect to the Library, the books to be purchased shall consist of works relating to Sindh, and the adjacent countries, especially to History and Antiquities, also that Scientific works and books of reference be provided for the use of the Mem- bers. Oth. That every member be requested to favour the Secretary with any information -upon the proposed objects of the Society. Any donations of books, specimens, &c., &e., will be most thankfully received. 10th. That the expense of transmitting all communications be defrayed, if desired, by the Society. llth. That the Secretary register all papers, and donations, together with the names of the donors, and enter in a book to be kept by him, all miscellaneous and detached me- moranda with which he may be favored. 12th. That Quarterly General Meetings be held, and that intermediate meetings also may be called for by the committee, or at the requisition of any five Members. 13th. That the committee now elected be requested to frame, and submit a series of re- culations to the next meeting of the Association. A General Meeting of the Sindh Association will take place on the 8th of November, 1845. ' e R. Burton, Acting Secretary and Treasurer. At a previous Meeting held at the house of Captain Preedy, on the 9th October, 1845, a series of resolutions, forming the basis of the future rules of the Sindh Association were passed. In conformity with Par. 13.—‘‘ That the Committee now elected be re- quested to frame and submit a body of By-laws to the next meeting.” At a general meet- ing of the Association held at the house of Captain Preedy on Saturday the 8th Novem- ber, 1845. The following By-laws were proposed and passed. Present. Colonel Douglas, Captain Young. Lieut. Blagrave. Captain Napier. Captain Hughes. Lieut. Maclagan. Captain Preedy. Dr. Gibbon. Lieut. Vanrenen. Dec. 1845. |] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXVil lst. This Association, as established mainly for the purpose of collecting a Library of reference, and recording information relative to Sindh,—its Natural History, Antiquities, Statistics, Dialects, &c , shall be denominated the Sindh Association. 2nd. The Association shall consist of Members and Subscribers. 3rd. Any individual, of whatever rank or service, desirous of becoming a member of the Sindh Association, shall intimate the same by letter to the Secretary ; upon which he shall be proposed at the next monthly meeting of the Committee of Management, and after securing a majority of votes in his favour, shall be duly elected. - 4th. All members, resident, or non-resident, shall upon election either pay a Life Composition of Co.’s Rs. 80, or an Entrance Donation of Co.’s Rs. 25, together with a monthly subscription of Co.’s Rs. 2. 5th. Subscribers shall enjoy the same privileges as members, except the rights of voting at General Meetings, being elected members of the Committee of Management, or holding any office whatever in the Association. 6th. Any individual, of whatever rank or service, desirous of subscribing to the Asso- ciation, shall intimate the same by letter to the Secretary, forwarding the sum of Co.’s Rs. 6—his subscription for the current quarter. 7th. Life Compositions and Entrance Donations shall be paid upon joining the Associ- ation, monthly subscriptions shall be paid 3 months in advance by all members and sub- scribers, resident or non-resident, upon the first days of January, April, July and October. 8th. General Meetings of the Members and Subscribers shall take place Quarterly, upon the second Mondays of January, April, July and October, at which times the Se- cretary’s and Treasurer’s accounts shall be audited, lists of purchases presented by the Committee of Management inspected, the committee and office-bearers elected or renew- ed, and alterations and emendations of the present By-laws of the Association put to the vote. 9th. The office-bearers of the Association shall consist of a President, a Vice-Presi- dent, a Secretary and a Treasurer. 10th. The President shall preside at the Quarterly General Meetings, conduct the proceedings, and give effect to the resolutions. llth. The Vice-President of the Association shall preside at and record the proceed- ings of the monthly meetings of the Committee of Management, conduct the correspond- ence of the Association, suggest plans for attaining its objects, and in general aid the Secretary in promoting the purposes of the A&sociation. 12th. The Secretary who shall be, ex-officio, member of the Committee of Manage- ment, shall superintend all persons employed by the committee to collect such books, coins, and specimens of Natural History as may be required by the Association, and shall lay a detailed list of the same before the Quarterly General Meetings. He shall register in a book to be kept by him for that purpose, all papers and dona- tions with which he may be favored, superintend the correspondence, and prepare such notes and memoranda as he may judge fit to be submitted to the quarterly general meet- ings, previous to publication. He shall also assist the Treasurer in preparing quarterly reports of the progress of the Association. 13th. The Treasurer shall superintend every thing connected with the receipts and ex- penditure of the Association, directed by the committee of management, and submit to CXXVIil Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1845. every quarterly general meeting a report and summary of all subscriptions and donations received by him through the Secretary, together with the payments made out of the funds of the Association. 14th. The Committee of management shall consist of at least five resident members of the Association elected and renewed annually upon the first Monday of every January. The Committee, of which any three members shall be a quorum, shall meet upon the first Monday of every month, at which meetings members shall be elected, and notes and memoranda intended for publication, be inspected previous to laying them before the Quarterly General Meetings of the Association. 15th. Any three office-bearers or members of the Association desirous of assembling the Committee of management within the stated regular periods, shall intimate the same by letter forwarding their reasons to the Secretary, and the Committee shall be duly © warned by the latter to meet upon the day. proposed. 16th. Any member or subscriber, desrious of withdrawing his name from the Associ- ation, shall declare the same to the Secretary, at some time before the first days of Janu- ary, April, July and October. All subscriptions paid in advance, shall be forfeited upon withdrawing from the Association. 17th. The expense of transmitting all communications and donations of books, coins, and specimens of Natural History, shall, if it be desired, be defrayed by the Association. Subjoined is the amended list of the office-bearers previously elected by the members of the Sindh Association at the General Meeting held upon the 9th October, 1845. Patron—H. E. Sir C. Napier. President—Colonel Douglas. Vice-President—Captain Preedy. Committee of Management for the year 1845. Captain McMurdo. Captain J. Napier. Captain Browne. Captain Hughes. Doctor Gibbon. Lieutenant Blagrave. J. Macleod, Esq. Mr. Sparks. Ensign Burton. Honorary Secretary—Lieutenant Maclagan. Treasurer—J. Macleod, Esq. The Donations or Life Compositions and Subscriptions for the current quarter (Rs. 6) are requested to be paid to the Treasurer. (Signed ) R. Burron, Camp Kurrachee, 10th October, 1845. Acting Secretary. Memorandum by the Sub-Secretary, Asiatic Society. In submitting the accompanying notice of the Scinde Association, together with an ex- tract from a letter to him from Lieut. Blagrave, a zealous contributor, the Sub-Secretary begs to suggest for the consideration of the Secretary and Committee of Papers: 1. That the Asiatic Society may be able to give great aid and encouragement to its fellow-labourers in this new and promising field, while it derives also itself no small bene- fit, and that this may be accomplished at a perfectly trifling expense. 2. He proposes then that the Asiatic Society offer to the Scinde Association to print any contributions which the Editors of the Journal and the Committee may approve of, 2 4 o ‘s, : a ‘| / ey Sig EIS ges ae “ant es ae ee Dec. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Cxxix as if such were part of its own contributors’ labours, reserving always the full right of selection, time, preference, &c. 3. And that it will forward to the Scinde Association copies of every paper so pub- lished in the Journal, keeping up for them a regular series of paging in their over-copies, so as to give them a regularly paged series or volume which they may afterwards entitle and index as they please. 4. Asthere is no press in Scinde, and _ printing and lithographing are far more expen- sive at Bombay than here, it is probable that for a long time the Scinde Association may be much checked in its useful labours by this difficulty ; for few will write without the hope of publication, andthe Asiatic Society can grant this aid with positive benefit to itself. While also, it should be noted, the Scinde Association will perfectly preserve its own independence,* and obtain for all its working members their due share of credit and encouragement. H. Prpprneton. Museum, 11th Nov. 1845. Sub-secretary, Asiatic Society. Nore.—The Secretary begs strongly to support this proposal which is in his opinion a very happy one, and highly expedient. He also begs permission to forward the back copies of the Journal from the Ist January 1845, and to continue its Transmission gratis to the Scinde Association. H. Torrens, V. P. and Secretary, Asiatic Society. The Sub-Secretary further begged to propose that the Journal, as far back as in the possession of the Society, be presented to the Scin- dian Association. These proposals as recommended by the Secretary and approved by the Committee of Papers, was carried unanimously. The following letter was addressed to the Scinde Association and is inserted here for the sake of connection :— The Secretary to the Scinde Association. Sir,—I am desired to express to you the high gratification with which the Asiatic Society of Bengal has learned, by a communication from Lieutenant Blagrave to its Sub-Secretary, the establishment of the Scinde Association, and its desire to co-operate in every way with the labours of the gentlemen composing it who have before them so interesting a field. 2. And, as the best proof of this desire, I am directed to inform you that the Society at its meeting of the 3rd instant have unanimously adopted the proposal annexed, which it trusts will be agreeable, and afford most efficient aid to your efforts, and further that I * Were we evento reject a paper sent to us, we could have it printed here for the Seinde Association and paged into their series at their expense or that of the author. CXXX Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1845. am instructed to forward to you a set of the Journal of the Asiatic Scciety, as far as available from our stock by such route as you shall direct. With our best wishes for the prosperity of the Scinde Association, I am, Sir, Your obedient servant, H. Torrens, Museum, 5th Dec. 18465. V. P.and Secretary Asiatic Society. Read the following letter from Lieutenant Baird Smith to the Sub- Secretary :— H. Prppincrton, Ese. My pear Pipprncron,—I send you herewith another disquisition on earthquakes, being the register for 1843, somewhat in arrears, but this cannot now be avoided, my spare time being so limited. 1844 was so quiet that there are not above four or five shocks to record, so I will combine it with 1845 and send both at once, Part IV. of the Review, which completes it, I must try and send you soon, it will be but a short one, and if I could only get a clear week’s work at it, I would soon get clear of it. I have found nothing at old Kerlsea worthy of the notice of the Society, old iron knives much worn, with stones, and fragments of pottery, pieces of silver bangles, with other indications of the spot having been the site of an old town or village have been met with, but among them none worthy of preservation or transmission to Calcutta. Your’s, &e. Camp Sahabidpoor, Doab Canal, 10th Nov. 1845. Barrp Smiru. The Secretary stated that the paper had been sent to press, and would appear in No. 164 of the Journal now forthcoming. Read a letter from Dr. Campbell, Resident, Darjeeling, as follows :— H. PippincrTon, Esa. My pear Mr. Pippinctron,—I have the pleasure to send you copy of a letter ad- dressed by me a long time ago to the Secretary of the Society, but which has unfortu- nately been mislaid. The document which accompanied my letter, and which is alluded to in it, was one of much interest I think, but I did not, I regret to say, keep any copy of it. Will you do me the favor to inform the Secretary that the tablet forwarded by him for the monument of the late Csoma Korosi, safely reached me at Darjeeling, and was put in its place.* Your’s truly, A. Campseti, M.D. Read the following letters :— To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Srr,—Enclosed we have the pleasure to wait upon you with Bill of Lading for 4 cases and 1| stuffed snake, shipped to your address per Fire Queen. These, together with the enclosed letter, were delivered to us by Captain Vander Brooke, of H. N. M. Steamer ‘‘ Brome” on the 5th instant, with a request to have the same forwarded to their destination. As we have no further instructions regarding them, and know nothing of the * See Proceedings, February, 1845. Ne a ae a eS Oe ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Dec. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXX1 intrinsic value of the contents of the cases, (which we believe contain specimens of Na- tural History,) we do not effect insurance. Such being the nature of the packages, we wave with much pleasure the charges incurred in forwarding the same, as we understand they come from the Asiatic Society of Java. Your’s, &c., Singapore, 24th Oct. 1845. A. L. Jounston anp Co. A Monsieur le Vice Président et Secretuire de la Société Asiatique de Bengale. Mowstevur !—C’est avec un vif plaisir, que la Société des Arts et des Sciences de Batavia a recu la lettre du 3 Juin, 1845, dont vous avez bien voulu m’honorer, et l’envoi des volumes des Transactions et du Journal mensuel de votre honorable Société. En me pressant de vous témoigner la parfaite satisfaction de notre Société sur ce qu’ elle vient de recevoir, j’espére de méme satisfaire au desir, exprimé dans la susdite lettre et dans la note de Mr. Blyth qui l’accompagnait, en vous offrant tout ce dont jé ‘puis disposer pour votre Musée. Jespere qu’il vous sera agréable de recevoir tous les arriére-volumes, disponibles, de Transactions de notre Société, dont notre membre correspondant Mr. Melvill de Carn- bée ne vous a pas encore fait l’offerte. Wous trouverez ci joint les volumes I. V. VII. VIII. X1. XII. XV. XVI. XVII. et XX. Prochainement nous aurous l’honneur de vous faire parvenir le volume X XI. dont la publication se trouve un pen retardeé. Les livres classiques de literature Orientale, que votre Société a publiée, seront de beaucoup de prix aupres de nous, surtout parce que nous nous occupons maintenant principalement avec la litterature Javanaise et qu’il y a beaucoup de rapports entre celle ¢i et la litterature ancienne du continent de l’Inde. Un exemplaire du catalogue de notre collection Archzologique, quien ce moment est sous presse, vous sera transmis, incessament apres que ce travail sera achevé. J’ai Phonneur de vous offrir ci joint un exemplaire d’un journal, que je publie depuis sept ans, et quiest voué a l’ethnographie, l’archeologie, lalitterature, ete. de l’ Archipel Indién. Nous le regrettons infiniment, de n’étre plus dans l’oceasion de vous faire des en- vois considérables pour votre Musée Whistoire naturelle. Depuis 1843 plusieurs causes ont contribués a la suppression de nétre Musée Zodlogique. Tous les echantillons remarquables ont été offerts an Musée Royal d’histoire naturelle de Leide, et tous les autres, y compris ceux d’une mauvaise conservation, ont été vendus. Cette suppression nous la regrettons d’autant plus, qu’elle nous empéche de vous faire l’offerte des Mam- miféres et des oseaux de l’Archipel Indién, qui, nécessairement d’une haute import- ance pour vos galleries Zodlogiques, ne sont que d’un interét subordonneé pour le Musée royal de Leide, qui possédait deja des echantillons de toutes les espéces, avant notre dernier envoi. Ce qu'il nous reste encore, quoique peutétre de tres peu d’importance pour vos galeries, nous vous l’envoyons, comme témoignage de nos voeux sincéres, autant d’étre utile a votre Institution, que de profiter nous méme, pour la notre. Dans une des caisses ci jointes vous trouverez quelques espéces de Cheiroptéres de ile de Java et plusieurs espéces d’oiseaux de ]’Archipel Indiéa. Les Cheiroptéres appor- tiennent, comme vous pourrez voir, aux genres Pteropus, Rhinolophus, Dysopes, ete. Les oiseaux aux genres Falco, Buceros, Coracias, Sparactes, Muscicapa, Saxicola, Sylvia, Fringilla, Parus, Hirundo, Cypselus, Podargus, Alcedo, Dacelo, Merops, Diceum, Nectarinia, Picus, Psittacus, Bucco, Trogon, Centropus, Perdix, Co- — CXXxil Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1845. lumba, ete. Quoique plusieurs de ces échantillons sont d’une mauvaise conservation, nous ne doutons nullement, qu’ils ne vous soient agréables. Dans une autre caisse nous avons fait emballer une téte osseuse d’un Rhinoceros de Java, capturé dans les forets du plateau de Bandone. Une quatriéme caisse comprend des échantillons de quelques mammiféres, notamment d’un Sténops de Java, de trois spéces de Sciurus, d’un Hylogale, d’un Moschus Java- nicus, d’un Lepus mélanauchen, d’un Manis, ete. Une cinquiéme caisse enfin comprendra une téte ossense d’un Crocodilus biporcatus de Java, et puis quelques reptiles Cheloniens de Java. Ce que nous venous de vous offrir, nous n’ignorons nullement, qu’il ne fait qu’une partie tres mince des désiderata, notés sur la liste de Mr. Blyth ; mais nous osons nous flatter, que bientot MM. les Naturalistes, membres de nétre Société, nous mettront a méme de vous offrir des envois plus considérables et mieux conserves. Veuillez, Monsieur, agréer l’expression de la haute considération, avec laquelle j’ai Vhonneur d’étre. Votre Serviteur devoué, Van Horvett. Président de la Société des Arts et Sciences a Batavia. Batavia, ce 28 Septembre, 1845. The Secretary noted here that no reply had been received from the Batavian Society to his first communication forwarding a list of desi- derata in the Geological and Mineralogical departments, which had been sent long before the letter here replied to. (See Proceedings of May last). The Secretary stated that in reference to the purchase of the Kamoos, one of the Arabic works desired by the Royal Academy at Christiana, he had found that a good copy of Mr. Lumsden’s edition of that work could not be procured for less than 150 Co.’s Rs. He had _ therefore’ referred to Capt. Bonnevie, R. N. N. for his advice before incurring this high charge, and, all things considered, had thought it best to send for the present the Persian Translation, which could be procured for 30 or 35 Rs., and await the farther orders of the University of Christiana. Read the following letter from Walter Elliott, Esq., Madras C. S. H. Torrens, Esa. My prsar Torrens,—When I was at Guntoor the other day I wrote to you for old Col. McKenzie’s plans, &c. of Amarawatty, which Mr. Piddington kindly sent tome. I afterwards made some interesting excavations on the same site, and succeeded in laying open the foundations of the magnificient debgope which McKenzie saw in a much more perfect state, but still too imperfect to enable him to understand its plan or shape. In digging out one of the gateways, I came upon some overthrown figures of men and animals, statues, that had ornamented parts of the entrance, and which I found repre- sented in relief on some of the sculptured ornaments of the building which I also dug Dec. 1845.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. eXxxill out. Guided by this clue I made a plan of the whole, which I have filled up with such details as the sculptures afforded. I think however I should be able to do this much more completely if I had McKenzie’s drawings to refer to, and I want you now to try and get me the loan of the Vol. of drawings in the Asiatic Society’s Library containing McKen- zie’s sketches of Amarawatty. I should be able to do all I want in the interval between two steamers, so that if you would send it by one it should be returned by the next. The style of architecture in this building is totally different from anything Indian I have ever seen, and is probably that of the early Buddhists. All the subjects relate to Buddhist mythology, and the characters of the inscriptions are those of the 3d century, B.C. But the inscriptions themselves are short and otherwise unimportant. So few monuments of that age are extant, and the style of this one is so peculiar, that I think it is highly important to investigate the subject fully. The remains on the spot are now destroyed, the inhabitants removing every bit of marble that appears to burn it into lime, and no one will have the same opportunities that I had to form a guess at the form of the original construction. I wish you would get me elected a member of your Society. I never get the Journal regularly through my Bookseller, and if I was a member the publisher would forward it to me direct I suppose. I have got three boat-loads of the sculptures, excavated by me coming down by sea from Masulipatam, which I mean to deposit in the Museum here, but as there will be more than can easily be stowed away I would send you a few specimens if you like it. Your’s, &c. Madras, Nov. 3 1845. Watrter E..ior. The Secretary stated that he had, on his own responsibility, forward- ed the volume desired to Mr. Elliot. Read the following letter from Dewan Neel Ruttnu Haldar, of the Board of Customs, Salt and Opium :— Honorep Sir,—To-morrow being the first Wednesday of the month, 1 beg to submit a fair copy of the Kédanda Mandan, the treatise on Archery, of which I took the liberty of shewing you the original. If the Asiatic Society should like to give this work room in their valuable Library I shall be most happy to make them a present of it. Your’s, &c. Neext Rurron Harpar. The Secretary presented on the part of Mr. K. the following coms and Danish Antiquities for the Museum :— Coins and antiquities presented by the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries, through Mr. Kamphovener, 3rd December, 1845. 1. A silver coin of Ahmed ben Ismail, (A. D. 907—913). Samarcand. 2. AD.D. of Naso ben Ahmed, (A. D. 913—943). Samarcand, 302, (A. H.) Both coins were found in Denmark ! 3. A Set of the coins of Christian 8th, four silver and eight copper coins. 4, Three Danish copper coins from Tranquebar. CXXX1V Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1845. 5. Four Swedish copper coins. Carl Johann, XIV. 6. A copper coin from Madeira. Maria II. D.G. Port. et Ale. Regina, 1842. 7. A Scandinavian spiral brass armlet. 8. A stone axe. 9. A ditto in an unfinished state. 10. Two stone knives, 11. A ditto with handle. 12. Four stone fragments, (chips. ) 13. os Dleteversiagetatacereietaia chtis\els ale efele aiuin alcceigle © eles ein’ abuse bere. Collections of specimens of coal and iron ores from various parts, ........ 4, 3 RMP MRT TEE OOS Ss fo pel aici o70.4 5 ule) ofeeie ale 0. 0:0 sole sisie oc. e eisle ss] « ovs\eaia Mle mo (Signed ) J. McCuie.ianp, Secretary, late Coal Committee. No. 3088. From Tue Unper-Secretary TO THE GovERNMENT OF Bencoat To THE SEcRETA- RY TO THE LATE Coat CommMiIrTrTeEE. STEAM. Srr,—In reply to your letter of the 10th instant, I am directed to request that you will forward to the Secretary to the Asiatic Society, the collections, records, &c. of the late Coal Committee, for deposit in the Society’s rooms. (Signed ) A. Turnesutt, Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal. Dated, Fort William, 29th Nov., 1845. (True Copies. ) A. TurNnBULL, Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal. For all the foregoing presentations and communications the best thanks of the Society were accorded. at i “—— a ric ine ihc BS st hfs alineienbinieet aT et ot et een . ™ ofeyifen Mass WAT APTITAT 1 Fed AIA yg BV vo FSPUICATATATATAT TA ATTA y Uy oe é TTY AIA WIA 1 AVS... ¢ Saisidag aus wt UTSATISI Waa 9 BIS y Usd Alaa 2 BUS t Gal GIA 7 GUS ... q Saar Cad Wa ATUTTH ... y aatifaee 9 WS aoe = eee 9 ee S| TRA Mea ahs rs ete) ae K SSL St "xls Ble xf Egrn ny ¥s a= ost alis WL Aad yg PS) 34> 9-0 rn Kes gy nn 6. wit cole) “eo dds 2 oh> yates LAS y0 us yakble do glxs mas 3 ays “si, ne we aylic ne 39 ae eco eee eee oda dS oN yah Bos 9) é eee coe wre yaad Urns) Kaeo) oe seh, eks Eolo> Bnd 9) e ee0e Big y awa - Bad 9) a eee ara 4 yh omar go wee Sedero Cola dbo) edall Ril ye eee usd Ze JOURNAL OF THR ASIATIC SOCIETY. Mr. Ivory’s Tables of mean Astronomical refractions, revised and augmented by Major J.T. Borteau B. E. Superintending Mag- netic Observaiory Simla. The first of these Tables was published in the Philosophical Tran- sactions of the Royal Society for 1823, pp. 491, et seq: and a second paper and Table by the same author, appeared in the Philosophical Transactions for 1838. The mean refractions for Zenith distances under 83° correspond exactly in both the above Tables, but the re- fractions differ for Zenith distances between 83° and the horizon. In Table I. of the original (of 1828) the mean refractions are given for each degree only as far as Z. D. 70° inclusive, and thence for every 10’ to the horizon. In the accompanying Tables intermediate numbers have been obtained by interpolation to differences of the third and second order, and they have been so arranged that the tabular refractions for that part of the Table of most practical utility shall vary only between one and two seconds. The numbers in the original Table for the last degree of Zenith distance, however, were found to give such irregular differences that the whole of the intermediate numbers between the limits of 89° and 90° have been obtained by differences to the third order, from the mean refraction for 89° i. e. 24’ 26.”8, and the horizontal refraction 34’ 32." And although the alterations which this arrangement has No. 157, No. 73, New Series. B 2 Mr. Ivory’s Tables of mean LNo. 157. introduced are of no practical importance, the following detail of the interpolations is inserted here as a guarantee for the course which has been adopted. TABLE I. Interpolations between num- TABLE II. Interpolations between Ta- bers as in the Original Table of 1838. bular refractions for Z.D. 89° & Z.D.90° Mean Tab. Mean | Tab. ee Zen) ceirac: | di |, Or, | ng | ae vefrae- | ait | 41) Sai] ee ee Ste ls Mion, MB tion. | M.R. oe Sri, (ee) PUNT ree MRR (by Re Ae Ce NM ake SS ee "ot lane oe “ au “ 89.00 | 24: 16.80 24: 26.80 “tt ae teas Wf aos off 39.2 05 | 25:05.97) 80 g 1.66 25 : 06. 80,1) Fe. 1.7 oe SA aDBe we te ae Se en ae Me a ET 10 | 25: 46.80 oe 1.83 25:46. 9 nen 1.3 | ote eee 42.66 oce +.15 oe eee 42.7 woe +.1 -+-0.10 15 }26: 29.46) 87.40} ... 2.08 Be 29. Bill Bi.8| vee 1.9 Reis OETA, Pe eee a 3, 44.6] +1) 40.14 20 | 27: 14.20 Pe eee Bre N Bh ce | dea Ne E io e46.66)" cc 106 a we 46.6} .. | .0'-++0.00 25 |28: 00.86| 95.30)... 1.98 98:00. 8). 95.2) ... 2.0 OE Ee ROE metas me ee) Mol bo coes | sb bietees eel a Ot 30 | 28: 49.50 dee 2.10 23:49. 4 5a 2.2 REID PCR ar aa Ne oC Saat mas BO:8 1 wenn I, eed 0.10 85 |29: 40.24) 103.70]... 2,22 29:40- 2} 103.9)... 2.3 me intaes sc e000 ON ces —.26 ee ma Gee eee -+-.2| —0.14 40 |30: 33.20 ae 1.96 SUUBBE Ca] cer Ms 2.5 cat a a i ise 3 55Gb. we +.1 40.19 45 \3h-s 2BU2| V2T90)) orn. 2.06 ON 28 OOS e acs 2.6 | Mi card ify accel SIC BBL 2a Al tebe wis wih Stow." DL 4 5B2 |) ag ONO. 7a 50 132: 25.30 oom 3.22 SG Are a ihe kas ips 2.8 He Ft 60201 ways W2k29.96 “3 e. Chae -+L.1| 0.20 55 133: 26.30) 126.90) ... 5.50 33228. 2) 124.9). es) Bo cal ah 65, ea ope pe 63.0) peat Wee ae EEE OUIS 90.00 |34: 32.00 34 332, The numbers to which asterisks are affixed, are those of the original Table. With a view to facilitate the computation of numbers still interme- diate between those in the present Table, Log. differences correspond- ing to one minute of altitude and to one second of refraction, have been given in separate columns. The Tables (II and III of 1838) containing the Log co-efficient for Barometric pressure and for temperature, have been extended by con- tinuing the application of the tabular differences to the limits of prac- tical utility, and the co-efficients of the correction for altitudes under 10° have been taken from their respective columns in the original Ta- ble I. and extended by interpolation as above. The following examples, will explain the use of the Tables. Let P. denote the height of the Barometer. it Potnhy the temperature, Fahrenheit. » TT. ,, the Zenith distance of the object. 1845.4 Astronomical refractions. 3 Then as far as 80° of Zenith distance the log mean refraction is equal to Log. P. From Taste 1. + Log. T. From Taste 1. + Log. Z From TasBve 111, and to the refraction so found, must be applied the following correc. tions when the Zenith distance exceeds 80° vizt. — T.(T. — 50°.) — b. (30 in.— p.) The values of T. and b. will be found in TaBze trv. Example I. The observed Zenith distance of Capella being 80°, 24’, 09.4. The height of the Barometer 29.73 and the Temperature 47.°75. Fahrenheit required the refraction ? tog. PP. 29.73 Table, 1. oe we -» 9.99607 Log. T. 47.75 Table; 11.) °° #2: “53 .- 0.00214 Log. Z. 88°: 20': 00 Table, 11... 4s ion OS Propl. part for 04’: 09”.4 = 04'.157. .. ie de 840 (eee Se Nearest Tabular refraction, #i -- 20°: 04.68 3.08748 ee ee Log. diff. 661 -+ 36 or Tab. diff. for 1".= + 18.37 T. (T.—50°) (Table 1v.)= —.92-+-—2.°25= + 2.32 b. (80 in. p.) (Table 1v.)= —167 +,+.27= — 0.495 Sere Ce ee Mean refraction, .«. A, ig s2 20". 24" 92 ed Example II. From the appendix to the Greenwich Transactions for 1836. To find the refraction for Zenith distance 83°. 22’, the Barometer reading being 29.63 and Thermometer 58°. 1. _ Log. P. 29.63 Table, 1. ap ie -- 9.99461 Log- T. 58.°1 Table, 11. ae is .- 9992389 Log. Z. 83° 20’ Table, 111. Ls pi -- 2.66759 Propl. part for 02" 3 Be big os with 190 Nearest Tabular refraction, ay sah: 807.2142 65641 a Mr, Ivory’s Tables of mean, &c. [No. 187. Log. diff. 308. ~ 94 or Tab. diff. for 1.” =, + 03.28 T. (T.—50°) Table 1v,=, —.08 x, + 8.1==,—00,65 b. (30 in. p.) i. — 14x, + .37=, —00,05 Mean refraction by the tables, as Fs 82."99 Ditto ditto by P. Bessel’s Tables, ane lay pendix, Gr. Tr. 1836, _ eu, se Refraction by Ivory’s Tables, ~ eo + 1.08 When the altitude of the body is observed it is advisable to convert it into Zenith distance by subtraction from 90°, the proportional parts of the Logs. being then additive. Example III. The altitude of the sun’s lower limb was observed 45°: 15’: 42”5, the Barometer standing at 23.33, and the Thermometer at 47.2 Fahrt. required the refraction. (90° — 45°: 15.' 42".5) == 44°: 44’: 197.5. = Z. Log. P. 23.33 Table 1. an — -- 9.89079 Log. T. 47°.2 Table 1. on ii -- 0.00266 Log. Z. 44°: 80’ Table 111. sie a vies ae ae Prop. part for 14.292 do. ni a hp 357 Nearest Tabular number, 6 a 0’: 44."80 1.65557 Log. diff. 43 + 96 or Tab. diff, for 1’= + 0.45 Mean refraction, re i a 0O': 45.25 The following errata in the Original Table (Phil. Trans. for 1838) have been corrected. Mean Refraction for Z.D. 89°: 50’ printed 32’: 15’’.10 should be 32':25’’.1 Log. diff. Z.D.89°:00'and 89°:10' .. .. ZOUO an ee 2306 86°:40’ and 86°:50’ .. .. TOOT Te pteee 1527 85°:40' and 85°:50' .. ... Pole. aoe 1308 83°:00' and 83°:10' .. .. — 883 2... 933 H.E.I.C. Magnetic Observatory, Simla, December, 1842. (Tasurz 1.) Ilvory’s mean Astronomical Refractions. (Tasue Il.) § FAHRENHEITS ‘’}HERMOMETER. BAROMETER. a Log. {x3 s0|| & Log. z Sh a Log. |2.d = Lo oe 8 | arithm. Ze = | arithm. |22 -~ | arithme |= Si) -= ith. |e = 5 “ rn me S arithm. |= = ° ° Ins. 10 | 0.03952 |193 || 70 | 9.98240 32.0 | 0.02803 Piatt ‘giaaiek 11 | 0.03849 71 | 9.98049 | 2! |\31.9 | 0.02667 |!88 || 95-9 | 9.93618 |187 12 | 0.03746 |{p5 || 72 | 9.97958 | gt || -8 | 0.02531 [30 |] 8 998450 |168 13 | 0.03644 [152 || 73 | 9.97867 | 34 || .7 | o.azg4 [127 |) '7 | 9.93081 [169 14 | 0.03542 |'02 || 74 | 9.97777 | gp || .6 | 0.02957 {122 || ‘6 | gy3ii2 [169 is | 0.03440 |/22 || 75 | 9.97686 | 2! 5 | oo2g9 tee |} 92942 | 170 102 90 || ° Bes. ian 9 ee oe 16 | 0.03338 |Toy || 76 | 9.97596 | gq || «4 | 0.01981 4a} g.ga77 |t7! 17, | 0.03237 |!5) || 77 | 9.97509 | gy || -3 | 0.01842 |123 |) °3 | 9.92600 |!7! 18 | 0.03136 |155 || 78 | 9.97416 | d || :2 | 0.01703 |}3q || 2 | 9.92au8 |172 19 | 0.03034 |!0? || 79 | 9.97396 | 22 |] ‘1 | o.0186a |135 |] 11. | 992255 {173 20 | 0.02933 |15, || 80 | 9.97237 31.0 | 0.01424 |125 || 25.0 | 9.92082 [173 21 | 0.02832 |! si | 9.97148 | 8? |} 309 | o.o1o84 {129 |} 94.9 | 9.91908 |'74 22 | 0.02730 | 101 || 82 | 997058 | go || 8 | 0.01143 {4h || 8 | 9.91733 {175 23 | 0.02630 |!) || 83 | 9.96969 | 83 |} :7 | o.o1002 |F45 || «7 | 9.91558 {175 24 | 0.02531 |102 || 84 | 9.96880 | 82 || 6 | O.ous60 |;45 || 6 | 9.91381 {178 25 | 0.02432 | ,2, || 85 | 9.96791 | ge || -5 | 0.00718 |142 || -5 | 9.91204 |!78 26 | 0.02332 |! 86 | 996703 | 88 4\ 0.00575 |= ||. 91037 [122 , 3 a 0B | gaz (4-1 fa; 0. ee eg te 27 | 0.02232 }"gg || 87 | 9.96615 "3 | 0.00432 3 | 9.90839 |178 28 | 0.02133 | 29 || 88 | 9.96527 | 88 1] *2 | o.o0289 134 || 12 | 9.90669 |]8° 29 | 0.02034 | 22 || 89 | 9.96140 | 84 1) «1 | o.oo1a5 [142 || 1 | 990489 189 30 | 0.01935 99 | 9.96352 | 88 |130.0 | o.ovov0 |!4° || e4'0 | 9.90308 |18! 31 | 0.01837 | 2° || 91 | 9.96265 | 84 |199.9 | 9.99855 |!42 |) 23°99 | 9.90127 |!81 32 | 0.01738 | 22 || 92 | 9.96177 | 88 || 8 | 9.99709 [148 || "8 | o'sogae |}8! 33 | 0.01640 | 29 || 93 | 9.96089 | 8 || :7 | 9.99563 1148 || :7 | 9.s9763 188 34| 0.01541 | 22 || 94 | 9.96002 | 8 || [6 | 9.99417 4,99 || -6 | 9.89579 |/84 35 | 0.ol44a | 94 || 95 | g.osgia | 88 |] ‘5 | g'99z70 |!47 || 5 | 9.89395 |!84 36 | 0.01346 96 | 9:95927 | 2” || [4 | 9.99193 |!47 || [41 9.899209 |!86 37 | 0.01248 | go || 97 | 9.95740 | 8 |] 13 | 9.98075 [745 || -3 | 9.89023 | 88 38 | 0,01151 | 34 || 98 | 9:95953 | B || 2 | 9.98826 |ig0 || .2 | 9.88837 | 188 39 | 0.01053 | 8% || 99 | 9.95567 | 8° || ‘1 | 9.98677 [549 || ‘1 | 9.ss6ag [188 40 | 0.00957 100 | 9.95480 | 8% ||29'0 | 9.98628 |749 || 23:0 | 9.88460 |;82 41 | 0.00861 | 2° ||101 | 9.95394 | 8° || 28.9 | 9.98378 | 12° |/ 22:9 | 9.88271 | 189 42 | 0.00764 | 92 |/102 | 9.95307 | 8% ||" 8 | 9.98297 [121 || "3 | 9:seus |}2° 43 | 0.00668 | 28 ||103 | 9.95220 | S@ || :7 | 9.98076 |)24 || :7 | 9.87890 |72! 44 | 0.00572 | 28 ||104 | 9.95435 | 8° || 6 | 9.97924 |122 || ‘6 | g.si6g9 | 19! 45 | 0.00476 | oe ||105 | 9.95050 | 82 || <5 | 9.97772 |)22 || °5 | 987506 | 193 46 | 0.00380 | 2° ||106 | 9.94965 | 82 || ‘4 | 9.97620 |122 || ‘4 | 987313 [183 47 | 0.00285 | 22 |I107 | 9.94880 | 8 || :3 | 9.97467 [793 |} '3 | gs7iie [195 48 | 0.00190 | ge |{108 | 9.94794 | ge || 2 | 9.97313 |)24 || :2 | 9 86923 |!98 49 | 0.00094 | 2° ||109 | 9.94709 | 83 |] ‘1 | 9.97159 [24 |) <1 | 9.86797 | 197 50 | 0.00000 110 | 9.94695 | 8&4 |los'0 | 997004 1152 |] 2910 | 9.86530 | 197 51 | 9.99906 | 24 |\111 | 9.94540 | 8 |197:9 | 9.96848 | 128 |} 91'9 | 9.86332 |!98 52 | 9.9981: | 2) ||112 | 9.94455 | 83 || -8 | 9.90692 |128 |)" 8 | 986134 [78 53 | 9.99717 113 | 9.94371 | 84 || ‘7 | 9.96536 {196 || °7 | 9:85gg4 |200 54 | 9.99623 | ot ||114 | 9.94287 | 84 || ‘6 | 9.96379 [152 || ‘6 | 9.85733 |20} 55 | 9.99529 | 24 |l115 | 9.94203 | 84 || 35 | 9.9602) [198 |] 75 | 9is5532 [202 56 | 9.99434 | 2° |l116 | 9.91119 | 84 || [4] 9.96063 |198 || <4 | 9.85329 1203 57 | 9.99341 | 33 ||117 | 9.94035 | 84 || :3 | 9.95904 |122 || (3 | 9.85126 |573 58 999248 | 23 |/118 | 9.93951 | 83 || (2 | 9.95745 ] 129 || 2 | 98agai (502 59 9.99154 | 23 |l119 | 9.93868 | 83 || 11 | 9.95585 | 199 || “1 | 9 8a7i6 (502 60 | 9.99061 120 | 9.93785 | 88 |la7'0 | 9.95424 | 16! |laro | 9.84510 1206 61 | 9.98969 | 22 |]191 | 9.93701 | 84 |!96.9 | 9.95263 |!6! |] 90.9 | 9.84303 |207 62 | 9.98375 | 2s |l122 | 9.93618 | 83 || 8 | 9.95101 [162 || .8 | 9.s4oga [502 63 | 998783 | 22 ||123 | 9.93535 | 83 || ‘7 | 9.91939 162 7 | 9.83885 |209 64 | 9.98690 | 3) |/124 | 9.93452 | 83 || °6 | 9.91776 163 || ‘6 | 9/83675 {310 65 | 9.98598 | 92 |/125 | 9.93370 | 82 |) °5 | 9.94612 |/63 || '5 | 9.3463 |212 66 | 9.98506 | 22 |/126 | 993288 | $2 || ‘4 | 9.94448 164 |) "4 | 9.9395] |2!2 67 | 9.98414 | 8? |{127 | 9.93205 | $2 || ‘3 | 9.94283 [164 |] 3 | 9.83037 /2!4 98 | 9.98323 | 2) |l1v8 | 9.93120 | 2 || ‘2 | 9.94118 165 || °9 | ggossg (2/4 69 | 9.98231 | 9? |l129 | 9.93041 | 82 |) "1 | 9.93952 768 || “1 | o.s26u7 [216 70 | 9.98140 130 | 9.92958 *? |} 96.0 | 9.93785 67 |190.0 | 9.82391 |2/6 ° Zen iAlt. {dist o-€ o/f /90.00! 00.00 is9 {01 88 02 187 03 ‘86 104 85 105 84 |06 83 U7 82 {08 iS] 09 i80 «| LO 79 1] 73 12 77 l3 76 {14 75 = 115 74 16 73 ll7) 72 18 71 19 70 ~=|20 69 2] 68 22 67 23 66 24 65 «| 25 64 26 63. |27 62 28 161.30) 28-30 61 9 60.30) 29.30 60 30 59.30)30.30 59 3] 58.30] 31.30 58 32 57.30} 32.30 By) 33 56.30| 43.30 56 34 55.30] 34 30 55 °' (35 54.30| 35.30 54 - |36 53.30/|36.30 53 «(137 52°30|37.30' 52 [38 51.30) 38.30 51 {39 50.30) 39.30 50 140 49.30] 40.30 49 {41 48.30] 41.30 48 142 47.30) 42.30 47 43 16.30] 43.50 45 144 Ivory’s mean Astronomical Refractions. Mean Refrac- tion. / uv 00.00.00 01.02 02.04 03.06 04.08 05.11 00.06.14 07.17 08.21 09.25 10.30 11.35 00.12.42 13.49 14.56 15.66 1675 17.86 ; 00.18.98 20.11 21.26 22.42 23.60 24.80) 00 26.01 27.24 28.49 29.76 31.05 | 31.71 00.32.38) 1. 33.05 33.72 34.40] 35.09 35.79 | 00.36.49. 37-20 37.93 | 38.66. 39.39 00.40.14) 40.89 41.65 42.42 43.21 44.10 44.80 00.45.61 46.43 47.27! 48.12 48.99. 49.87, 00.50.76 51.66 52.47, 53.49 54.43 55.38 00.56.35. | 1.5191 1.5279 1.5366 1.5452 1,9537 1.5632 1.5706 1.5790 1.5873 1.5955 1.6036 1.6116 1.6196 1.6276) 1.6356 1.6435 1.4513 1.6591 1.6668 1.6746 1.6823 1.6901 1.6978 1.7055 1.7131 1.7204 1.7283 ].7358 1.7434 1.7510 { EE Log. diff. for ZD. 50 — — 5 wd WH WW WW WO WW WO WW WWW WNW WW WW WWW WW WNWWWWHKWERARRRROMARAYUIMOSU WOLDS I’ off 1” of Refn. | SS ee. a Zen. Alt. | dist. of7/ o7 46.00} 44,00 45.30] 44.30 45 45 44,30] 45.30 44 |46 43.30] 46.30 43 |47 42.30] 47.30 42 |48 45/48.15 30! 30 Lol 45 41,00) 49.00 45 15 30; 30 i) 45 40.00 50.00 49' 15 30; 30 15) 45 39 0051.00 AB). | te 30; 30 le 45 38.00) 52.00 45 15 30| 30 15} = 45 37.00/53.00 45 1d 30; 30 15| | 45 36.00 |54.00 45 15 30} 30 15 45 35.00) 55.00 45 1d 30; 30 1S) | 45 34.00 /56.00 45 15 30} 30 15| 45 33.00|57.00 49 15 30! 30 15 45 32.00 158.00 45 15 avi 20 15} 45 (31.00|59.00 | 45 183) I 301: 80 et Ae 45 30.00 | 60.00 45 15 30; 30 ial as | 43. 29.00 61.00 | 01,45.01 | | Mean. Refrac- tion. Or ‘ tl 00.56.35 07.35 58.36 09.39 01.00.43 01.49 02.57 03.67 01.04.80 05.37 (Tasux III.) 1.75100 1.75855 1.76611 1.77367 1.78123 1.78380 1.79637 1.80396 1.81155 1.81535 1.81915 1.82296 1.82678 1.82060 1 83442 1.83825 1.84208 1.84592 1.84976 1.85361 1.85747 1.86134 1.86521 1.86909 1.87298 1.87688 1.88079 1.88461 1.88863 1.89256 1.89690 1.90044 1.90440 1.90838 1.911237 1.91637 1.92038 1.92440 1.92843 1.93247 1.93653 1.94060 1.94469 1.94879 1.95291 1.95704 1.96129) | 1.96536] | 1.96955] 1.97375} | 1.97797 1.98221 1.98646 1.99073 1.99502 1.93934! 2.00368 2.00804 9.01242 2 01682 2.02124 Log. diff. for ]’ of, I” of ZD. |Refn. 25 7959 25 741 20 734 25 727 25 714 25 701 25 690 25 672 79) 667 25 667 25 657 25 648 25 645 25 637 26 628 26 628 26 624 26 624 26 6! 26 604 26 604 26 095 26 588 26 581 26 581 26 975 26 568 26 561 26 561 26 955 26 547 26 542 27 539 27 531 27 525 Pah 520 27 515 27 517 27 Sil 27 501 27 903 27 499 27 488 27 485 28 480 28 477 28 474 28 471 28 462 28 460 28 456 28 452 29 445 29 442 29 436 29 434 29 432 29 425 29 419 29 413 << e* oe a ee \(Taste III.) 1 zen. | as Alt. |dist. ss ro See o/? 4 “] 99.00/| 61.00} | 1.45.01 50 10}| 45.73 40 20 46.45 80| 30|| 47.19 20! 40/| 47.93 10 5U|| 48.68 28.00}62.00] | 1.49.44 50 10)| 50.20 40| 20|} 50.97 30; 30)| 51.76 90| 40|| 52.55 10} 50/| 53.35 27.00|63.00} | }.64.17 50 10)} 54.99 40 20 55 82 30| 30)| 36.66 26 40 57.00 10 50 58.35 26.00)| 64-00) | 1.59.22 50} 10/!2.00.10 40 20 00.99 30} 30)| 01.89 20; 40)} 02.80 10| &9)|| 03.72 95,00| 65-00} |2.04.65 50 10)| 05.59 40; 20]; 06.54 30; 30!) 07.51 90; 401] 08.49 10! 501] 09.48 24,00} 66.00} |2.10.48 50 11.50 40| 20/]| 12.53 30| 30!) 13.57 20| 40!| 14.62 10} 50}| 15.69 93.00| 67-00] |2. 16.78 50 1 17.88 40} 20}| 18.99 30| 380!| 20.12 90) ° 40) ) 21,27 10; 4450) 22.43 92.00| 68-00} |2.23.61 50| 10}! 924.8) 40 20 26.03 30| 30)| 27.96 20 40 28.50 1G} 50}| 29.76 91.00| 69.00) |2.31.64 55| O05!| 31.69 50 10|| 32.34 45 15) | 33.900 40| 20|| 33.66 3p) 25 34.33 30} 30] |2.35.00 Dab BO)\.| . 35.68 20| 40)| 36.36 15) 45|| 57.05 10} 50\| 87.75 05} 55!| 38.45 20:00} 70.00! | 2.39.16 Ivory’s mean Astronomical Refractions. Loga- rithm. 2.02124 2.02420 2.02717 2.03015 2.03315 9.03616 2.03918 2.04221 2 04526 2.04832 9.05138 9.05446 9.05755 9.06065 2, 46377 2.06690 2.07004 9.07319 9.07635 2.07954 2.08274 2.08595 2.08918 2.09242 2.09567 2.09894 | 2.10223 | 2.10553| 2.10885 2.11219 2.11555 2.11892 2.12230 2.12570 2.12912 2.13256 2.13602 2.13950 2. 14300 2.14652 2.15006 2.15362 2.15720 2.16080 2°16442 2.16806 2.17172 2.17540 Biol! 2, 18097 2.18284 2.18471 2.18659 2.18847 2.19036 2.19226: 2.19416 2.19607 2.19794 2.19992 cami — ee ee | et ee | Log. diff. for | | ot (1? Jot Z. D.| Refn. 30; 412 30 4ll 30 | 404 30 | 404 30 | 401 30 | 398 30 | 398 31 | 396 31 | 387 31 | 387 31 4 385 31 | 377 31 | 377 31 | 377 31 374 31 | 373 32 | 2371 32 | 363 32 | 363 32 | 360 32 | 307 32 | 359 32 | 352 33! 350 33 | 348 33 | 346 33 | 340 33 | 339 33 | 337 34 | 336 34 | 330 34 | 328 34 | 427 34 | 326 34 | 322 35 | 317 35 | 31 30 | 315 35 | 312 39 | 308 36 | 307 36 | 303 36 | 300 86 |) ):297 36 | 296 37 | 395 37 | 292 37 | 290 37) 287 37 | \)-287 38 | 384 38 | 284 38 | 981 38 | 281 38 | 279 38 | 279 33 | 277 38 | 275 39 | 275 | 39°| 272 | Zen. Alt. |dist. o / eo? 20.00} 70.00 a9) 05 00 10 45 15 4U 20 35 25 30 30 25 39 20 40 15 45 10 50 05 319) 19.00} 71.00 ad (0) 50 10 45 15 40 20) a t3) 20 30 30 29 35 20 40 15 45 10 410) 05 05 18 0072.00 59d 05 OU 10 495 15) 40 20 3D 25 30 30 25 35 20 40 15 49 10 50 05 5) 17-00| 73.00 5o 05 00 10 45 15 40 20 30 25 3 30 pS) 35 20 40 6) 45 10 00 09 55 16.00 |74.00 9) 05 00 10 45 15 40 20 35 20 30 30 29 30 20 40 15 45 10 50 05 5d 15.00 75.00 3. Loga- rithm. Z. 2.20185 2.20379 2.20573 2.20768 2.20963 2.21159 2.21356 2.21504 2.21752 2.21951 2.22190 2.22351 2.22052 2.22754 2.22956 2.23159 2.23363 2.23568 2.23773 2.23979 2.24186 2.24394 2.24603 2 24812 2.25022 2.25233 2, 20445 2.25657 2.25870 2.26084 2.26299 2.26515 2.26732 2.26950 2.27168 2.27388 2.27608 2.27829 2.28051 2.28274 2.28498 2.28723 2.28948 2.29174 2.29402 2.29631 2.29860 2.30091 2.30323 2.30556 2.30789 2.31023 2.31259 2.31496 2.31734 2.31973 2.32213 2.32454 2.32696 2.33039 2.33184 7 | Log. diff. for, ]/ of jy"! of ZD.) Refn. Fr achaaianamar | Gudea emcees | | 39 | 271 39 | 271 | 39 | 271 | 39 | 266 | 39 | 266 | 40 | 265 | 40 | 265 | 40 | 262 | 40 |} 262 40} 261 40 |} 959 40 } 258 40 | 256 | 41 | 254 | 41 254 41 | 953 41 | 953 41 ; 349 41 | 249 42 | 248 42 | 248 42 | 246 42 | 244 42 | 243 42 | 243 42} 2a] 43 | 239 43 | 238 | 43 | 238 43 | 237 43 | 236 44 234 44 | 233 44 228 44 | 992% 44 227 | MD 19997 45 225 49 | 225 | 45 | 23 49°; 222 46 | 222i 46 220 } 46 220 46 | 218 46 | 217 | 47 | 216 | A7 | Ola”) 47 | 213 | AF OBS ah 47 | 212 | 48} 210! 48 | 205 | 48 907 | 48 206 | 48 | 205 | 49 | 204 | 49 | 203 | Zen. Alt. io et o.-4 a3 Ss dist. a) = o ~ 15.00| 75.00} {5.34.70 05| 0 55) 05)| 09.50 50| 10|} TLV 45| 15|| 12.74 40| 20! 14,39 35| 25 | 1606 30| 30 14.17.75 25| 35 | 19.46 20) (40: | -2EZLO 15] 45 | 22.95 10| 50 | 24.72 05| - 55 | 26.51 12.00}78-00 |4.28.33 55| 05!1 30,17 50} 10/| 32.04 45| 15/| 33.93 40| 20|| 35.84 35| 251] 37.78 30} 30/|4.39.75 25| 35]| 41.74 20) 40|| 43.76 15! 45|| 45.81 10} 50}} 47.89 05| 55}| 49.99 | 11.00 79,00] 14 52.12) | 55 05|| 54.28 1» BOt} BO | 56 47 45! 15/| 58.69 40! 20/|5.00.94 35] 25!| 03.22 30} 301! 05.54 25| 35|| 07.89 20} 40)| 10.28 | 15) 45!| 12.70 10] 50! 15.66 05} 55|| 17.66 10.00|80.00 |5. ij 20.19 { oo Hi oft of ° Z.D.| Refn. 2 33104 2.33430|{ 49 | 202 2.33677|| 49} 201 2.33925|| 50 | 200 2.34174|| 5 197 2.34424|| 50! 197 2.34676]}| 50 | 196 2.349291} 51 | 196 2.35183|| 51 | 195 2.35438/| 51 | 193 2.35695|| 51 | 192 2.35953|}| 52 | 190 2.26212|! 52 {| 129 2 36473|| 52 | 188 2.36735|| 52 | 187 2.36998!| 53 | 185 2337263) | Vb3 puss 2.37529|| 53 | 183 2.37796|| 53 | 183 2.38064] 54] 181 2.38334|| 54] 180 2.38606'| 54 | 179 2.38879|| 55 | 178 2.39154|| 55 | 177 2.39430|| 55 | 176 2.39708/|| 56 175 2.39987|| 56 | 173 2,40268|| 56 | 172 9.40550|| 561 I71 2.40834|| 57 | 171 2.41119|| 57 | 169 2.41406]] 57 | 168 2.416951] 58, 167 2.41986]/} 58} 165 2.42278]| 58 | 165 2.42572|} 59 | 164 2.42867|| 59 | 162 2.43164|| 59 | 161 2 43464|| 60] 160 2.43764|| 60} 159 244066|| 60 | 158 2.44370|| 61 157 2.44677|| 61 156 2.44985|| 62 155 2.45295|| 62] 153 2.45608)! 63} 153 9.45902!| 63 | 151 2.462381} 63 | 151 2.46556|| 64] 149 2.46876!| 64] 148 2.47198]}| 64 | 147 2.47552|| 65 | 146 9.47848]! 65 | 145 2.48176|| 66; 144 2.485071| 66} 143 2.488401| 67 | 142 2.49175|; 67 | 140 2.49513|| 681 140 2.49853/| 68 | 138 2.50196|| 69 | 137 2.50541|} 69 | 136 Zen Alt. jdist Qf) eal 10.00}80.00 55 05 50 10 45 15 40 20 35 25 30} 30 25 35 20!' 40 15 45 10}; 50 05 5d 09.00'8].00 ie 05 50 10 45 15 40 20 3bl 920 30| 30 29 35 20; 40 15 45 10} 50 O05) S395 08.00/82.00 55 50 10 45 15 40 20 30 25 30] 30 Jap) bo 20; 40 1s) ee 3) 1G} 50 O05} $955 07.00 ' 83.00 55) 2105 50} 10 o 15 40; 20 Oo} feeb 30} 30 25) a0 20) a0 15, 40 10}. 59 05 5d 06.00} 84.00 O51 (05 50 10 45 15 40} 20 35 25 30| 30 2p Vemma 20; 40 15} 45 10) 50 05} 55 ee 85.00 Mean Refract. | 46.00 9,393.96 Loga- rithm. Z. 2.50541 2.50887 2.51237 2.51589 2.51943 2.52300 2.02660 2.53020 2.03387 2.53755 2.54125 2.54498 2.54874 - 2.55253 2.95639 2.56019 2.56409 2.56798 2.57 192 2.97589 2.57989 2.58393 258800 259210 2.59624 2.60041 2.60462 9.60886 2.61313 2.61774 2.62179 2.62618 2.63062 2.63509 2.63961 2.64417 2.64877 2,65341 2.65809 2.66282 2.66759 2.67241 2.67727 2.68218 2.68713 2.69213 2.69718 2.70229 2.70746 2.71267 2.71793 2.72229 2,72862 2.73405 2.73954 2.74509 2.75070 2.70637 2.76210 EEE 2.76970 2.77376 | SS ire er ere ee Ss a Ivory’s mean Astronomical Refractions. (Tasxe III.) || Log diff. for (wae ee lof) 1” of ZD.| Refn. ; — |e 69| 135 70| 134 70! 133 71| 132 71| 13, 72\) 131 72' 128 73, 128 74). 127 74 195 75 124 75) 193 76) 122 76] 121 77| 120 78| 119 78| 118 79| 117 79| 116 80| 115 gi| 114 8l 12 g2| 111 83| Ill 83) 109 84) 109 85| 108 85| 106 86| 105 87| 104 88/ 103 g9| 102 89| 101 90! 100 91} 99 92| \ 98 93/ 97 94 96 ; 95; 95 : 95| 94 : 96} 93 ip 97| 92 a 93; 9 | am 99 90 - 100; 89 7 lol| 88 102] 87 it 103} 86 104} 85 ‘ 105/84 106} 83 107) 81 109} 81 110; 79 hil] = 79 112] 78 113) 2 115| 76 116} 75 117] “el (Tasze III.) Mean. Refract. U “i 9.53.96 10.02.13 10.52 a Sou Si aSo GERSE EE SS Sa ae SS SE ee Ivory’s mean Astronomical Refractions. Loga- rithm. ‘Ze 2.77376 2.77969 2.78569 2.79176 2.79789 2.80409 2.81037 2.81673 2.82316 2.82967 2.83626 2.84293 2.84968 2.85652 2.86345 | 2.87046 2.87757 2.88476 2.89205 2.89944 2.90693 2.91462 2.92220 2.92999 2.93790 2.94591 | 2.95402 2.96225 2.97060 2.97906 2.98764 2.99635 3.00519 3.01417 3.02329 3.03254 3.04192 3.05144 | 3.06110 3.07091 3.08087 3.09099 3.10127 3.11170 3.12229 3.13305 3.14398 3.15509 3.16637 3.17783 3.18947 3.20130 3.21331 3.2205 | 3.23789 3.20046 3.26323 3.27620 3.28938 3.30278 3.31639 (Tasxe IV. 001 .002 002 .003 004 005 -006 009 O11 012 O13 .028 026 > O09. m3 Or Os Eee. MRS er her eee eS we e Che Osim & Oo is Thermometer | Barometer. 017 025 wird 10 An Eveventn Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the Stroms in the Bay of Bengal and Southern Indian Ocean, from 26th November to 2d December, 1843. By Henry Pippineaton ; with a Chart. In this memoir, for much of the material of which I am as usual indebted to the zealous exertions of Capt. Biden, Master Attendant of Madras, we have the advantage of tracing at the same time storms raging on the North and South sides of the Equator, of having a re- gister of the weather almost wpon the Equator while the storms were blowing on both sides, and finally of tracing with abundant data in the dangerous ‘‘ Storm track” (as I have called it in another publication,)* extending from 5° to 15’ South and from 75° to 90’ E. a most severe hur- ricane, and this investigation has moreover developed a new feature in these storms, viz. that there are some which are comparatively station- ary! having but an exceedingly slow progressive motion ; and should this be found by future research to prevail frequently, it will be of im- portance both in our theoretical and practical views of storms. It will be found in the postcript to the Memoir that after this was sent to the press I obtained from the Mauritius, the details of a storm there, in which a vessel, the Charles Heddle, was fully proving for us by what I may call a beautiful experiment, the truth of our researches here! I have as usual first given the documents carefully abridged, then a Tabular view of them for each hemisphere, a summary of the grounds from which the positions of the centres of the storms on different days are developed, and finally a few remarks on the whole. Copy of Report kept at the Master Attendant’s Ofice Madras, from Captain BipEN. Barometer. 8a.m. 4pP.mM. 10P.M, 30th November 1843.—6 a. m. North West wind, North current strong and high surf. 7 a. mM. North West wind, current very strong, high, and irregular surf, .. 30.012 29.925 29.997 lst December 1843.—6. a. m. North West wind, North current, strong, high and irregular surf no boats or Cat- tamarans could cross the surf. Rain, .. ve ee 29.984 29.877 29,953 * Horn Book of Storms p.—. 1845.] Eleventh Memotr on the Law of Storms in India. 1] Barometer. 8aeM. 4P.M. 10 P.M. 2¢ December 1843.—6 a. m. North West wind, Northcur- rent, strong irregular and high surf, cloudy, .. es 29.944 29.861 29.916 Ditto.—5-30, p. m. North wind, North current, strong and very high surf, no boats or Cattamarans could cross the surf. Raining, ee ee ee oe ee oe 3d December 1843.—4-55, 1. m. North East wind, North current and high surf; cloudy weather, .. +» +2 29.956 29.893 29.986 Ditio.—3-15, p. M. South East wind, South current, high surf and rain,.. ee se we oe as se Ditto.—6 p. m. South East wind, South current and rain, 4th December 1843.—5 a.m. East wind, South current, high and irregular surf; drizzling rain, .. oe -- 30.008 29.912 29.988 Ditto.—10-30, a. m. East wind, South current strong, and moderate surf, At oo ae oe ir 50 (Signed) Crarces BipEn. Abridged Log of the Ship Vernon, Captain J. GimBiert, from Madras to Calcutta, reduced to civil time. The Vernon left Madras roads, on the 30th November 1843, at 7. P.M. and stood to the East, with a fresh monsoon from N.N.E. till midnight. lst December.—a. m. strong breeze N. N.E. till noon when Lat. 12° 5’ N., Long. Chro. 83° 29’, E., Bar. 29.68, Symp. 29.52:, Pp. m. fresh gales to midnight with the wind veering at 9 Pp. M. to N. E. and at midnight to E.N.E. 2d December.—a. m. heavy squalls; at 2 wind shifted to E.S. E. with confused sea and much lightning, Bar. 29.54. 9 a. m. wind E. by S. moderating a little ; noon squally and heavy sea Lat. D. R. 11° 48’ N. Long. D. R. 83° 38', Bar. 29.69., Symp. 29.54. Ther. 81° p. M. strong gale Easterly, moderating to fine, at 7 Pp. m. when wind at E.N. E. : Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. 12 *IayeOM wye9 8 | 2g $2 coo ooo ac | $e 28 °g tA 7 eee ‘NOON, eee ‘DZ *09C 029 §16°63 01 ‘bL°6Z WoIy ‘INOY UL UI SOUIT} 9e SUIATCA *‘Butstuoid pue wypes| | es | Gg ce [err| — seeeee sevens | ereyey x F ‘41 uodn peovid aq plnod sduapuodap ou yey} os Bur) “M ON] oo] ce | Gg cee [eee] ceeeee sree | omer g ‘ues pue sqjenbs oy} Sulinp Surjey pue Suisti Joy |-jJe1apour pajrys "M ‘N|%ze| 28 | 249 ° [o"|°H 96 981 "Sate | ‘Hoon po" 48] “08 -oWloivg {uoTjoOnIysep wo sieds pue seAULD oY} | eI0Joq se s|jenbs BL ot [eee] cevese seveee | corempey 3 BARS 0} ‘M9 JooUr 07 poredoid [jam oqysnut drys |Surkzea yuojora QSOs eet “OG — eee] saeili” aenaee serereir | skeoay ag WY “s[jenbs oyii10} pue yueora ysouw yam porued °190q} pue "mM |Feg! 8 | £9 °° [la O98] ‘STE |‘ toon -Wl0d0e ‘UTI JO S}U9II0} SMO]TO} (AT[eIOUS) YOIyM |-eoM yeuUsIp Au “M0g Ao |e] YINOG Joye ULI ][eWIS SUl[zZzZIIp YIM souUaWIUIOD 0} Skep |} -O00|S yIep 0} Surdr GQ fee [see] oeene teovee Peron yt aaIY} 3SL] Say} s[[enbs a1aaes ysou ay) paaresqg|-ea strenbs yuojota) “MA °N'N| =| o | gg ces [oer] seeeee sovvee | eon ag *layjVaM YOY} pue stjenbs sno1esuep Jo uorssedons | ** sev oes “"! ral 18 | 69 ° [°° "S O8 98] “NOZT |" ‘aoon| ‘W6Z “AON *IaYyICOM Autoois pue 149 621°" eee cve peo cee “MV 66 *[Ies-do} Joor a[qnop 0} [les poonpar | sinoy Fg oy} urer Aavoy jo ‘IoyJVoM [CUSIP YVp “UIeI JO S,UATIO} YJIM patu |‘ ynoysnoiyy ‘uNUOD “MN °N| =] * | QQ ce fot] cesses sree [oon rag “6 -edwioo0e syjenbs oyiite3 ysoul °w ‘a [gp 9k {Yon “8 88° (YB90G Surmoge, drys ‘vas pasnjuod yioys ‘soared Suoryg| °° + *qnoysnoryy “A 'N|¥gy| 62 | oo oo 1" Secs] "N 2ZeB | ‘UOoN] ‘WIgg “AON uvipuy “UleI Aaeoay] “M “N ‘N ee eee Qc ees soo ber coe eoc vee omen y } a "ITM Auloo[s ory} pue YWON eee ove 19 eco soe eee 000 e000 e00 ere a 8 *s[jenbs 04} Sutpuayye urer Aavay § uozII0t ayy AOE asouvivodde ysiy 310} UloI Sururem 91931, AOA yyw ‘stjenbs yuefora pue sjsn3 snolesuep usppng)** ‘stjenbs suong “q°N “a fo,| g2 | 29 °° |" 1'S OS SSN BZ | UOON] ‘WIZZ “AON *Ayyenbs pue *ajqa pue yseq] | zo i eee cee soc coe Wy F *uopuoT jo A, ysooy drys ayy passed { A[Surpio0dov [res aprur pue Ur x00} ‘uel AAvay pur sijenbs Suoeijs "wd GY] °* ve -Aitenbg “aN ON] oe] ot | gg ce [ot] cee see fora g *30ueived -de pjim pue Awoo[s yivq “*uooU OF 'W*y F WoIg! ‘oouvivadde ( yseq| g7| ez | 08 “ | ° |'a sb cgl"N OF. 6|""‘aooN] ‘tI9g ‘AON Awooj3 pue 04} OID A coe eee {8 ese soo 05 ceo ecvcce ren Vy t spnojo Sulu oy °N °N coe ooo T8 ooo see eee cee 000 eee eon Tt g ‘rayyeem Apnoyo pue sezaaiq ysoiq| -yea14y} Buoayg "A "Ni 92/¥92 | 28 62 |" HH €299\"N Sb srl ‘WOON | ‘W3Eg ‘AON eee ae eos vee eonece soe "WV $ ie eco see 000 900 eon cee RS ae: 9 8 eee see es *19}@M YJOOWS PUL ISYJEIM IBS[D BUTT) *** ss vt CAPBAIS*A'N] 62] 84 | G8 62 |" I'H OF 28) 'N ZaST| ‘oon |] ‘WIFZ ‘AON |-Ueg Jo feg ] ° ( emate! “StST 5 ; ‘rayem | ‘reg jo |S} ‘uwoox 3e apn : OUI} [8OT} *‘pyiom syIvUleYy [viouey pu f10jeurldxq eesane Trae, @ note spniger 1 Ol pee 4 ape a - ici] © “CAUAINIM Aeyg ‘aaa Ay *7d05 fg *sajvb snorana ayy sazfo pun buranp sv yam so burpooasd hyayorpawun ‘sayjna yy ayy fo 2704s pun spuryy ay? fo UuntIaLG pun aa40f ay yim sayjoboy af aby suoopy ‘uoon yo fvp hasaa saj0m pup aM 20g ‘uajzamowsayy ay? fo 29028 ‘apnquhuo) pun apnqyo] Ypm snipannyy ay) spnmoz nyynojIvQ wWoLf abussog v burinp paasasqo so 4ayzvag4 ay} fo aj0jS ay, fo wnpuDsowapy anjngqv 7, 1845.|] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 13 Report of the Barque Niagara Capt. W. Cuampion, forwarded by Captain BIDEN. Friday \st December 1843.—Lat. 10° N., Long. 87° E., expe- rienced a hard gale from S. W.to E.S.E. with a tremendous high sea on; lost sails and sustained other damage, strong gales from East- ward on Saturday the 2d. On approaching the coast, found the weather more moderate and a smoother sea; during the above days it rained incessantly, and the Bar. fell to 29.10, Ther. 78° 40’. Abridged Log of the Ship Canpauan, Capt. W. Ripwery, from the Mauritius bound to Calcutta ; reduced to civil time. 26th Nov. 1842.—Wind variable from N.N.E., N.b. E., and N. ' E.b.N., Course North 54° W. 94’, Lat. account 8° 19’ N., Long. 84° 38’ E., heavy squalls Bar. 29.80. 27th November.—To noon cloudy, wind N. E., strong wind till midnight when N. E. b. E., Lat. noon 9° 5’ N., Long. 83° 50’, Sunset heavy squalls, Bar. not marked. 28th November.—Strong Monsoon N. E. b. E. 2 a. mM. veering to Northward 1] a. m. Violent squall ; noon heavy weather, Lat. account 9° 15’ N., Long. E. 83° 45’, heavy squalls and strong monsoon till midnight. Bar. 29.70. 29th November.—Heavy breeze N.b. E. with squalls, noon every appearance of a storm, Lat. 9° 26’ N., Long. 83° 48’ E. 4 P. m. rapidly increasing. At 6 wind North; laid to, heavy squalls and rain, Bar. 29.7. 30th November.—Heavy gales, and tremendous squalls. Wind la.m. N.W.byN. Lat. 9° 40’, North, Long. 83° 57’ E. 11 a. m. terrific squall of wind and rain. Bar. 29.50. p. m. heavy gale N. W. to midnight. lst December.—a. m. heavy gale N.W. with terrific squalls. At 2 a.m. wind N. b. E. 8a. m. N. W. b. W. Noon, to3 P.M. very little wind, Lat. 10° 32’ North, Long. 84° 3’ E. At 3 p.m. wind shifted toS. W., Bar. fell to 29.40., 5 p.m. shifted again to N. W., 9 p. M. set fore-sail ; at 10 wind veered again to S. W., midnight, gale appearing steady, shook out close reefs, steering North. | 14 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. (No. 157. N. B.—From 11 a. m. to midnight steering North 4’ per hour. At 1) and 12, 44 per hour. 2nd December.—l a. m. gale suddenly increased to a most violent storm S. W., hove to under try-sails; 4 a. mu. South. 5 to 6 raging with increased fury, Bar. 29.40, 8 a. m. more moderate, bore up steer- ing North 6 miles. At 10 wind South. Noon Lat. account 11° 10’ North, Long, 84° 04’ E., Bar. a. m. 29.60,2 Pp. m, steering N.N. W. wind §.S.E. at 4 N. W. by N, wind 8. E. 11 p. m. passed a ship, steer- ing to the S. W. midnight. Bar. 29.80. 37d December.—a. m. Strong breeze S. E. day-light steady, noon Lat. Obs. 12° 31’, Long. 84° 7’, fine weather. Abridged Log of the Ship FazzutBarry, Capt. H. Hanpvey from Bombay bound to Calcutta, reduced to civil time. 27th November. 1843.—At noon moderate breeze from E.S. E. but threatening looking weather to the Eastward. Lat. 5° 38’ N., Long. Chr. 88° 40’, Bar. 29.72, and falling, Ther. 82°. For the last two days, current 110 miles to the Westward. Remark by Capt. Handley, at the beginning of this log. ‘‘ Observed many thick white clouds densely packed to the Eastward which I have always found to precede an Easterly gale.” p. M. Strong breezes Easterly (and at 8 p. m. E. N. E.) dark cloudy weather and very threatening appearance to the Eastward with heavy N.E. sea on, increasing to a strong gale with dark threatening weather and heavy sea; Bar. 29.65. 28th November.—6 a. m. Wind N.E. Noon strong gale with dark threatening weather to the N. E. making all preparation for a gale. Lat. 7° 22’ N., Long. Chro. 88.10., Bar. 29.54, Ther. 81.0. p. m. Wind E. N. E. heavy gale with thick dark weather. 3h.30 P. m. saw the “ John Brightman,” steering to the Southward. Midnight gale increasing, Bar. 29.45. 29th November.—a. m. gale blowing most furiously, saw a ship running to the Southward. 10 wind N. E. b. E. marked at noon N. E. Bar. 29.14, Ther. 83° No observation, Long. 87° 20’. p. m. furious gale N.N. E. Bar. 29.40. At 11.30 ship in distress and Arab crew ee Se Se Ae Se ee oY ey ee De Oe, ee Be ee 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 15 alarmed. Wind at North, bore up at midnight running S. E. and at 3 a.m. on 30th. S.S. E. 30th November.—Running to the S.S.E. 63 knots. 3 a.m. gale at the greatest fury “‘ blowing so hard that it was scarcely possible to hold on;” at 8, a little more moderate; noon moderating fast, but Barometer running low 29.40, Ther. 82°, Lat. indifferent Obs. 97° 22' N., Long. 87° 35’ E., having since midnight made 74 miles to the S. S. E. and South. 8 p. m. wind N. N. E., course S. E. 5’ per hour; winds marked as variable N. N. E.to S. W. at 7 p. m. when (from 5 p. m. ship had only been going 1.4 knots) remarks are “‘ va- riable dark cloudy weather and a high cross sea; easterly gale broken, but Barometer very low, 29.31. At 7 Pp. m. ‘‘a heavy Westerly sea rolling up and overpowering the Easterly sea’ run from Noon to 8 p. m. S. E. 32 miles: a brig in sight. At 8 p. m. dark gloomy weather with packed masses of clouds to the S. W., vivid lightning. Ves- sel steering N. E. 23 miles, from 8 to midnight, when a strong breeze from the S. W. and the S. Westerly sea very high, dark threatening weather, vessel running 8 knots to the N. E. Ist December.—a. m. Increasing gale; at 4 a. m. violent and severe gale S.S. W. if possible worse than before. 7, tremendous S. S. W. gale, Bar. 29.30 to 9 a.m. when Bar. on the rise; at 10 a.m. Bar. 29. 45 gale moderating; at 11, 29.55 strong gales from South ; Lat. indifferent obs. 9° 55’ N. Long. 88° 00’ E., Bar. 29.65., Ther. 82., p. m. Wind S.S. W., course N. E. 93 knots, and run 107 miles ; to midnight strong gale; 3 ep. m. Bar. 29.75. 10”. m. 29.80. Wind South, midnight moderating and sky clearing. 2d December.—Midnight to noon N. E. 51} miles N. E. b. N. 493 miles. a.m. Wind S. S. E.64.m.S. E. ll a.m. E.S.E. At noon fine weather ; Lat, 11° 17’ N., Long. 89° 45’, Bar. 29.90, Ther. $3°. : Sees Madras. The CotoneL BuRNEY. The barque Colonel Burney, from Moulmein to Bombay passed by Galle on the 10th instant, under jury masts, having lost her main and mizen masts in a heavy gale on the Ist, in Lat. 6° 50’ N., Long. 85° 20' E.— Record, Dec. 30. 16 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [.No. 157. Extract of a letter from Capt. Duruam, of the Barque Cou. BURNEY to his owners dated, 28th December, 1843. Messrs. APCAR AND Co. Dear Srrs,—I beg to report the arrival of the Col. Burney here yesterday, after a passage of 33 days from Rangoon. I have lost main and mizen-masts by the deck during a heavy gale in Lat. 6° N., Long. 85° E., the vessel was thrown on her beam-ends; to save ship and cargo I cut away my masts, when she righted with 7 feet water in the hold. Your obedient servant, (Signed,) R. B. Duran. Report from Kayts, Ceylon, forwarded by Capt. BipEn. My Dear Captain BipEN.—You will no doubt have heard of the gale we have lately experienced down here ; and as it was evidently one of the rotatory description I send you an account of it, supposing that any information on this subject will be interesting. It appears to have travelled in a W. S. Westerly direction, the Southern portion of the circle passing over Kayts, Delft island and Paumbum: At Manar, although the weather had a wild appearance, it was not felt at all. I was myself at Paumbum at the time, where I noted the changes closely ; but at the other places, the variations may not be so correct : still they are sufficiently so to trace the track of the gale. To begin then with my windward station, Kayts. It commenced here from the N. W. about noon on the Ist; increas- ing in violence till 6 Pp. m. of the 2d, between which and midnight it blew with great fury, accompanied by a very heavy fall of rain. On the morning of the 3d it shifted to W. S. W. strong, and by noon moderated at South. At Delft island on the Ist the wind which had been moderate all day at N. W. freshened towards evening from the same quarter, and gradually veered round to between W. N. W. and W. byS ; at which by 6 a m. on the 2d it was blowing a heavy gale. This continued all that day and night till 11.30 a.m. on the 38d when the wind suddenly ee Se ae ee eee ae 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 17 chopped round to S. by W. and moderated by daylight ; next morning the wind was from S. S. E. and eventually settled at S. E. At Paumbum. Ist a. m. Wind fresh at N. W. p. mM. More moderate at N.E, ; freshening during the night but fine. 2d. a. M. 6 Moderate N. N. W. very cloudy. 10 Freshening and veering to the Westward ; Ther 72° ; lower than it has ever been before during the last 4 years; noon very fresh at N. W. with confused appearance, scud flying fast and low from North, 3 Pp. m. fresh, W. by S. 6. Ditto W. S. W. Scud still flying from North, but not so fast ; heavy bank of rain to N. E. but without any appearance of wind from that quarter. 9. Increasing at W.S. W. Midnight, hard gales at W. S. W. with very heavy rain. 3d. a.m.6, Sky a perfect lead colour, gale and rain continuing from same quarter till 3 a.m. when it moderated and p.m. veered to S.S. W. and South ; scud now flying to N. E. 6. Strong breezes from S. W. to S.S. E. the wind not remain- ing steady for two consecutive minutes, still thick and hazy with rain. 4th a. m. Fresh South to S.S. E. and hazy. You will find it easy with these dates to trace the progress of the whirlwind from Kayts to Paumbum, and if it continue in the same course it must coast along the shore of Madura and part of Tinnevelly, going to sea again from the Malabar coast at a little to the North of Cape Comorin ; leaving Colombo untouched ; a matter to be rejoiced at, as the craft there at this fine season would hardly have been prepared for a blow from any point South of West. My vessel had a very narrow escape, having parted and drifted to within 80 yards of a reef. She lost bowsprit, rudder and boats, had her stern stove in and was otherwise much injured ; but fortunately the wind coming round enabled her to get a start off and run round to leeward of the island where I picked her up a sad plight. We are repairing her now and I hope to be at sea again by the end of the week, (Signed) J. J. FRANKLIN. at ' 18 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. BarqueCarena from Ceylon towards Madras, reduced to Civil time. A long detailed extract of this vessel’s log was kindly sent me by Capt. Biden, and it would have been highly interesting from her posi- tion between 5° and 13° North Lat., had any Long. accompanied it, but unfortunately there was none. And weare thus reduced to the necessity of saying only that she had, On the 25th November.—Winds E.to N. W. in Lat. at Noon 4° 58' N. 26th November.—Winds Northerly in 5° 43’ N., strong breezes and cloudy. 27th November.—Bar. 28.80., (by Capt. Biden’s correction, 29.50.,) No observations, winds apparently N. E. to N. N. E. 28th November.—Wind N. E. by E. to N. N. W. No observations, weather hazy and much rain. 29th November.—N. W. to N. N. E. and again W.N, W.; light winds, cloudy and squally. 30th November.—N. N. W. Westerly and 8.S.W. winds. Lat. 6° 57' North. Ist December.—Lat. 9° 51'N. winds Southerly increasing at 4 Pp. m. to astrong gale obliging the vessel to scud under a reefed fore-sail. 2d. December.—Moderating, Lat. 12° 17' N. p.m. S. E. wind. Abridged Log of theBrig Birrern, Captain G. Scort, from the Mauritius to Madras, forwarded by Capt. B1pEN.* 28th November 1843.—1 p.m. Wind W.S.W. fresh breeze and cloudy ; 7, Bar. 29.50 ; at 10 p. m., hard squalls, 291h November.—11 wind S. W. first part strong breezes, middle and latter parts fresh gale, with squally weather and rain. 9 a.m. Bar. 29.35. Noon, fresh gale and cloudy, Lat. Obs. 5°33’ N. l p.m. wind S. W. fresh gale and squally; at 4 Bar. 29.24; at 3 wind S. S. W.; at 5 South more moderate but threatening in appear- ance, made preparation for bad weather ; 10 wind S.S.E., 12 squally with small rain. j * With this log also no Longitudes are given. 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 19 30th November.—At 3 a. m. wind East ; at 5, wind E. N. E. squally ; at 7 Bar. 29.34; noon, fresh gale and cloudy, Lat. Obs. 8° 23’ N. 1 p m. wind E. N. E. fresh gale and cloudy, at 3 wind N. E.by E. at 5 Bar. 29.30, 8 Bar. 29.40. Hard squalls with small rain; 11 wind E.N.E. fresh gale throughout with frequent hard squalls and small] rain; under storm trysails. lst December.—3 a.m. furled the fore topsail, 5 Bar. 29.30, 7 more moderate, 10 wind East, Bar. 29.24. Noon, fresh gale and cloudy, Lat. Obs. 9° 49’ N. ] p.m. wind S.E. fresh gale with hard squalls, 5 wind South, 8 hard squalls with small rain, 6 Bar. 29.35, fresh gale throughout with fre- quent hard squalls and small rain. Midnight Bar. 29.49. 2d December.—2 a.m., wind S.8. E. very hard squalls with smail rain, 4 Bar. 29.60, 5 more moderate, 11 wind S. E., noon more mo- derate, Bar. 29.60. Lat. Obs. 11° 21’ N. after which fine weather. Report from the Barque Mary Imric, Captain Boyp, forwarded by Captain BipEN. 30th November, 1843.— Blowing a strong breeze from N. N.E. all possible sail set, daylight the weather became very cloudy, heavy dark masses rising in the North and passing over with increasing velocity to the Southward. Noon, weather dismally dark, with a very suspicious appearance, sun obscured, Lat. by account 12° 20’ North, P. M., the sea rising and the breeze increasing fast, took in all small sails and sent down royal and top-gallant yards, and elose reefed the top- sails, indeed at this time I would have been induced to lay the vessel to, the appearance of the weather was so bad ; as well as being under the impression, that the farther you run into a storm the more likely you are to suffer from its effects* had the Barometer not kept well up; at daylight it stood at, Pt 30 03 At noon it rose to, .. os 30 Il 2 p. m. down to, Aye wie 29 83 where it continued till midnight, at which time it blew a terrific gale with a heavy cross sea, wind steady at N. N. E. and scudding under * This is the old axiom. It depends of course on which side of a storm circle the ship is, to be correct. A ship should certainly never run into a storm, but she may as certainly often run out of it.—H. P. 20 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. two close reefed top-sails ; I may here add that I never saw the mercury fluctuate so much, although it never fell lower than 29. 60.* Ist December.—From midnight till daylight, the gale continued with unabated force, with frequent hard squalls and heavy rain, and a dreadful sea running, that washed away nearly all the bulwarks, and drowned nearly the whole of the live stock. The sea was un- commonly cross, and evidently produced from other causes, besides the gale we were then in, and had we not taken the precaution to get every thing well secured on deck, as well as made secure aloft, the conse- quences might have been serious ; towards noon the weather cleared away so far as to enable me to measure the sun’s altitude, which placed us in 10° 4 N. Long. 84° |’ E. p.m. the gale continued with very unsettled weather, wind veering round to the Westward, Bar. 29.60; towards midnight weather tolerably clear overhead, but a dense wild looking haze all round the horizon, Bar. 29.25. 2nd December.—The wind continued to veer tothe Westward till 2 a.m. when it fell nearly calm, the weather then looking dismal with continued flashes of vivid lightning and loud peals of thunder, got all the canvas secured as fast as possible, which we had just time to do when the gale burst out from about S.5. W. Fortunately we were prepared for it, and had nothing set but a new small close reefed main- top sail, which we lay to under till noon, Bar. stationary at 29.25. It is impossible for me to describe the sea that we had to contend with. It had been blowing a gale (and no ordinary one,) from N.N. E. round to S. S. W. for the last three days, and every way we looked a mountain of water appeared coming towards us. Shortly after noon the Bar. started up to 29.80, but the gale continued without any abatement till midnight. 3rd December.—The gale began gradually to abate and the Sea to fall ; Barometer at daylight up to 29.90. Abridged Log of the Ship Fyzut CurreEm, Captain J. BALLANTINE, SJrom Calcutta towards the Mauritius, reduced to civil time. 26th November, 1843.—Noon, fine breeze N. and cloudy, Lat. 7° 50’ N. Long. 83° 59’ E., course South, 7 knots per hour. Pp. m. and to midnight squally. Wind steady at North and N. by E. * These fluctuations are highly interesting particularly when limits are given.—H. P. Sipe Ej ne et ee Pe yor ay ls a 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 21 27th November.—a.m.to9; Wind about North; 10 to Noon N.N.W. squally ; noon Lat. 5° 11’ N. Long. 83° 36’ E., 9 p. m. heavy squalls, wind and rain from N.N. W. to midnight. _ 28th November—a. M. to noon, fresh breeze, &c. tolerably clear ; wind varying N.N. W. to N. W. bDN., 8.30 a. m. an English bark standing to the Northward and Eastward. Noon Lat. 2° 6' N. Long. 83° 403 E.; by 8 p.m. increasing to fresh gale W.DbS. ; to midnight course South, 8 knots throughout. 29th November.—a.m. fresh gale West increasing with heavy squalls to a strong gale and sea by noon, when Lat. 00° 54’ S., Long. 84° 301’ E., Current of about 24 miles to the Eastward. p. m. Gale continuing and increasing at times, to midnight, wind strong at West and course South 7 and 8 per hour. 30th November.—8 a. M. more moderate, noon fresh gales. Wind steady at West throughout. Lat. account 3° 50’ S., Long. 85° 27’ E. Current of 21 to the Eastward. p.m. more moderate and clear, wind West; and at 7 p.m. W.2S., midnight moderate and clear, a strong sea from the W.S. W. lst December.—a. M. a little squally ; by 10 a. mw. windat N. N. W. light 3 knot breeze; noon fine, Lat. 5° 39’ S. Long. 85° 371’ E. Current and sea estimated by Captain Ballantine at 29’ to the E. N.E. a strong sea from the W.S. W. p.m. winds N.N.W.,and at 9 N. W. and fine to midnight. 2d December—a. M. to noon, light N. N. E. winds with a heavy head sea. (Ship steering S. W. by S.) Lat. 6° 41’ S. Long. 85°002’ E. no current, but the sea has retarded the ship’s progress 10 miles. = | Mavritius Sup News from the Englishman. We are indebted to Captain Renaut of the Ship Active, for the following details respecting the hurricane which he experienced on the 30th November. On the 24th November, the weather was very tem- pestuous, blowing from the S. W. and veering round to the N. W. then N. E. and finally settled at E. on the 30th, and blew a perfect hurricane for 48 hours in Lat. 10° 23'S. and Long. 85° 17’ E. The gale abated on the 2nd December in Lat. 13° 58' S. and Long. 13° 31’ E. The Ship sustained the loss of a few sails and a quarter boat ; but for- tunately none of the coolie passengers on board sustained any injury. \ Name, it 22 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. The Bark Ward, Chapman, from Bombay, reports having experienced a hurricane in Lat. 12° 30’ S. and Long. 84° 30’ E. commencing on the 30th November from S. W. and blowing right round the compass. It abated however on the 3rd December, Lat. 14° S. and Long. 79° 30' E;; she lost a few sails. | Abridged Log of the Barque Fuowers or Uair, Capiain ANNAND, from Madras to the Mauritius, reduced to civil time. 24th November, 1843.—The Log worked back from 25th, gives for this day, Lat. 4°57’, Long. 84° 33’ E. with light Southerly and S. S. W. airs and breezes, from noon to midnight. 25th November.—a. Mm. heavy squalls and rain, wind S. and S.b W. to noon when strong gale about S.S. W. Lat. 5°36’ S. Long. 85° 27' E., Bar. 29.80, Ther. 81° high cross sea. p.m. to midnight strong gale S. W. by S. with squalls and rain; preparing for bad weather. Midnight Bar. 29.68. 26th November.—To Noon gale increasing from S. W. Lat. 6° 5’ S. Long. 86° 21’ E., Bar. 29.62, Ther. 81°. p. m. increasing and S. W. b. W. 6p. m. hove to under bare poles. Heavy sea running, midnight the same. 27th November.—4 a. M. weather a little clearer, noon heavy gales Lat. 6° 20'S. Long. 88° 4’ E., Bar. 29.57, Ther. 83°. Easterly current _ of 60’ since noon of the 26th. p.m. wind W. N. W. At10N. W. to midnight. 28h November.—4 a. M. wind hauling to the North, being N. N, W.., at 2 a. m., when the ship bore up and ran 27’ to the S. W. by S. when hove to again, having sprung the fore-topmast in rolling. Noon wind about N.N. W. Lat. Obs. 7°41’ S. Long, 88° 49’ E., Bar. 29.63. Ther. 84°. p.m. wind North. Strong gales and heavy sea to midnight. 29th November.—a. M. apparently moderating, noon strong gales Lat. 8° 46’ S., Long. 87° 40’ E., Bar. 29.67, Ther. 83°. 10 a. m. bore up and steered S. W.bS., p.m. strong gale N. N. E. Ship running to the S. W. b.S. to midnight. Bar. at 4 p. m. 29:66 and wind at 10 p.m. N. E., midnight strong gales and Bar. 29.69. 30th November.—At 8 a.m. wind N.E.bE., strong gale heavy squalls, turbulent sea, and Bar. falling, 9 a. m. hove to again, hav- 1845.] Hleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 23 ing since 10 a. m. on the 29th, ran 158 miles to the S. W. b. S., noon heavy gale, Lat, 10° 52’ S., Long. 86° 24’ E. Bar. 29.59. Ther. 83°. p.m. wind N.E. Strong gales, heavy squalls and a dark cloudy appearance all round in the sky. 2 p.m. Bar. 29.58. At 10 p. m. Bar. 29.53. Gale very heavy; at midnight Bar. 29.49. lst December.—2 a. m. wind E.N.E. 8 a.m. abating a little, 10:30 bore up again to S.W. Noon strong gales Lat. 11° 2'S., Long. 86° 6’., Bar. 29.50, Ther. 84°. p.m. Wind N. E. bE., 4 Pp. Mm. Bar. rising, midnight strong gales and heavy squalls, ship running to the S. W. Qnd December.—4 a. M. to noon moderating; 10 a.m. Wind N.E. Ship steering to S. W. Noon clearing away, Lat. 13° 20' S. Long. 83° 49’ East. Bar. 29.83, Ther. 86°. Pp. m. fine E. N. E. breeze to midnight. 3rd December.—Noon fine, lat. 14° 22’ S. Long. 81° 15’ E., Bar. 29.87, Ther. 85°. Abridged Log of the Ship Joan FuEmine, Capt. CuerK, from Calcutta bound to Mauritius, reduced to civil time. N. B. Some additions made from a letter of Capt. CLERK’s forwarded by Captain BipEN. 21st November 1843.—The weather, from calm and cloudy with light airs on the 20th and 2lst, isat 5p. m.on the 2Ist marked as “‘ heavy cloudy weather in the North West.” 22d November.—At 5 a. m. the wind became steady at W.S. W. At noon fine and cloudy, Lat. 00° 30' North, Long. 82° 29’ E. P.M. to midnight wind about S. W. ship running to S. E. and S. b E. 7 and 8 knots. 23d November.—a. m. squally; at 8 a. m. wind West, 8 knot breeze, course South. Noon strong breeze and cloudy, Lat. 2° 15'S. Long. 83° 30’ E. Ther. 82°, Bar. 29.72. p.m. wind W.DN. and at ) W.S. W., midnight heavy cloudy weather. 24th November.—a. m. increasing, noon under close reefs, strong gale W.S. W.and thick weather with rain, Lat, 4° 47’, Long. 84° 30’ EK. p. m. to midnight wind W. bS. hard squalls, strong gale and heavy sea. Course to the S. and S.S.E, 5 knots. i 24 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. (No. 157. 25th November.—a. M. moderating a little, high head sea, noon Lat. 5° 1’ S., Long. 85° 31’ E., Bar. 29.70., Ther. 78° p. m. wind W.S. W. more moderate ; to midnight heavy head sea continues. 26th November.—a. Mm. to noon wind W. S. W. At noon every appearance of a gale, Lat. 5° 58’ S. Long. 86° 24' E., p. m. wind marked S. W. b. W. blowing very hard ; Bar. falling to 29.50, lying to under storm staysails, head to the S., midnight blowing excessively hard. 27th November. —a. M. Sea increasing ; at noon Lat. 6°26'S., Long. 87° 10', Bar. 29.50. Ther. 80°, p.m. Bar. 29.40, heavy gale (appa- rently from N. W.or W. N. W.*) continues till midnight. 28th November.—a. mM. wind drawing to N. W. (ship coming up to W. S.W.) Noon more moderate, Lat. 7° 7’ S. Long. 87° 24' E., Bar. 29.50, Ther. 80°. p. m. wind marked N.N. W. gale continuing ; very irregular sea. At 8 p. m. wind had veered to N. E., ship running S. W. b S. and S. W. 98 miles from ]1 a.m. to midnight when strong gale. 29th November.—a. Mm. Increasing to a hurricane about N.E.; noon Bar. 29.00, Ther. 79°, Sympiesometer 28.9, ship on her beam ends. Lat. 8° 47’, Long. 86° 20’. p. m. Hurricane between North and East, head to N. N. W., Bar. broke ; oil disappeared in the Simp. At midnight ship buried in the sea and half swamped. 30th November.—a. m. Cut away the top masts which relieved her a little ; boats blown into the rigging and over the poop, at 4 blowing a hurricane still between North and East. lst December.—To noon still blowing a heavy gale ; Sympiesometer 28.4. at noon, oil having re-appeared; at 5 a. mM. set a storm stay- sail, moderating to midnight. 2d December.—To noon moderating, wind not marked, Lat. obs. 14° 5’ Long. 79° 29'; 7 pv. m. wind marked N. E. At midnight fine. * Nothing is marked in the Log, but it is clearthat the wind must have been to the Northward of West, at least since midnight, by the Lat. for lying to under storm staysail, with a gale from 3S. W.b W. the ship must have been making nor- thing at least from noon to nearly midnight, when if we suppose the gale to have drawn to the Northward of West she may in the 12 hours to noon of the 27th have drifted back and made the most part of the 41 miles of Lat. which appear on the log to noon of the 28th; for it was only one hour before that time that she bore up. 1845. | Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 25 Abridged Log of the Barque Eu1zaBeTu AINSLIE, Captain T. Lys- TER, from Madras to the Mauritius, reduced to Civil time. 23rd. November, 1843.—Noon, Lat. Obs. 3° 5’ S. Long. 84° 3’ Bar 29.80. Ther. 82°. During the preceding 24h had run 5 to 7 knots to the S. b. E. with winds varying from to S. W. b. W., wind W. b. S. to 8 a. m. when W. to noon, fresh breeze and latterly squally. p.m. the wind W. to midnight. 24th November.—Wind W. b. S. to 8 a. mM. and W. to noon, when Lat. 5° 10'S., Long. 84° 25’ E., Bar. 29.78. Ther. 79°. p.m. fresh breeze and squally wind W. to midnight. 25th. November.—To 5 a.m. Wind S. W. and to noon, S. S. W. and high swell from the Southward, Lat. Obs. 5° 41’ S. Long. 85° 50’ E. Bar. 29.78. Ther. 80° p. m. fresh gale increasing from S. W. b. S. and S. W., at 1l p.m. W. S. W. | 26th November.—a.m. fresh gale W. S. W. to noon, and high sea from the Southward ; noon Lat. 6° 26’ S. Long. 86° 53.’ E. pv. m. hard gales and heavy squalls W. S. W. hove to till midnight head N. N. W. when more moderate. 27th. November.—Made sail to the Southward, and to noon ran 62 miles to the S. b. W. Windsl a.m. W.N. W.; 74 wm. W. b.N.: ‘at 10, W. N. W. fresh gales and cloudy with drizzling rain and high sea; noon Lat. Obs. 6° 27'S. Long. account 87° 22’ E. Bar. 29.60. Ther. 80°. 1 v.m. wind N. W., 6p.m.N.N. W. 10. m. North; midnight N. N. E. 28th November.—3 a.m. Hard gale from N. E. with heavy squalls ; 4, hove to under close reefed main-top-sail, Bar. 29. 80; noon tremen- dous sea, Lat. acct. 8° 21’ S. Long. 87° 02’ E. Bar. 29.5. Ther. 80°. To5 p.m. wind E.N. E.; 6 p.m. East. At 5 p.m. Main-top- sail blown to pieces and ship labouring greatly, set the reefed fore-sail and kept the ship before the wind. At 6 p. m. fore-sail blown out of the bolt ropes, broached to with head to the N. N. W. midnight, gale blowing with great violence, and tremendous high sea. 29th November.—5 a.m. A sudden lull and high confused sea. 7 a. mM. commenced blowing from the North; noon, heavy thick cloudy weather all round, with a high confused sea, hard puffs and lulls at times, Bar. 29.00, Ther. 77°. At 1 v.m. wind S. E.; at6, to8, North; at 9,N.N. W.; at 12, North, heavy puffs, and lulls with a high sea. Bar. 29.00. E 26 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. 30th November.—Wind North to noon, at 2 a.m. Bar. 28.90. At 4, Bar. 28.80.; at day-light blowing very hard with tremendous gusts at times. Noon, Bar. 28.80, Ther..78° ; lying to with ship’s head to ° the West. p.m. commenced a perfect hurricane, ship on her beam ends, and expecting masts to go at every moment, every thing ready to cut away. 4 p. m. Bar. 28.90.;6 Pp. m. still blowing violently. 7, wind North, the furled main-sail blown from the gaskets. 8, Bar. 28.90, wind N. N. E. Midnight, weather the same, Bar. 29.00. lying to, head West to W. N. W. Ist December.—Daylight inclined to moderate, wind from N. N. E., to noon Bar. 29.10, head N. W.; noon, heavy puffs and lulls with thick cloudy weather, and much rain, Bar. 29.20. Ther. 78°. At 6 p o. Bar. 29.30. At8 p.m. Bar. 29.35., midnight 29.45. p.m. wind N-SH: 2d December.—6 a. Mm. Bar. 29.50., noon 29.70. making sail ; Lat. }2° 34’ S, Long. 81° 55’ E., pleasant breeze N. E.; 4P?.m. E.N.E, 9 p.m.N. E. 3d December.—Noon, Lat. 14°. 6'S. Long. 80°. 53’ E. Fine weather. Abridged Log of the Ship Epmonsrone, Capt. MacDouaau, from Calcutta bound to Mauritius, reduced to Civil time. 25th November.—At noon in Lat. 6° 15'S. Long. 82° 30’ E., p.m. Winds variable from the S. W. to S.S. E.; to midnight, light breezes and cloudy. 26th November.— Steady light breeze to noon from S. S. W., no ob- servation, Lat. account 6° 42'S. Long. account 83° 06’ E. p.m. to midnight, winds S.S. W. to South, brisk breeze. 27th November.—a. M. strong breeze about South, with hard squalls and turbulent sea. Lat. Obs. 6° 58'S. Long. 83° 36’ E., Pp. m. va- riable strong breezes from the Southward with hard squalls. Mid- night ‘ strong gale.” 28th November.— a.m. strong gale and mountainous sea. Wind about S. S. W. Noon, Lat. Obs. 6° 50’ S. Long. 84° 04’ E. p. m. wind S. W.; gale increasing to midnight. 29th November.—2 a. m. wind W.S. W. severe gale; 9. a. m. hove to under reefed try-sail, wind West, no observation; Lat. account 7° 12' S, Long. 85° 02’ E. v. u. “ violent gale W. b. S.,” heavy cross sea. 1845. ] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. v7 8 p. m. “ wind hauled to W. N. W. and moderated, Bar. rising ; 10 Pp. m. W. N. W. made sail and stood to the S.S. E. 9’ till midnight. 30th November.—3 a.m. wind N.W.; at 6, N.N. W. Daylight, gale increasing, and Bar. falling; to noon, severe gale N. N. W. with furious gusts, Lat. account 9° 3’ S. Long. account 85° 4’. E.; 9 p. m. wind N. N. W. severe gale and high cross sea ; at 8, wind N. b. E. to mid- night, when Bar. rising a little. lst December.—By 9 a. M. strong gales N. E., tonoon Lat. by account 11° 15'S. Long. account 84° 22’ EK. p. m. the same, wind N. E.to mid- night ; carried away chain plates and hove to; midnight more moderate. 2d December.—a. M. moderating to noon; wind N. KE. to9 a.m. and North to noon, when Lat. 12° 23’ S. Long. 84°30’ E. p.m. wind N. E., moderate breeze and heavy cross sea. 3d December.—Noon, Lat. 13° 51’ S., heavy sea still continuing, wind E. N. E. and fine. Note.—Captain MacDougal informs me that during the storm, his Bar. was at 29.38 and the Symp. at 29°28’ the lowest, the Ther. steady at 72° throughout the gale. The Lat. and Long. given, are partly from the chart, and partly from account worked either forward or backward to the near- est day of observation, Captain McDougal observes that having 220 emigrant coolies on board, he was obliged, during the height of the storm, to steer various courses to obtain for them as much comfort and safety as the weather would allow of, so that he can only give me limits within which he thinks the vessel’s position must have been. The log gives as nearly as can be ascertained, a current of 149 miles. to the South and 116 miles to the West, but it is necessarily very imperfect, and the set of the storm wave and current on one day was doubtless counteracted, in some degree, by that on a different part of the storm circle on another. Abridged Log of the Barque Baxsoo, Captain Stuart, from Madras to Mauritius, reduced to Civil time. 26th November, 1843.—At Noon, Lat. 6° 17’ S. Long. about 83° 40' E., wind S. W. b.S., ship steering to the S. E. b. S. 43 knots, squal- ly and rain. Spoke the Tartar 7 days from Ceylon. Midnight, wind 8. S. W. ee —EeS wa 28 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. 27th. November—a. m. to Noon strong breeze and cloudy ; no Obs. ; Pp. Mm. fresh gale $8. S. W., 6 ep. m. South, course E.S. E. Midnight heavy squalls and rain. 28th. Nov.—a. m. Heavy squalls and rain continuing, wind from S. to S. W., course S. E. to S. S. E. Noon Lat. 7° 8’ S. Long. 85° 10 E., heavy gales S. W. b. W. and sea. p. m. Wind W.S. W. at 6 and to midnight when strong gales and rain; course marked as S. b. E. to S. b. W. In the Newspaper report Captain Stuart states this to be the day on which the wind became very tempestuous. 29th. Nov.—a. m. Strong gales continuing W. S. W. and at 6 a. m. this day, course S.S. W. Noon heavy gales throughout. Pp. Mm. increasing, wind marked N. W. Course S. W. and at midnight S. b. W, 30th. Nov.—Daylight heavy squalls and rain N. W. Course S. W., 7 knots. Noon. Lat. 9° 2’ S. Long. 85° 9’ E. strong gale. Pp. m. wind N. W. Midnight heavy squalls and rain. lst December.—Wind N. W. to noon; course S. W. b. S. and S. W. Lat. 11° 0'S. p.m. heavy gale N. N. W. Course, 72 knots to S. W. and at 6 p.m. to W.S. W. Heavy gale and rain; midnight increasing. 2d. December.—Wind and weather as before, course W.S. W. 72’; Noon, no observation. p. m- wind marked Easterly, course W. b. S. Heavy gale and squalls to midnight. 3d. December.—Wind Easterly, course W. b. S. 73 knots. Noon, heavy gale, no observation. p. m. wind Easterly, course W. S. W. 6 p.m. wind N. E. Hovetoat8 p.m. 4th. December.—Mizen top-mast went, lost main-yard and sprung main-mast, ship labouring as if in broken water on a reef. No obser- vation. p. M. fresh gale and fine, wind E.N. E. lying to; midnight moderate and fine. 5th. December.—6 a.m. bore up to the W. by S. Wind Easterly, noon Lat. Obs. 18° 6’ S. Fine weather. Abridged Log of the Ship Sopuia, Capt. ANprew, from Bombay towards the Mauritius, civil time. On the 22d November.—At noon the Sophia was in Lat. 4° 53’. S. Long. 79° 54’ E. standing till midnight to the S.S. E. witha mo- derate breeze from the S. Westward, squally weather. 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 29. _ 23d November.—Threatening dark weather and puffy, to noon, when Lat. 5° 54’ S. Long. 80° 30’ E. p. m. to midnight, strong breeze and cloudy ; ship standing to the E. S. E. and E., wind S. §$, Westerly, throughout heavy head swell ; midnight more moderate. 24th November.—At 4: 30 a. m. a heavy squall and shift of wind from S.S. E.to W. N. W. when a strong breeze and heavy head sea, ship standing to the S. E.; noon Lat. account 6° 30’ S. Long. 81° 20’ E. p. m. wind S. W.b.S. ; midnight squally and calm. 25th November.—Throughout variable, squally and calm ; noon Lat. Obs. 5° 50’ S. Long 81° 49’. E. Midnight moderate and squally weather. 26th November.— Moderate S.S. W. breeze to noon, when Lat. Obs. 6° 24’ S. Long. 82° 53’ E. 6 a. m. saw the bark Ward, Chapman, from Bombay ; 8 Pp. m. wind S. fresh breeze and cloudy, ship standing to the West and W. b. N. 27th November.—Wind South to noon. Standing S. E. b. E. to 8 a, mM. when W. b. N. for 2 hours and again S. E. b. E., strong breezes and a heavy, S. E. swell; noon Lat. Obs. 6° 36’ S. Long. not given ; P. M. to midnight hard squalls. 28th November.—Wind from S.b. E.toS.S.W. of variable strength, and with thick weather, noon Lat. 6° 23’ S.Long. 81° 34 E. Pp. mM. increasing with a heavy head sea from the South- ward from 3 p. m. to midnight, wind S. W. and S. W. b. W. 29th November.—Wind S.W.b.W. to S.S.W. to noon strong breeze and high head sea. Lat. noon 6° 48’ S. Long. 82° 00' E. P.M. increasing in puffs Westerly and W. N. W. “ very dirty ap- pearance all round the horizon.” 30th November.—Wind N. W. throughout, a. Mm. increasing to a gale with tremendous puffs at intervals ; daylight heavy gale ; noon hard gale, no observation ; p. mM. heavy sea in all directions; ship lying to, ~ up S. W. off 8. S. W. | and 2 knots. lst December.—a. m. heavy gales and a fearful sea running in all directions, lying to under a close reefed main-top-sail and fore- sail. 6 a. M. moderating a little. Wind marked N. W. throughout, no observation; p. Mm. still moderating. Midnight heavy sea running from the S. Westward; wind veering a little to the Northward apparently. 30 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No, 157. 2d December.—a. mM. wind marked North, fresh breeze and cloudy with cross sea; noon Lat. 9°56’S. and Long. 81.48’ E., wind and weather the same to midnight. 3d December.—Wjnd marked N.N. E. to midnight, and fine wea- ther ; noon Lat. 11° 7’ S. Long. 80°49° E. Abridged Log of the Ship FurtuE Rozacx, Captain Runvue, from Calcutta to Mauritius, civil time. This very able, careful, and really scientific log, which reflects the highest credit on Captain Rundle, was kindly placed at my disposal by him, being his private one. Every nautical and scientific man will I am sure join with me in wishing we had many such observers afloat, and access to their observations. I need not say that with the necessary abridgment as to maneuvres and private matters, I have as nearly as possible preserved Captain Rundle’s expressions.—H P. On the 20th November, 1843.—The Futtle Rozack, at noon was in Lat. 0°39’ N. Long. by 2. Chrs. 82° 30’ E. and Bar. 29.93.* Ther, 78° Winds variable between W. S. W. and S. W. with light fine weather ; at 8 p. m. a fresh breeze and squalls, sun-set very fiery, Bar. is high. At midnight squalls less frequent, course S. a little Easterly. 21st November.—\ a. m. to 4, strong breeze smart squalls and torrents of rain. Noon, pleasant weather, Lat. Obs. 1° 22'S. Long. 83° 10' E. Bar. 6a. m. 29.93. Ther. 79°; noon Bar. 29.93. Ther. 82°, winds ,a.m. S. W. to W.N. W. and at times South. p. m. moderate breeze and passing squalls; a long Southerly swell just perceptible, clouds a. m spherical cumuli and nimbus. p.m. cumuli and dark nimbi; wind p. m. West and W. N. W. andN. W. in the squalls; pv. m. Bar. 5 p. m. 29.93. Ther. 80°, at 11 ve. m. Bar. 29.03. and Ther. 80°. At 9 p.m. Capt. R. remarks, “ I observed those modifications of lightning more like the Aurora Borealis which I have seen in the North sea, or rather more like the Aurora Australis which I have seen off Van- Dieman’s Land and New Zealand. I have never seen it in low Lats. but as a precursor of strong weather. It gradually lightens up the western horizon with a sudden dark red glare, and thus flickers about for a few seconds and gradually disappears. Bar. is still high. The stars too have a very sickly appearance, and a peculiar * As corrected by comparison with the Standard at Calcutta.—H.P. 1845. ] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 3 | dancing motion. I thought at first my eyes deceived me, but my mates observed the same ; I suppose occasioned by some dense vapour.” 22d November.—a. mM. wind marked S.S. W. to West; course from 3 to 7 knots to the Southward. Squally, making preparations for bad weather. Noon, Lat. Obs. 3° 18’ S. Long. Chr. 83° 22! E. Lunars 83° 10’ E. Current for the last 24 hours S. E. b. E. 26’. Clouds a.m. cumulo stratus with flying nimbus, Bar. 1 a. m. 29.93. Ther. 79°; 6 a.m. 29°93! and 78°; noon 29° 88’ and 82°. p.m. Squally, winds West to W. b. N. 4 p. m. seud flying swiftly to the Southward, 8 p. m. observed many phosphoric flashes in the sea, the luminous space from one flash as large as the cutter ; running 6 and 7 knots toS.b. W.; midnight fresh breeze. Bar. 9 p. m. 29.91, Ther. 80°; at 10 p.m. the same clouds Pp. M. at intervals lofty cirrhi, then again obscured, a nimbus and light scud flying to the South above all. 23d November.—a.m.to noon, winds West to S. W. 6and 7 knots, breeze to noon, when Lat. 5° 22’ S. Long. 83° 53’ E., current 59’ N. E. b. E. for the last 24h. Bar. a. m. 29.70. Ther. 76° ; at 8 a. m. 29° 50’ and 77°; at 10 p.m. 29.53 and 78°. Noon 29.46 and 80, clouds hemis- pherical cumuli interspersed with ponderous nimbi. Capt. R.—remarks. * I find Bar. considerably fallen with an exceed- ing long swell from the Southward, and at 7 a high N. N. W. sea meeting the Southerly swell created an exceedingly turbulent sea. In the squalls the sea has a strange appearance, the two seas dashing their crests against each other shoot up to a surprising height and being caught by the West wind, it is driven in dense foam as high as our tops. The whole horizon has the appearance of ponderous breakers. At 8, Bar. still falling; has there been a gale? Much electricity by the appearance of the clouds. Current 59 miles N. E. b. E. } E. this 24h. p. mM. breeze decreasing to 13 knots, winds West to South and at times calm. Clouds, strata and nimbi, making preparations for bad weather, appearances being suspicious, | 1. 30 p. m. Lat. by Aldebaran 5°. 37' S., midnight squally, rain and calms, dark dismal appearances all round and increasing Southerly swell. 24th November.—Dark and gloomy winds variable from S. E. to S. W., Noon, Lat. 5° 32'S., Long. 84°.49’ E., Bar. 5 a.m. 29.57. Ther. 77°. At 9, 29. 63 and 78°, at noon, 29. 64. and 80°. Clouds, low strata and nimbus. Currents apparently 30 miles N. E. b. E. 2 E. for the last 24h. pH 32 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. (No. 157, p. M. A French and English barque in company, the English we sup- posed the Baboo, Capt. R. remarks ‘“‘I do not like this gloomy weather ; with wind lulling and then coming on again with a warning noise * there either has been or will be bad weather. At 4 calm, at 5 severe squalls from S.S. W. tremendous high sea from the Southward, ship rolling dreadfully at intervals. Bar. at 4 p. m. 29.63; at 8p. m. 29.63. clouds marked as very low, scudding stratus to the Southward. 25th November.—a. mM. wind South veering to S. W. “and vice versa,” strong gusts from S. toS. W. with a high cross sea, occasioned by a short Northerly sea meeting the long South swell. Noon, strong gale at intervals, but decreases as the wind hauls to S. W. increasing to Southward, ship under close reefed main-top-sail and fore-sail Lat. 5° 42’ S., Long. 85° 3’ E., standing to the EK. S. E.,acurrent N. W. 72 W. 27 miles in 24h. Bar. at 6 a.m. 29.64, Ther. 76°; 9 a.m. 29.64 and 78°, noon 29.63 and 80°. Clouds marked as low stratus, at times scudding to the South, at times stationary, then flying to the N. E. p. M. strong gales S.W.b.S. mostly from S. W. attended with violent squalls. The rain water exceedingly cold, the sea water very warm, much more so than usually. Two Barques still in sight a head 5 Pp. M. mountainous sea from the Southward. Lofty scud above the lower strata of clouds flying quickly fo the Southward at 7, breaks in the clouds, stars visible, but very dull. Bar. at 6 p. m. 29.62, Ther. 77°. At 10, 29.61. and 77°. Midnight wind in severe gusts succeeded by lulls of a few minutes duration. Clouds, low stratus not per- haps at 100 yards height, flying before the wind, breaks at times in the clouds, stars visible, with lofty scud flying with inconceivable ra- pidity to the Southward. 26th November.—a. M. Laid to under close reefed main-top-sail. Wind S.toS. W. squalls with rain, exceeding turbulent sea, noon Lat. 5°. 30’ S. Long. 86°. 23’. E., Bar. 6 a.m. 29. 62, Ther. 78°; at noon 29.63, and 80°, clouds very low stratus with lofty scud above all flying to Southward, nimbus at intervals. Strong set to N. E. b E. 65 miles for the last 24th. p.m. fresh gale with furious squalls * This warning noise | have more than once adverted to as certainly heard also on shore; see Jour As. Soc. 7th memoir Vol. XI, p. 1000. but it might there be suppos- ed to arise from local causes. It is curious to find it remarked at sea by such an atten- tive observer. What canit be occasioned by? See remarks in summary. 1845. | Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 33 and rain as cold as ice. Edging away to E. S. E. and S. E. b. E. under two close reefed top-sails, wind S. W. and at intervals W. S. W.and West. At 8, ropes and gear on deck brilliantly spangled by small luminous sparks from the sea which when examined appeared to be fragments of Medusee. Again visible to the W.S. Westward the sullen red glare and flickering lightning ; midnight squally, sea presenting flashes of phosphoric light in all directions, Bar. at 9 Pp. m. 29.63, Ther. 78°, clouds low stratus and ponderous nimbi. 27th November.—a. m. Increasing gale West, and at 2 N. W. to Noon ; very high sea; at 1, wind shzfted from W.S. W. toN. W. creating a tremendous sea ; 10 a. m. struck bya heavy sea which laid the ship on her beam ends, lost main-top-mast ; scudded before the wind to the S. E. under barepoles. a. m. Bar. falling rapidly, noon Lat. by D. R. 6° 38’ S., Long. 86° 53’ E., Bar. 53 a.m. 29.68. and Ther. 79°. at 7h. Bar. 29.62 ; at 9h. 29.57; at 10h. 29.53; at 10h. 29.50; at Iih. 29.47; at 114 29.44; at noon, 29.43 and Ther. 8U°, clouds throughout exceeding low stratus. p. mM. Wind N. W. tol0 Pr. m. when North; course S. E. to 10, and | then South ; 3 feet water in the hold and most of the crew sick ; vessel making only 4 knots per hour before the wind and labouring exces- sively. At 6 Bar. rising very fast, and at midnight falling again with dark gloomy threatening weather all round. Bar. at2 p.m. 29. 46, Ther. 81°; at 4h. Bar. 29. 47; at 5h. 29. 56; at 6h. 29. 62; at 7h, 29. 63, and Ther. 79°; at 9h. 29. 61; at 93h. 29. 58; at 10dh. 29. 62; at Ilh. 29.50 ; at midnight 29.49. Ther. 77°, clouds, exceeding low stratus. 28th November.—Wind N. E. the whole 24h. a.m. increasing gale, wind veering suddenly to N. E., in a furious squall, lost fore-top-mast, ship lying to in much distress, Bar. 29.47 at l a.m. Ther. 79°; 2a.M. 29.45; 5 a.m. 29.44; at Gh. 29.43. Ther. 80°; at lh. 29.45 Ther. 81°, noon 29.49 and 82°. Lat. D. R. 7° 39’ S. double Alt. 7° 47’ Long. 87° 17' E., clouds low stratus with ponderous nimbi. p. mM. wind N. E. tremendous squalls blowing with inconceivable fury. The sea rising in huge pyramids yet having no velocity but rising and falling like a boiling cauldron. I have never seen the like before, I was in the height of the terrible hurricane of September 1834, in the West Indies, I have been in a tyfoon in the China sea, in gales off Cape Horn, the Cape of Good Hope and New Holland, but # 34 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. (No, 157. never saw such a confused and strange sea, I have seen much higher seas, and I am sure wind heavier but then the sea was re- gular and the wind steadier.* 10 pe. m. dreadful squalls and a confused sea, both cutters washed away and mizen-topmast carried away, blowing still harder but Bar. rising; midnight tried to set the fore-sail and scud but it was blown to pieces clouds low stratus and nimbus; Bar. 2 p.m. 29.49. Ther. 82°; at 5h. 29. 5 and 80°; at 10h. 29. 53; at Llh 29.54; at midnight 29.56 and 79°. 29th November.—a. mM. wind N. E. till noon, still blowing fearfully at times. Again tried to scud and ran 8S. by W. 58 miles to noon, Bar. steadily rising, 10 a. m. good sight for Chr, 2 a. m. Bar. 29.57; at 7h. 29.57. and Ther. 79°; at 10h. 29.58. and 80°; at noon 29.59. and 81°. Lat. 9° 47’ S. Long. 87° 18’. Noon blowing with inconceivable fury at times, with the sea I think more agitated and confused than ever ; rising up in monstrous heaps and falling down again without running in any direction. Noon laid to again. p. M. violent squalls and tremendous high sea, 3 feet water in the hold, wind N. E. to East. Midnight more moderate at times. Bar. 2p. m. 29.60, Ther. 82°, and to midnight the same, but Ther. 79° clouds during this 24h. are exceeding low stratus sendding in all dis- rections, upper strata to the Southward, lower to the west; at other times apparently to North and East. 30th November.—a. m. gale abates a little, high sea, ship lying to with tarpaulins in the mizen rigging, wind marked N. E. to East. Bar. 4 a.m. 29.60, Ther. 77°. Noon 29.61. Ther. 80°, Lat. 10° 55’ S. Obs. 10° 48’ S. by double altitudes Long. 86° 46’ E. Clouds low stratus. P. M. moderate gale at times but the sea does not go down; at 4, heavy rain, wind N. E. throughout, midnight the same weather; heavy squalls ofrain. Bar. 1 p. u. 29.61. Ther. 81°; at 6h. 29.61. and 78° ; midnight clouds low stratus with nimbi. * This is by far the clearest, most graphic and seaman-like description of ‘the pyramidal sea” found at, or near, the centre of Indian Hurricanes and to which I have frequently alluded in former memcirs, which I have yet met with. 1845. ] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 35 lst. December.—a. M. gale and sea moderating. Winds N. E. to noon when Lat. 11°. 10’. S. Long. 85°47’ E. Bar. 6 a. m. 29.61. Ther. 77°. Noon 29.62. Ther. 81° Clouds cirro-stratus and nimbi. Pp. m. squalls of rain at intervals, wind N. E. to midnight. 6p. m. Bar. 29.63, Ther. 80°; midnight 29.64. and 78° ; clouds cirro-stratus and ponderous nimbi. 2d December.— Moderate and passing squalls, sea much gone down, repairing damages. Winds East to noon when Lat. 12° 30’ Long. Lunars 85° 26’ E. Chro. 85° 34’. Bar. noon 29.67. 3d December.—At noon quite fine. Abridyed extract from the Log of the Barque We.uineTon, forwarded by Captain BipEn, Civil time. 30th November, 1843.—At noon in Lat. 13° 37' S., Long. 84° 7’ E. Bar. 29.68. Ther. 82°. Wind marked E. S. E. Increasing to 2 P. mM. when hove to, having prepared for bad weather. lst December.—Wind marked East; gale increasing, noon Lat. 13° 25’ S., Long. 83° 47’ E., Bar. 29. 58. at midnight and noon, Ther. 82°, sea increasing. 2d December.—Heavy gale N. E. 9 a. m. saw a Barque scudding under reefed fore-sail. Noon Lat. 13°5' S., Long. 83° 27' E., more mo- derate, 6 a. m. Bar. 29.58.; at 10, 29. 70., Noon 29.77. Sail made gradually. 3d December.—Noon, N. E. light breeze and rainy, Lat. 12° 34’ S., Long. 84° 34' E. Bar. 29.90. Ther. 71. : Extract from the Log Book of the Skip True Briron, from London to Madras.—Capt. C. C. ConsiTr. Friday \st December 1843.—». m. Wind E. by S. commenced with © a hard gale with occasional tremendous squalls with hail and rain. 8, wind increasing to a hurricane nearly, with a tremendous heavy sea, striking the ship severely, washing away the quarter galleries, above and below, and loosening the stern frame, causing the water to come in there rapidly and obliging us to keep a strong gang of hands in the lower after Cabins bailing continually, the lower deck completely afloat fore and aft, ship’s sides and water-ways leaking 36 Eleventh: Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, [No. 157, much, washed in and unshipped Larboard Cutter ; daylight, found one of the shrouds of the main rigging carried away and the wedges round both fore-mast and bowsprit worked right out; blowing heavily at East with tremendous squalls and rain. Ship lurching and rolling heavily and shipping much water over all. The lower deck complete- Jy afloat, the water washing over the combings. No Observations. Bar. ranging from 29.50. to 29. 60., Simp. from 29.2 to 29. 10, throughout the gale the Ther. 83°. Saturday 2d December, 1844.—r. m. Wind E. by S. Hard gale with heavy squalls, rain and hail and a tremendous sea on ; ship being struck very heavily about the stern frame and under the Larboard main channels, the quarter galleries completely gone, the quarter deck and waist ports stove and washed out, the sea rolling in on either side in a large body; 8 ditto weather ; 10 The gale moderating and glass inclined to rise ; midnight less wind with a high sea on, ship labouring severely, the sea striking her heavily and taking in much water on deck and below. 2d December.—Daylight found the driver-boom tossing astern. 8, wind still blowing strong with less sea; well 14 zmches ; throwing overboard 5 horses, that died from fatigue and want of air during the late bad weather; noon moderate and fine. Lat. Obs. 12° 58’ South. Long. 82° 30’. East. I now, as in the former Memoirs, arrange the logs of the ships in tables .to shew at one view the weather and winds prevailing over this great space of the ocean which, it will be observed, reaches on the lst and 2d November, over 24 degrees of Lat. including the equator, and during 5 days with severe storms blowing on both sides of it. This is alone a Meteorological curiosity of no small interest. 37 India. rms wn Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Sto 1845.] ‘a “S'S pue "| “Ss amy} 0} SuII90}S “AM ‘SM YSU - pla ‘ayes yself SUISeatUT Prem -YJNOg oy} Woy |[aMs ySry UON *plemjseq pue pleayjynog oy} 0} Suriaajs drys ‘eas pray Su0ljs ‘Apnoyo pue ysei 7 "SBIPeTT 0} punoq uojhag jo yseog 04} JeoN "wed WICZ 9} WIPZ IGStuprur “MN “MOF “A "S-"S YTS CNV OE: “SUISIL pue SUL “T[@} Pulm Spremyjnog ay} wo Bas pasnjuod pue YSIY snopueut -3a1L, ‘S Aq ‘q ay} 0} SuIpuejs “premyyNog oy} 0} Sutpueys "sJaa1 sold Japun pue preMyjynog ay} 0} Suruuny *"yNog ‘strenbs Aavay 4YStupipy “AIUJOOM ICID DUTY —_—_——o Sr es es es ee | ee “SyIVWa yy a eee ee 08 08 62 82 fe) ‘JOU L, ‘durrg *layoWIOIe ee *k[uo yuNOD08 Ag , oN ‘Ss pue Ss Aq “M "S ‘WN *d a[eS YSalysAQ "Ss HOON “M ‘S'S % 'M'S “* MA *S “AA JM0Q*e pura IYSIUplUL 0} a}e19poUr a10 fy ‘MUDHdSIWAEY NYFHLAOG UG *9Z991q SU0I}s “a ON leo “Wed pue Ire YSIT “HUAHdSINGA PE NUFHLYON ny ee ee ‘Arrenbs ‘Ss AQ°*M ‘SOM ON A “Mh "Ss 0} “a °S eTqeriea AMoo[s yreg ‘diqg : syrewmoy 1aqy, | dwuig| ‘lajewoirgd JOqIVAAA Pue SPUT AA ny U0 T, ST | ao aavtg jo oute ny a1°q —— SL ——— —— Ss = *AIVUIUING 9ag : sodU0II9 Atquqoad ‘yey 4 ‘sIOYASIMO TT UIOYJAON 9} Ul YIGZ OY} UO SUM TOSSOA SIUT, x Z8 O10 89'6% ee ayes Sursearoul “aA °S°a| LZ 8 1g eI ee oe “WO}SUTTT? AA | “AM ‘S 20} 0} sjouy 2 Surauny) °° ARS SOO a °+ | qUStuUpIUio} aye5 SUOIIS*'AA*N| 6 G8 z 6 oe es ‘ooaeg ‘eas Aavay ‘aje1apoul a10ur . ‘Wd ‘app e Suyeqe ees wv) 08 os 19°6Z 30 “Ayjenpeas sureqe 3 ‘ynoysnoly} “ACN eueorney | O 98 2S OT eo “yoeZz0y eqn J fe ‘WV QWOI] Suyeiapoyy| °° a ie a mah Pa: ** ysaqq ye Apeayg| 2% G8 0c € °° ‘uraading [nzh gy “ee *Aep sty} U0 * AA & 4g wo apes SurouamWMog| OE F8 OF ZI Jo ae “ple AA na ‘yseq jnoqe suvorinyy) ZL G8 €@ OL si nf ‘aAlpy S *aURILIINY § snornny ‘spre{ ay} wo sur a -MO]qQ s[les ‘spua Weeq say uodIyg) gf se 08°83 ‘A'N'N '07 °N oueorting ees ‘MW ‘d ‘U0OU 0} YWON pula oe es °° SaI[sULY W98qQeZI1q Ss “6'6R TUSIUPITN “8S°6Z Q ‘Wd Z ‘leg ‘Ulese 0} oA0Y S pure scl “Sd ‘AM °S M4} 0} UeY|) €8 i 65°66 ro a v ‘ad ON on "a supra "q “N uoou g “A ‘C°a ‘N ees Suons) £z 98 Go Ol *e ‘QI E) JO SIAMOT = *sadatd 0} SUI @ -MOTq s}eog ‘s}seut-do} Aeme yng} °° ae ad Eo ee ees ie 4 “seq Ss 2 YON UaeMjaq oURoIIIN~T] °° ve se ‘Surutayq uyor S ‘aTt] @ Buists “weg yysiupryy| °° ee fae ee eolee ee ‘a “a°N 8 S “M'N ‘N ‘8[29 asades ‘uoou s "MON “N‘U'MO'N WV GE] FG Gg € 6 Ses ** ‘guojsuomp a = “MIN ales pie yy es irs aie AG ‘eiqdog “s]jenbs a1aaas 3} y S our Apeaa3 Buyneaqua sajamoieg) ¢g Ms £9'6Z oe ee Bs "ACN = 0} Suthava ‘stpenbs juaora = pue Joyjyeom [eWsIp Ysan| O 98 aa ( ie ey PadjIUlAA ~~ “EPST Ry ‘HUAHdMSINAP] NYAHLAOG “AON 0& 3 im) 10 uooNn a 9 Ge) ee eres Se ee Ge ee ee | eee ces eee SES Sn | EE CS OE es a ee ———— ee 8 8 : duit . : A) ue spul "aes ‘s ‘ye ‘digg ‘278 + yreuis yy 19q,L IS| ‘sojawoIeg 1aqIV9 MA puUe SPU AA msuoyq|] *S 3eT 10 aovfg jo eweN 1eq [No. 157. Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 46 *pleM}so AA 9T} 0} Apuaredde Suryney pur Cz"6z eg ‘Suiuajeoig) Aiea yy Stuprpy “Sulyerapoul JYSIUplyy “MA *S ye Apeajys Apjusiedde yy8tu -ptu ‘purm 97}317 Alaa ‘Wd ¢ 0} uooU ‘OP'6Z 9} [[2J ‘W ‘d ¢ ye ‘eg “PZ JO" W *d 9 TT @UIIOIA UI Sulseesour uoou WoL ual “Ind A[1aqWON pue jins Buoiyg a nn ee nin narra nrnnnnnnaeiinnnnnEERaR EIS EREEIEEEEEEREESEEIE SS SS *"SHIVULA 09°62 08°62 °OL CL-66 “§ | z8 C9°6% U0ON t | J 6S 66 CG'6G “IT CP’62 °6 08°66 “2 ‘aq, | dwig) sisjawo1eg ¢¢ ‘qo00U 38 ATIIT] Sutesya "A ‘N “N dNoge ayes Aavorzy ee ee "mM 'S ‘Ss “W ‘d ‘Gjnog uoou ‘ales *AA ‘s ‘A 'S°H OVA 'S ‘OTeS prepy 5 ‘M'SOL“ MING "M °S 0} pais "Ww *d ¢ ye “AA °N ayes Aavay -w ev =e ‘Qqstu ye “a °N WO1j SUlUaysoiy pue “AA *N oe ‘SUISRAIDUT pue ‘M °S °M pueisaM 0} SULAAA “AA *N Suryeispoyy eo eo ee SqOOU qnoqe SutmuamiMod “AA °N ‘Wd OT ‘UOON, ‘W°V ‘Jnoysnoly) ‘MA "N ‘a NA WStaprur pue | "NCW ‘d ‘uoOU 0} ‘4 *N 'N ‘HURHdMSIWA PY NUFHLYION "1aq}V9 AA PUL SPULAA °S SUISeOIDUI “WwW ‘Vv F! 0088 Ths | FOr cc 6 O48 | O0OL ers | zeol 6% €8 Sal ime) 70 “gsuoq] “Ne 7 ‘army Ale ae ‘Kaveq{nzAay On oe ‘elesein Seeaes ‘1eyepueg ee ‘WadWaAVg 1V °* *pue[s] LaTAq 3¥ ‘uopsag jo qaed *q ‘N OLAV VV as ‘SV¥aVI IV ‘uoula A ‘drys IO adeTg JO omen 2-1 20d 1ST uooN rr rs | Le 21eq 47 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 1845. ] “O1'6Z 01 Z'6G “dug "09'6% 0} 0G'6Z Woy “1eg q MA "S 04} WOsy vas AAvaY WYoIUplyy “Suis leg ‘W ‘df ‘JYSupiM 0} Surjyesopopy 0} AON 'W d fp *[1es-910J pajaei Japun Sutppnos AyJ1097)e'7 “74 s1uproT J® 6P'6Z 0} uocoU 3e H7Z'GZ “eg *pa}seusiq, 'SyIeUIIYy *porveddestp ar0yeq Suravy qo ‘urezis0ug + udAId oavy Aiqeqoid 4yS1ur oy aT]eH ap IUIOg Jo JUePUA}Y 1d}Se J FY} 0} SVATOYM SIOUMO SITY 0} uoljIsod and} sty sedrdep UI UY} oIOUL 97¥75 03 Aressod9TUN 4I ZY SNOY} savy qusrur ueYyINng urTeydey se yy S11 oq 07 radedsmou Oy) oMNSoId T “AY O93 °SU0T °N 00 09 “FUT UL SEM Ff “TOUMO STY 07 1097}0] S,WLeYING uteydeg jo Adoo oy} 0} SUIPIOIDV « $8 ee * | 4p'8z (acess aes fe} ‘ayy | ‘dug 05°62 89— “Wd 8 19 — wo0ON DL'6G°N °V P 6066 0G 66 *layaMOIVg ; Bo *sijenbs snopueutaly YIM Jseyy ye AAvay SUIMOTG "MN ON 27e5 Aaevay 'W *d ‘*AA “N UooU OF, eo oo *qynoysno1y} "AM N pura ‘Surjeiepoy ‘Wd ‘eas [njreoy pue sayeds Aavazy ** "JySIUpIUAsO} ves JUaTNG -IN} pue sayes SuoNs "| “q ‘A *N Uuoou ‘| NW CNY ee °yseny pue *NV usemjog asuRdN Fy ee eeeeo 74 SIU -plul 0} 'G “N Ssa[@s Su0ljs “3 oI “Sulye1apoul ‘Wed ‘styenbs jue]ora pue iayyeem AW00)5 Yep “A °N *HUAHdSINAP] NYAHLAOS ee @e “a ‘Ss Ww *d IT “WS “Spurs “Wed y% ‘ayes suosjs A[AayINOG pulAA aed so noge qysiupim ‘ayes yYsayy yseq “AUAHdUSINA PF, NYAHLYON "19 V9 AA PUL SPUI AA ee OLE ss SP 18 9¢6 ee 9 98 GI es GG F8 cI IT ee g9g9g | Sige |r ‘S ‘yey ee 1S6 ce ee 67 6 lee x 0268; 099 eo 10 re) ‘q'SuoT) *N 3T *SOJNUIU 03 31 ee NOW IG Enz ae ‘ooqeg “+ ‘erqdog fa1S() JO SIOMOT ‘Sule uyor e+ ‘guo}suOmpy °° “paagtul AA ee ‘eualen ee ‘u198}}1g "Eb8T e+ ‘Kauing *109|"9aq 48] “diqs JO 90R[ J jo owWeN uooN ‘ayeq \F <= rm ¥ _— = —ae a Z a" 7 “<3 —_— —_ ‘rajenb yey} UOJ purm ou jnq “A “N 0} Yueq Aavapy| <° coo jes te ee] AAS AN oped Lavo yqsia -PIUL ‘plese AA 0} SUTIIOA pue Suluaysely “AA NNW “‘V ee ore ne ‘NWOAWAVG IV "WY SLUpIUL 03 "SO "A 9Ted Aavoy a ‘V9 Ot oe. **‘aNVIS]T LA1GQ IV *Ainy yeois YIM SUIMOTG IWS -pIul 0} ‘W *d Q WO1}’ A *"N ee ee ee ee ‘OLAVY IV [No. 157. *yans qsty pue JUalind YWON Suoyg| °° Ss 16°— ‘QHON Wd “MUN 'W'V 9) °° < os ‘SVUaVI IV ye) ce | (mee) | *SUIJeIOPOU "W *d “SUI -}qSI[ Yonul pue vas pasnjuoa “A ‘SH 0} poyrys pum "W'¥ GZ) 1g | PS°6% 69°62 ‘? es 7 rou pue ‘q@ ‘S ‘q ‘Wed / ATio -jseqy “Wd ‘Sq WY ‘NV G! SESE SP II ¢ uP ‘uoula A | “I9Q PZ = 3 SS 3 i) S i 5 > ‘HUTHdASINAP] NUAHLYON °N ye] uooNn g |_| S| | | | — | — ——-—_— S 18 eo 79°62 eo ee 2 “no a -ySnoiy) “aN ‘Suryeqearey| Lp cg OI TT as oezoy syn g 19} SS -vom Apno[d yep 10 ees ysiFz| *° te Cp—9} 2 S 0g "62 ens ‘aN 5 ‘Wd pue ‘G °N °N pum ‘S$ “W°V “Oy *N STINT pue sjsns g Aaeayq uoou 0} Sunyesapoyy BS a ** - course nearly parallel to the track of the storm. ’ aes N.E. hard gale, tremendous sea. Pp. m. The Ainslie. .. Wa RES ere BONS pian Bast. While the Ugie from 80 to 90 miles to the Eastward of these ships has the gale first from N.N. W. but by running to the 5S. W. b S. brings it to North: all this is, as will readily be comprehended in exact con- * J suppose it to be about N. W. b. N. 56 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. {| No. 157. formity with our law of storms for the Southern Hemisphere ; and to the Westward we have now moreover. With wind from S. to S. W. and at The Baboo. .. a OES noon S. W.b W. and at 6 P.M. W. S. W. strong gale. - With strong gale and mountainous sea The Edmonstone. .. .«. wind about S.S. W. veering to S.W. after noon. which are also about the winds which ships entering the storm onits western quadrant should have. The Sophia is yet too far to the West- ward to feel much of the storm. Taking all these data we find that the nearest spot which will reconcile them, within either a few miles of their position as given or calculated, or within a point or more of the direction of the wind,* is one in Lat. 7° 18’ S. and 86° 45’ E. where I have therefore placed the approximate centre of the storm for this day. On the 29th November.—The positions of the ships are now becoming, it should be recollected, very uncertain from the continuance of the bad weather, and thus any estimation of the true place of the centre of the storm from their supposed places at noon, becomes more and more difficult. Nevertheless if we take a point near the calculated place * Tuse here these words, intentionally, and as writing for unprofessional as well as professional men, and anxious that not only all our data, but also all the consider- ations which would influence the mind of a scientific seaman in considering what weight he would give to these data, should be known to all. It occurs to me that I may usefully set down here, what considerations must be taken into account in considering log-book relations of storms, The seaman is acquainted with most of them, but some may be neweventohim. The data are first the ship’s place, second the direction of the wind, third the run or drift, fourth the sea, these are influenced : by, 1 Want of observations. 2 Bad observations set down as good ones. 3 Run or drift ill kept or badly estimated, few ships marking their lee-way for instance, and some being much more lee-wardly than others. 4 Storm wave, See 8th Memoir, Jour. As. Soc. Vol. XII. p. 397 for the ex- 5 Storm current, planation of these terms. 6 Wind carefully or carelessly noted ? 7 Not noted at all till a day or two after the storm? 8 Veering of the wind set down at the wrong hours. 9 Alterations of courses also set down wrong, or at wrong time, 10 Inaccuracy of all data from errors of copyists or printers ; the last.almost con- tinual in Newspaper accounts. eee SS ee 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 57 of the Elizabeth Ainslie which ship must have been close to the centre at noon, for she was 27 it at 5 p. m. on this day, we shall find, that it agrees so far as to make the following ships have the winds by the chart and by their logs as follows :— Wind by Log. Wind by the projection. Elizabeth Ainslie, .. about North. .. Assumed correct. John Fleming, oy between N. and E. N. 2 E. Flowers of Ugie, .. ‘about N. b E. N. 2 E. Futtle Rozack, sc N. East. ap N.N. EB. 2 E Baboo, _—.«j ve Westerly. a5 W. by N. Edmonstone, ee Wester oO: West. Sophia, ee : about W. S. W. S. W. by S. which is near enough for these seven ships to allow us to assume it. It will then be for this day in Lat. 8° 38’ S. Long. 85° 00 E. On the 30th November.—We find that a number of the ships which had drifted or run to the South and South Westward, were evi- dently on the Eastern and South Eastern and Southern quadrants of the storm, having the winds from N. by E. to N. E. and East, while others were on the Northern, and the Sophia on the extreme North Western verge. The Edmonstone which ship had run down about a degree and a half to the Southward, (S.S. E. South and S.S. W.) had the wind also veering as it should veer with a Hurricane slowly progressing tothe Westward, while she was running partly round the N. Eastern, and towards the Eastern quadrants of it; and her Bar. also was falling from midnight of the 29th to 30th, as by bearing up, she run down again towards, and neared the centre. We find it again rising also when, having brought the centre of the Hurricane to bear W. bN. of her (wind N.b E.) towards midnight of the Ist Decem- ber, she again heaves to and allowed the storm to pass slowly away from her, while she drifted away from 2¢. The following will be found the directions of the wind as given in the ship’s logs and those which the centre of the Hurricane, as assumed* for this day, and the positions of the ships give at Noon. * T use this word ‘‘ assumed”’ rather in contradistinction to ‘‘ shown’’ or ‘‘ de- monstrated’’ because of the great uncertainty of many of the ships’ positions, of which some have now been three or four days without observations and keeping a very indifferent note of the drift, sea, and even of courses, and winds. I — i) P. 58 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. Wind by the Log. Winds by their post- tions on the chart. Wdmonstoneei 072... INN es CN Flowers of Ugie,-- .... ING. Joey aia beets N. E. Futtle Rozackiw 8 <6. N, ER ie eee Nook. Active;*: smis. io ss sod pabomt Mast soe dae E. N. E. BabOO! ss cco «ote cetbtiets Nie ee .. N. b. W Wellington,.\:).. 0. e480 BE: on Hie. eel. i ae The Ainslie and John Fleming’s positions are both utterly uncer- tain on this day, though both ships were doubtless from the violence and veerings of the wind with them, close to the centre; no sort of account indeed could well be kept in these ships as from stress of wea- ther, they were obliged to steer various courses so as to ease the vessel as much as possible, on account of their cooley passengers. —The Ward from the inperfect newspaper account appears, though a degree or more to the North of the Wellington, to have had it atS. W. commenc- ing on this day, though her position is quite uncertain,t as the Lat. and Long. given, as in the case of the Active, seem to have been intended to express the spot where they had the heaviest weather and not the ship’s place. The log of the Sophia offers a considerable anomaly. By the posi- tion of our centre from which she is at 180 miles distance, which is much less than the distance of the Wellington, and about the distance of the Futtle Rozack and Ugie from it, she should have the wind at S. W. while she has it at North W. by her log! I am unable at present to reconcile this. It may be an error in copying, orit may be that she met with another and a new storm thrown off in advance of the principal one, or finally she may have been carried much further to the Eastward than she supposed, and thus have been really on the N. Eastern quadrant as her wind would place her. I leave it therefore for the present. * This vessel’s place is also uncertain, for the Lat. and Long. given in the news- paper appear to be that of the ship when the storm was at its height, rather than that of a given date. t The position is wholly wrong. The Ward spoke the Sophia on the 26th in 6% S. and therefore could not be on the 30th in 12. 30, So, both having Southerly winds. She was probably on this day somewhere between the Sophia’s and Baboo’s tracks which would give her the S. Westerly gale mentioned. 1845.] Hleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 59 On the 1st December.—We have the Flowers of Ugie and Futtle Rozack close together with a heavy gale at N. E., and the Edmonstone also, which ship had run to the Southward about 150 miles, making but little westing, was now nearly on the same parallel, but 90 miles to the Westward of the two former ships, also with a N. Easterly gale. This places all three ships on the S. E. quadrant of the storm circle ; and we have the Fleming with a hurricane between North and East “and the Ainslie with puffs and lulls from the N. E.,” indicating that both were not far from the centre and also on the same quadrant. The Fleming appears to have run in company with the storm for some time, and as the Ainslie was hove to, we see by her rising Bar. that it was, by her drift, rapidly passing from her. The track laid down for these two vessels it will be remembered is merely a line to join the two points between the 29th November, and 2nd and 3rd December, their position being wholly uncertain between those dates. The Baboo and Sophia both mark winds at N. W. but the positions of both are very uncertain. Hence we may I think place the centre of the storm for this day about in Lat. 9° 35’ S. and Long. 83° 42’ E. and it will give the winds to the ships as follows :— Ugie and Futtle Rozack about, .. N. E. by E. Ainslie and Fleming’s positions Nie eteard. wholly uncertain, MAGIMONStONGs sce wey Me I BEN PVCUUIMELON 6 3) we ist! ee ? vis, ast. which with the exception of the Edmonstone is not far from what they had. For the position of the Baboo, we have only her Lat. which however would undoubtedly place her on the N. E. quadrant and therefore give her a North Westerly wind. The Sophia (or her posi- tion) is an anomaly which I must leave as I find it. She has by the position given, and with our centre, the wind a little to Southward of West, but by her log as marked she had a heavy North Westerly gale, she may have again been farther to the Eastward than she supposed for she could have had no good observations for the preceding 3 days, and this as before remarked would place her on the right quadrant of the circle fora N.Westerly gale, I have however, marked a storm arrow through her supposed position for this day. On the 2nd December.—We have the Futtle Rozack, Edmonstone, Je Pi 60 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. Ainslie, and Fleming, all not far from the same parallel of Lat. but dispersed over four degrees of Long. The Fleming (position uncertain) being the Westernmost, and Futtle Rozack farthest to the E. We have the Ugie also about a degree to the Southward of them, and the weather is fair, or clearing up fast with a fair Easterly breeze, for all these ships by noon on this day, as being on the S. E. quadrant of the storm, had run or drifted out of it; and had no doubt now a part of the usual trade wind. The Sophia is found on this day in about the Lat. of the centre of the Ist, and she has the wind at North, at noon, Srom a heavy gale at N. W. on the preceding days, shewing evidently that her storm could not have been the same as the one we have been considering, 7. e. that of the Futtle Rozack, Ugie and and other ships. She notes also, that at midnight between the Ist and 2nd there was a heavy sea coming up from S. W. which was in all probability the sea from the Ugie’s storm, to judge by the positions of our circles. PAad, 1 Storms in the Northern Hemisphere. 25th November.—In the Northern Hemisphere we have nothing extraordinary for this day, the Carena off Ceylon having light airs and the Winifred in the middle of the bay in Lat. 13° a fresh monsoon with an average Bar. 26th November.—The Winifred, Candahar, and Fyzul Curreem, have winds and weather indicating a change, though there is nothing sufficiently pronounced to be called, as yet, the commencement of a storm, and the Bars. of both the Candahar and Winifred are high. 27th November,—We have three ships, the Winifred, Fyzulbarry and Fyzul Curreem, each with signs of the approaching storm, which was afterwards so severe with the Fyzulbarry, (and perhaps the Colo- nel Burney?) The Winifred in Lat. 7° 4° N. and Long. 85° 56’ EK. at noon is running rapidly to the South, the wind veering from E. N. E. at noon to North at 8 p. u., and N. N. W.at 4 a. Mm. with thick gloomy weather and violent squalls, “ giving little warning” says Cap- tain Webb ; an apt phrase to designate squalls thrown off from the periphery of a rotatory storm, if they were such. 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 61 The Fyzul Curreem in Lat. 5° 11'S., but in Long. 83° 36’ E., or two degrees farther to the Westward has squally weather from N. N. W. and the Fyzulbarry in Lat. 5° 38’ and in 88.° 40’ East, has it threatening from the Eastward with a heavy N. E. sea, her Bar. faliing, and p. m. the wind increasing to a gale from E. N. E. with a heavy sea. We may thus assume that with this ship, at midnight, a storm had fairly begun from N. E., at which we find it marked at | a. m. on the morning of the 28th ; at what distance we have no means of judg- Ing. I have therefore for this day marked but a single segment ofa circle through the Fyzulbarry’s position, from a centre 240 miles due S. E. of it, which is to be taken rather as an zndication of the storm than any thing else. On the 28th November.—We have the Winifred in 4° 27' N. and Fyzul Curreem in 2° 06’ N. the first with “ strong gales N. W. and N. N. W. and gloomy weather with her Bar. falling a little, and the latter with only a fresh breeze from about N. W. The Fyzul- barry had her N. Easterly storm continuing and veering to E. N. E. It is probable that as the Winifred and Fyzulbarry were only 220 miles apart on this day, the Winifred was just on the outskirts of the storm which evidently lies betwixt them; and as she was running to the Southward she soon got clear of it. "The Fyzul Curreem was wholly out of its influence and the Candahar has, as yet, but a strong monsoon gale. I have therefore placed the centre of the Fyzulbarry’s storm in Lat. 6° 00’ N. Long. 88° 45’ E. marking an arrow through the Winifred’s position to shew its effect upon her. 29th November.—We have the Candahar with an evidently com- mencing gale at N. E. and the Fyzulbarry with a furious one at N. E. We have no other bearing or datum whereby to estimate the dis- tance of the centre of this storm which now bore about S. E. from the Fyzulbarry, but we find that it veered rapidly with her to N. N. E. and by 11: 30 vp. m. to North ; of course as the vessel ran and drifted round the N. W. quadrant. From the best estimate I can make, I should with every allowance place the centre, which bore at noon S. E. of this ship, in Lat. 6° 52’ N. Long. 87° 48’ E.* We have no Lat. of the Carena, and of the Bittern on/y a Lat. of this day! * It was really in about 6° 00’ N., Long. 88° 00! East, by the Log of the John Brightman. See note at the end. ae 62 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. I have printed the abridgment of these extracts, indeed, almost to shew what meagre and disappointing documents we sometimes obtain.* We cannot from such data affirm that the Fyzulbarry’s and Candahar’s storms were the same, and indeed the great size of this circle is entirely I think against the probability that they were, for it would be if com- pleted 600 miles in diameter, and we shall find on the 30th and Ist December that the storm could not have been the same, and we thus obtain distinct evidence of three separate storms at the same time ; two in the Northern and one in the Southern Hemisphere. 30th November.—We have first the Fyzulbarry running to the S. S. E. and S. E. and evidently towards the centre of the storm, which does not appear to have been an entirely calm one or at least the ship did not get into it. At 7 Pp. m. she had the Westerly sea, “ rolling up and overpowering the Easterly one,” and the S. W. and Southerly gale coming up. She had an observation, though indiffer- ent on this-day, so that we may take her position as within a little to be that of the centre of the storm, and projecting it would give to Candahar a N. Easterly gale at 250 miles distance from the centre ; and therefore a moderate, instead of a furious N. Westerly one which she had,) shewing that her storm as before remarked, was certainly a different one from that of the Fyzulbarry. I have then placed the centre of the Fyzulbarry’s storm for this day in Lat. 7° 30’ N. Long. 87° 30’. E. The Mary Imrie in 12°20’ North, though we have not her longi- tude thisday, was doubtless on the N. W. quadrant of the Candahar’s storm, and at Madras the high surf and strong current to the Northward are indications of the approaching tempest there. The Vernon we find went to sea, on this day from Madras roads, with a fresh N. N. E. gale at 7v.m. The Bittern and Carena’s logs give us no information for want of Long. but the Winifred’s is interesting as showing that though the * And, as it has often struck me, to remark on the absurd practice of keeping a log book without entering the Longitude. It is quite possible that a case might arise in which, at least ignorance of his position, if not of wilful destruction of his vessel might be alledged, if not proved, in a court of law against the master of a vessel through this omission ; and his insurance thereby become vitiated in case of an accident. The private ‘‘ Chronometer book’’ of a Captain would barely be called | a legitimate document when the book which should contain the vessel’s place at noon is blank. 1845.] Eleventh Memotr on the Law of Storms in India. 63 centre of the Fyzulbarry’s storm and that of the ships in the South- ern Hemisphere were sixteen degrees of Lat. apart on this day, there was still about the equator considerable atmospheric disturbance, with heavy streams of wind from the Westward, agreeing with what we should look for as the general effect of the Southern and Northern halves of the storms in each Hemisphere. The Winifred’s Bar. also, and it was evidently most carefully observed, is yet about two tenths below the averages before and after the bad weather which she expe- perienced. At mzdnight of this day we have the Candahar with a heavy gale at N. W. and the Mary Imrie with a terrific one at N. N. E. and taking the last ship to have made about a South course, we find by projection that on the 30th, at midnight the centre of what I shall now on this evidence call the Candahar’s storm was in about Lat. 10° 45’ N., Long. 65° 0’ East, the centre passing near the Canda- har about noon the following day; the Mary Imrie scudding to the Southward on its Western side. lst December.—We have first the Fyzulbarry, which ship had run with her Southerly gale 150 miles to the N. N. E. from noon 30th to noon of this day with the winds between S. S. W. and South, raising her Bar. as she increased her distance from the centre of the storm from 29.30, at 7 «a. m. to 29.80 at 10 p. m. or half an inch in fifteen hours ; and obtaining also moderate weather at midnight. I have before shewn on the 29th and 30th November that this ship’s storm must have been a separate one from that of the Candahar, and it will be presently seen that it clearly was so. The loose report of the Niagara informs us of nothing more than that she had a rotatory storm about in Lat. 10° Long. 87° of which we may suppose the strength was about noon on this day, and that she was not far from the centre of it; drifting or running round the S. Eastern and North Eastern quadrants of it, if indeed the expressions used do not mean that she had a shift of wind ; she would then atall events, if not in the centre, be on the Eastern side of it ; so that taking the Fyzulbarry’s and this to be the same storm we find that it may have travelled up to the N. b. Westward about 150 miles, or something less, in this 24 hours, and to this the run of the Fyzulbarry 150 miles to the N. b. E. but carrying always a Southerly wind, lends much probability. However the Niagara’s position and times of the wind, &c. are so loosely given | 64 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. (No. 157. that we can only mark this as an approximation. Her rapid change of wind, however, and her distance from the Candahar on this day, which was nearly, or quite, three degrees of Long. exclude the idea of its being the same storm, and I have placed its centre, approximately, close to the Niagara in Lat. 9° 55’ N. Long. 86° 55’ E. We now come to the Candahar, Mary Imrie and Vernon on this day, and here we must first remark on the Candahar’s position which must be I should think erroneously given,* for she was lying to with a tremendous heavy gale from North Westward veering at one time to N. by E. and again to N. W. by W. and yet she has made near- ly a Northerly course! This is of course impossible, unless we suppose her to have been carried as far to the West by the storm wave as she was drifted to the East by the wind and storm current, both of which tended to carry her to the East and E. S. E. and her position indeed on this day can but be an estimated one: I did not observe this at the time I made the extract, and there may be some clerical error of my own. It is now too late to rectify it, and we must therefore allow that one way or the other there is an error between these two days. The Vernon’s position was certainly correct but then she had only a “ strong breeze” with her Barometer at 29.68. and we cannot thus allow her to have been 7z the storm though close to the outskirts of it. The Mary Imrie was running free and had an observation, so that her position may be taken as nearly correct, but we have unfortunately the wind but loosely given as veering “ to the Westward” (from the N. N. E.) after noon. We may guess it to have been about North or to the West- ward of it, at Noon which placing the Candahar, somewhat further to the Eastward, if we please, will give us a spot in about Lat. 10° 18’ Long. 84° 2' E. as the approximate position of the centre of this storm on this day which was evidently passing the meridian of these ships and close to the Candahar, and this apparently on a track to the Southward of West, The difference of their positions indeed is but 28 miles, an error which might easily occur with the Candahar, having no observation. The repeated shifts of wind from N.W. to S. W. may be accounted for very simply, by reflecting that when near to or in the central space, there are many causes such as irregular blasts, storm wave and cur- * Or that of the day preceding may be so ? 1845.) Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 65 rent,—the ship’s own run or drift &c.—to induce these irregularities ; and we find that as the centre passed on and she fell into the S. Eastern quadrant of the storm, she again experienced it blowing a hurricane from S. W. shewing that (as she had run a little to the North) she had been on the Southern side of the central space ; of whatever extent this was. It is indeed I think most probable that on this day she was not to the Northward but the Southward of the Mary Imrie’s position. Both ships were probably very near to, though they did not see each other. The Vernon’s position gives a radius of 110 miles, or a diame- ter of 220, for this storm for this day, and we are satisfied that it could not be the Niagara’s or Fyzulbarry’s, the Niagara being evidently close to the centre of hers. I shall remark on the 2nd, on the Madras and Ceylon reports for this and the next day. On the 2nd December.—We find that the Mary Imrie on this day while running down say about 80 miles* to the South and South East- ward, before a terrific hurricane veering from the N.N.E. to the N. West- ward, had her Bar. always falling, and was at 2 a. m.in another, and of course a different centre from that of the Candahar’s storm of the day proceding, for she was now perhaps 100 miles from that ship, This centre gave her another hurricane af S. S. W. and Capt. Boyd’s description of the sea is exactly what we should suppose the effect of a second storm passing over any part of the sea left by one just preceding it to be. I think it most probable that this second hurricane may have been the Niagara and Fyzulbarry’s storm and have so marked it ; supposing the Mary Imrie to have been in Lat. 9° 20’ and Long. 85° 00’ and the centre a little to the Westward of her. The Candahar, on this day had run to the North and N. W. round the Eastern and North Eastern quadrants of her storm, while the Ver- non, which ship had stood to the E. S. E. with the N. Easterly gale of the preceding day, had a smart shift of wind of four points, as the centre approached her, and a fall of 0.14 in her Bar. As the storm however passed to the South of her, and she was bound to the North- ward, she was soon out of its influence. We find also on this day that a Westerly and N. Westerly storm prevailed at the stations on the North end of Ceylon. To obviate confusion, I haye preferred consi- * We must take this by guess having no log of the distance. K == a pie zr ae ed 66 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [(No. 157. dering the reports from Madras and Ceylon, for the Ist and 2d to- gether. First, in reference to the general effects of the storm on the Coast: we shall observe on inspecting the chart, that there are at least two storms on this day, the Mary Imrie, Niagara and Fyzulbarry’s being one, and the Candahar’s another, travelling up on a N. Westerly course more or less curving, apparently to the Westward, as they approach each other,* and this bending by the way is a very remarkable feature. The average distance of the centres of the two storms from the coast we may call about 33 degrees. The Can- dahar’s storm we know to have been of very small extent (taking her position on this day as correct) as it is determined by the Vernon’s which is certainly exact within the trifling distance arising from the defects of all observations in bad weather. The Mary Imrie’s storm we have admitted to be the Niagara’s on this day, and we shall find that this projected will bring the circumference of her storm to within two degrees of the North end of Ceylon, and that the joint effect of both vorticsee would be to create a Northerly, and N. West- erly wind, stream, or gale if their influence extended so far; and they ought moreover to create a Northerly and N. Easterly stream at Madras. Now we know that at Madras which is as far to the N. W. as Kayto and Paumbum are to the West, and W.S. W. of the centres of the Ist and 2d, there were also the indications of an approaching storm in the increasing surf and slight fall of the Bar.t as well as the North current, (see remarks on Capt. Biden’s report,) and that the wind was from the North and North East on the 2d, and to 4 a.m. on the 3rd, changing afterwards toS. E. From the effects of the ranges of hills (and even mountains) between Madras and the north end of Ceylon, it is impossible to go farther than to indicate generally what the average effects of a storm would be, as every separate spur and range would produce necessarily some local effect. On the coast we have the effects of the storm current in the “ North current,” and we have finally within these three days :—— * The Colonel Burney’s storm may have been a third for anything we know, and it may be to it, that the Logs of the Carena and Bittern relate. + I should consider this slight fall of the Bar. as some evidence in favor of the relation of the two storms and their bending to the Westward which I have sup- posed. 1845. ] Eleventh Memoir of the Law of Storms in India. 67 lst, 2d and 3rd Nov.—The Bar. first falling, then about stationary, and lastly rising again to its former level as if it had just felt the storm, but no more. The indications at Ceylon on the 2d are clear- ly those of a storm passing over the South extremity of the Peninsula, and probably, if we had any reports from Tranquebar or between it, and point Calymere we shall find that there really was a shzft there- abouts, while the rapid veering at the station of Paumbum was taking place. It is possible that the tendency of the whole aerial impulse, like a storm or tide wave, was as usual, to force its way through the Paulgatcherry pass, as shewn in my eighth Memoir. I must not conclude this part of the summary without noticing the remarkable fact of the Mary Imrie’s Bar. remaining so high, though fluctuating greatly, in the first storm ; and in the second falling to 29° 25. It will be noticed and for the present I should suppose this is the cause of this anomaly, that she was at the time her Bar. stood so high, in the-N. West quadrant (having the wind at N.N.E.) of her first storm, and she had thus both the effect of the verge of the coming storm which sometimes and perhaps always, raises the Bar.* and also that of the monsoon from the N. Eastern part of the Bay. The Ariel’s storm in my sixth Memoir, Vol. p. 686 of Journal is another instance in which this seems to have occurred with two storms coming up in different diréctions and both at a considerable angle to the monsoon. We find from the Vernon’s log that it was blowing a fresh monsoon from the N.N.E. on this day. The oscillation I have frequently remarked upon, and if Capt. Boyd had had a Sympiesometer on board, no doubt the warning would have been still more distinctly given. SF Extract from the Log of the Ship Emity, Captain ANDERSON /rom Shields to Calcutta, reduced to Crvil Time. The following log reached me after the chart was lithographed ; it will be seen by it that the Emily was skirting the Fyzulbarry’s storm to the Eastward on the 27th and 28th, as the Winifred was to the Westward. From the heights of the Emily’s Bar. we may infer that she had really no part of the vortex but rather a heavy monsoon * See Col. Reid quoting Mr. Redfield’s explanation of this pheenomenon. Second edition p, 514 to 519. 68 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. {No. 157, setting in, though on the 27th she is near enough to the Fyzul- barry’s place to allow us to suppose that both were partaking of the strong Easterly stream of wind which prevailed thereabouts on that day. The Emily was on the 6th November 1843, at noon, in Lat. 3°.40 N. Long. 91° .34’ (to 54’ by Lunars) East. Bar. 30.5 Ther. 85°, stand- ing to the N. N. E. with variable N. N. W. to N. W, and N. Easter. ly breezes to midnight. 27th November.—Increasing breeze N. E. b. E. to noon, when Lat. 5° 28. Long. 91° 46’ and 92°6'* Bar. 30.5 Ther. 83°. pv. m, strong breeze East and sudden squalls. Ship standing 6 and 7 knots to the N. N. W. and N. i W. Midnight the same, and increasing with incessant rain. 28th November.—a. m. Thick cloudy weather, continued rain and heavy squalls. Wind 2 a.m. E. S. E. ; at 6 East. Noon Lat. Obs. 7° 42’ N., Long. 91° 38’ E. Bar. 30.5 Ther. 81°. vp. m. Increasing breeze and a high confused sea, wind E. b. N. Midnight heavy squalls. 29th November.—a. M. strong gales East with tremendous squalls and a continuance of heavy rain, 8 a. m. wind N. E. b. E. Noon Lat. Obs. 10° 17’ Long. 91° 3’ +91° 40' by 8 p. m. finer; out all reefs. Wind N. E. b. E. and N, E. 30th November.—Increasing again from the N. E., noon Lat. 14° 13’ N. Long. 89° 40’ E. Bar. 70.00 Ther. 83°. p. m. hard gales East to N. E. with tremendous heavy squalls and a high confused sea. Mid- night, wind E. b. N. more moderate. lst December.—a. m. Variable weather with squalls, wind about E. N. E. Lat. 14° 13’ N., Long. 89 °44’ Bar. 30.10. Ther. 83° p. mu. squally and torrents of rain. Wind about E. N, E. 2d December—Moderate from N.E. Lat. 15° 35’ N. Long. 89° 22’ E. Concluding Remarks. One of the first peculiarities which strikes us in considering the storm in the Southern Hemisphere, is its almost stationary character, * The several Longs. apparently Lunar brought on by Chr. t 91° 30’ is probably meant here, giving a mean Long. of 91° 35! for the ship’s place. an 1845.] Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 69 as compared with the storms we have been accustomed to consider. We find it moving only, Miles. From the 26th to the 27th Nov. 60 Aajth 3h,u20th “t5),, 32 28th » 29th 3 135 29th = ,, 30th _,, 47 30th » lst Dee. 57 Or in five days, ......-. 331 Giving an average of per Day, -. 66- Or per hour not more than 23 and this also on a singularly curved track.* This slow motion of the storms here, if future researches should show it to be usual, will be a new and curious fact, and will explain, not the frequency of their oc- currence hereabouts, but the frequency of their being met with in the track of the outward-bound ships and on the verge of the trade.t With respect to the track itself; we have, I think clearly established that it must first have moved up from the S.E. to the N. West- ward and then curved away to the S. W. The exact position of the ships, is of course liable to great errors after three, four, or five days of bad weather or hurricane ; but still these errors are reducible to moderate limits,and when we have ships on both sides of the storm, or ships on one side and others at or close to the centres, we are very sure that our po- sitions for these points from day to day cannot be very. far wrong ; and certainly not far enough to invalidate our general conclusion as to the extent of the space passed over by the storm in these five days.{ There are some other matters worthy of note which I take here * The true track was in all probality a sharp curve passing near the different points. t Col. Reid remarks p. 241 that the Albion’s storm was apparently almost sta- tionary or forming. ¢ See postcript for an extraordinary confirmation of the truth of our work, and of these remarks, which were written months before the intelligence there given reached me. ee —— -. —- ° —<— 70 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. ((No. 157. in their natural order to direct the attention of future observers to them, and these are: : Atmospheric signs indicating the approach of the storm. The most remarkable of these is the warning noise noticed by Captain Rundle p. 32, to which I have there appended a note refer- ring also to Journal Vol. XI. p. 1000 for another instance where it was carefully noted, and I have heard it also on other occasions ; though not noting it on the spot I will not refer more particularly to them. It is exactly that sort of noise which we hear, and read of, in old houses in England, and with which most of us are acquainted ; but we there attribute it to the noise of the wind in the chimneys, or amongst the trees, or, on board a ship to the rigging: yet here there can be no doubt of its being distinctly heard at sea as the “‘ roaring and screaming” of the wind in atyfoon or hurricane certainly is. My present theory to account for itis this. I suppose the storm to be really formed and to be “roaring and screaming’ at say 200 miles’ distance, and that the noise, if not conveyed directly by the wind, may be so re- flectively from the clouds, as in the case of thunder claps. A noise is known on some parts of the coast of England by the name of ‘ the calling of the sea’ as occurring in fine weather and announcing a storm, and also in mountainous countries. All these may be con- nected, and seamen may render great service to science and to them- selves by noting these curious phoenomene. s The sickly and dancing appearances of the stars, as noticed by Captain Rundle is also remarkable but more easily explained, as we may suppose the sickly (hazy) appearance to have arisen from the atmosphere being loaded with vapour half condensed, and the ‘“‘dancing” to be occasioned by their appearing at times through spaces and intervals somewhat less loaded with vapour wreaths. If I am not mistaken the fixed light of a Light House has sometimes this dancing motion, by the effect of small wreaths of vapour passing before it, as at the breaking up ofa fog? The vibrating appearance of distant objects seen through a telescope in the morning in tropi- cal climates and owing to the different rarefactions of strata of air is familiar to us all. Phosphoric flashes in the water, are common enough in fine wea- ther, but are nevertheless well worth noting; we do not yet know 1845. | Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 71 if more common in particular parts of the ocean, or at particular sea- sons, or in particular weather than at others. The appearances of the clouds are of special interest, for there can be no doubt that many indications can be drawn from them of great value, both to the careful mariner and to the man of science. The remark of Captain Handley p. 14, shows the storm was forming to the eastward of him, and those of Captain Rundle, both as to appear- ance and motions are exceedingly interesting, as showing that there were different currents prevailing above, probably from one part of the storm or vortex over-reaching another. The kind of lightning described by Captain Rundle, pis also worthy of great attention : should this be found always to precede these storms in particular latitudes it would be, in addition to other signs, of great utility.* The states of the Barometers and Sympiesometers of the various ships both as relates to the approach of the storm, and to the manner in which the instruments were affected every time the ships bore up, and, tempted no doubt by the fair winds, ran down to the S. Westward and thus neared the centre, is of peculiar interest ; and it is highly worthy of remark that not one of them thought of running to the E. N. E. or even N. E. while the wind and sea admitted of it, which was the true course to steer, as may be seen by the chart and storm card. They would thus have raised their Barometers and should have then hauled gradually to the Southward, and South-westward, and so have sailed round, and eventually out of it. In this point of view the logs of the Fleming, Ainslie, Futtle Rozack, and Flowers of Ugie are remarkable, and most instructive lessons for us. ‘These ships will almost indeed, to the eye of the studious seaman, appear to be manceuvring for the purpose of proving the value, the truth,—and I will add the beauty,— of the Law of Storms. * IT have found, while correcting this page, in the press asingle instance in which this remarkable kind of lightning is described. It occurs in one of the replies to a circular addressed at my suggestion by the Hon’ble the Court of Directors E. I. C. to their retired Officers, requesting information on storms in the Indian Ocean and Chinaseas, by Captain Jenkins, then commanding the H. C. Ship City of London: who says, speaking of an approaching hurricane in March 1816, in Lat. 12° to 18° South Long. 78° to 76’ East, for which, warned by his Bar., he was preparing. ‘‘ At 7, the appearance of the atmosphere altered, constant vivid lightning, resembling in the dis- tance the Northern lights with frequent hard gusts of wind,’ &c. We are not to suppose from its being so unfrequently noticed that it is therefore of unusual occur- rence; seamen are so accustomed to lightning that they rarely take the trouble to describe it. ~1 bo Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 157. In the Northern Hemisphere. We have principally to remark here on what we may call the “‘ generation of separate storms” at short distances from each other so analogous to what certainly occurred in the Calcutta storm of June 1842, though we might there suppose it to have been occasioned by the influences of the land, as hills, valleys, &c., but it would now ap- pear that the state of the atmosphere which induces one rotatory storm often disposes, or gives rise to, others, just as after certain states of summer weather in Europe, we hear of a succession of thunder storms all over a large tract of country. Thus we find that when the Fyzulbarry’s storm (a true rotatory one) had travelled up from the S. Eastward two or three days, 27th or 28th to the 30th, another storm appears to have commenced at four degrees’ distance with the Candahar, which we trace accurately enough through two days as travelling to the W. S. W. and if our conclu- sions be correct as to the Niagara and Mary Imrie, that the Fyzul- barry’s storm when approaching this of the Candahar’s, curved away to the W. b. S. This looks strange enough, but whatever are the causes of them, the dust whirlwinds on the plains of India, of which I have seen as many as four or five at a time, certainly do influence (repel) and alter each others tracks. We do not know if these arise from the same cause, but it is the only analogous fact that I am acquaint- ed with,* and the scientific reader will judge from the data set down whether he thinks they are sufficient to entitle us to lay down the tracks which I have here given. There is I think ne doubt of the storms being altogether separate ones. It is remarkable that all these forces and storms seem to have been blended so as to produce one about Palks’ Passage, evidently travelling to the Westward also, or rather generated like the other in advance of those raging in the bay, for we find that the Ceylon storms all be- gan on the Ist, when the nearest centre, that of the Candahar’s storm was at least at three degrees of distance ; and it could not be part of this, for the Vernon’s position limits it to the N. W. within a much more circumscribed circle, and I am therefore inclined to believe that at sea as on shore, independent vortexes arise like independent thunder storms. Postscript. In the preliminary notice to this Memoir, I announced that I had ob- tained from the Mauritius the detail of what I may call a beautiful expe- * « It is possible that one storm may defect another says Col. Keid,’”’ p. 433, 2nd Edition of his work. en ee a 1845.] Bleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 73 riment, in which a vessel called the Charles Heddle was fully proving for us there, the truth of the researches we were making here. The following is the newspaper -notice of it, written by myself, which will fully explain enough of this remarkable, or rather wonderful, fact and coincidence of actual experiments with theory and with resurches going on at thousands of miles distant. “‘] have just received from Capt. Royer, the Master Attendant at Mauritius, who, like every one else, was much staggered by the report of the Charles Heddle’s circular sailings for so many days in a hurri- cane, a number of logs, and with them her’s, which he has taken the trouble to copy himself that there might be no mistake about it, and you will learn with pleasure that I have fortunately just completed a Memoir now printing, of which the evidence leaves no manner of doubt as to the possibility of a fast sailing ship, that could scud well, having really done what the Charles Heddle has; and it teaches us moreover, by two perfectly independent storms, at more than a year’s distance of time, and in quite different parts of the Southern Indian Occean, that there are storms of great intensity, lasting for long periods (in both cases five whole days) and which have yet so slow a progres- sive motion that one might, comparatively speaking, almost term them stationary storms. If you like to print this, for it is advan- tageous now and then to draw attention to the subject, and to show how much yet remains to be learnt, particularly with respect to the storms of the Southern Hemisphere, here are some of the data as briefly as I can give them. First, from the accompanying chart (of this Memoir) you will see that between the 26th of Nov. and Ist Dec. 1843, and between lati- tudes 5° 30’ and 11° South and longitudes 83. to 89° East, there was a hurricane raging for the whole five days, which, traced by the logs of many ships, appears only to have travelled in that time, from point to point of its centre, about 255 miles, or allowing for the curves about a degree a day only. The Charles Heddle, by her log now before me, appears to have scudded from the 25th to the 28th February, 1845, for five whole days round and round in a Hurricane circle! during which time she ran upwards of thirteen hundred miles; the wind made with her five complete revolutions, and from calculations derived from the dis- tances and shifts of wind and the positions of the vessel, to have been on an average about 50 miles from its centre ; which was slowly mov- ing on, like the one of which I send you the chart, to the southwest- ward, at not more than three miles an hour; and the direct distance L —_———— | 74 Eleventh Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. (No. 157. made by her, from point to point, was but 354 miles. Now, if like the Charles Heddle, any of our ships in this November storm had scudded the whole time, they might undoubtedly have made much such a set of circles as you see on my chart, and yet have made but a trifle of direct distance in the whole five days; and in a word we can, so to say, prove by this Memoir that there is nothing at all of romance in her account, and that she has been performing for us a very curious and beautiful experiment ; as cleverly as if she had been sent out to do it! The investigation of this and the other Mauritius storms for which I have data, will, I doubt not, lead to other equally im- portant and curious facts in that dangerous quarter of which seamen as yet know so little, but the difficulties and trouble of obtaining log books are positively incredible.” The value of this experiment as a proof of the circular theory generally, if it requires any now, and of the truth of our researches I need not dilate upon. In a future Memoir I trust to be able to bring forward a great deal more in relation to the tracks and other peculiari- ties of the storms of the Southern Hemisphere. Notre.— While the last sheets of this Memoir were passing through the press, I obtain- ed by the kindness of Capt. J, Viall, the log of the ship John Brightman, just arrived from the Mauritius, and which ship it will berecollected was seen by the Fyzulbarry on the 28th November, (page 14,) being bound to the Southward. This log, while it corro- borates exactly the general direction of the track of the Fyzulbarry’s storm, enables us to correct the place of the centre for the 29th, which being laid down from the log of a single ship, without observation, is necessarily subject to error, though here as so fre- quently before, the error does not amount to much, and all the relative data for practical purposes on board either of the ships in the storm, would have been the same : as for the management of a ship, what is required to be known, is the bearing of the centre of the hurricane, and the track of the storm, provided there be ample sea room. From midnight 27th November.—The John Brightman had heavy squally weather and winds from Fast to E. S. E., and N. N. KE. She was at noon in Lat. 9° 48’ N., Long. 87° 44! E., Bar. at 29.63. (having been at 29.71. at noon 26th, since which time she had run down South, and S. b. W., 138 miles.) p.m. wind E. b. S., and EK. S. E. to midnight, when it was a strong gale with a tremendous cross sea, the vessel having always run to the South and S. b. E. to midnight 56 miles. Bar. 29.58. 28th Nov.— Wind and weatherthe same, 7 a. Mm. wind E. N. E., Noonstrong gale and high sea, Lat. indifferent Obs. 7.48 N., Long. 87° 48! E., p. m. wind BE. N. B., East, and E. S. E. to midnight when Bar. 29.41. Ship’s run from noon between S. S. E. and South 532 miles. 29th Nov.—Hard gales, squalls, and sea continuing as before from East, E. S. E., and KE. b. N., Noon more moderate, but weather looking very suspicious, Lat. Acct. 6° 03' N., Long. 87°58’ East. Bar. 29.30. Ther. 83°. Ship’s course from midnight tonoon South to 8. S. E., 513 miles, p. m. wind veering from E. b. N. at noon, to N. E.b. N., and N. W. to West, and by 4p. m. to W. b. S., light variable winds and thick weather. At 2 p.m. breeze increasing, thick unsettled weather, Bar. 29.24. At 4p.M. fresh gales W. b, S. hove to. At heavy gales and vivid lightning with rain and squalls, Bar. 29.28. Midnight Bar. 29.20. 30th Nov.—a. M. to noon hove to. Bar. rising to 29.36.; at noon Ther. 83°, wind W.S. W. Lat. by indifft. Obs. and Acct. 5° 46’ N., Long. Acct. 88° 31! East., ep. M. Wind S. W. and at 5 p. m. S. S. W., weather moderating. Midnight Bar. 29. 49, Wind South at 5 p.m., and S. S. E. by noon Ist December when Lat. 5° 19/N., Long. Chr, 90° 16’ E. Ther. 84°, Bar. 29.59. gre didierry \| Y anaptiebar rita DRT ih Vy Yo THE ELRVENTH MEMOTK if | (a Saw-ot Storms IN INDIA > — the => being | — So je SOS S toni mitre Yaar : PED — “BENGAL AND GSOUTHEAN INOIAN CCEAN of 26th Now! to 2nat Dec? 1s4% ye BY 4-4 = a Prileingtons Jy “a ~ A ee as y 7 , | ark ’ ee a gn! aly ee ee td 1 iH om Ona JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, a History of Sindh. By Lieut. Postans. Introduction. The following translation of the most succinct, consistent, and continued history of Sindh, which I have yet met with, has been made under the idea that, intimately connected as we have become with that country, its history cannot be otherwise than highly interesting, and that there are many who may desire information on the subject. The author of the ‘¢ Toofut ul Kiram,” has in his 3rd vol. collected materials from the best authorities; I have only omitted legends and stories, which have been given elsewhere, (Bengal Asiatic Society’s Journal,) as also the histories of holy Seers, Sheikhs, and Seyuds, they being alone interesting to the fol- lowers of the prophet; for the rest I believe it to be nearly a literal ren- dering of the text into English, with a few explanatory notes. I regret, that want of time, and emergent public duty, will not allow me to do more at present. It will be seen that, with the exception of a very short period prior to the Mahomedan conquest by Bin Cassim, in the first century of the Hejira, we have no account of the country under its Hindoo rulers; and I regret to say, that all efforts to procure any information on the subject have hitherto proved unavailing. Had the Mahomedan historians sought for materials, they might doubtless have been found, and thus the hiatus between the expedition of Alexander, and that of the Khalif Walid, might have been filled up, so as to throw some light upon a portion of the coun- No. 158, No. 74, New Series. M : oy 76 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [ No. 158. try, rendered memorable by the great conqueror’s passage down the Indus. As it is, we have a blank of nearly eleven centuries; and we only know, from the description herewith given of the extent of country tributary to the Sindh Rajahs or Rahis, that they were powerful princes, and that the . kingdom of Sindh possessed in their time a degree of importance which declined after its subjugation by the Moslems, when it became dismem- bered, and fell a constant prey to succeeding conquerors. From the period of the Mahomedans entering Sindh to the accession of the present family of Zalpir chiefs, the chronological order of its various rulers may be thus briefly given, and the number of dynasties during a period of about 1200 years, affords a curious instance of eastern revolutions. From Bin Cassim downwards, Sindh has fallen to the arms of the great- est conquerors of the East. Taken by the Khalif Walid. Beni Oomhae,... age pil oe ae H. 493 Falls to the Abbasides, we. Bs we » bas Subdued by Mahomed of Biiosiad “es » 416 Tribe of Sumrahs usurped the authority, ... » 446 Invaded by Jengiz Khan, ... gab = 19 1. GLO Tributary to Delhi, ... ite Bs = » 694 18 Jams of the tribe of Simah,__..... ce +) wa hoe ; Conquered by Shah Beg Arghun, ... i 19. MOL { Divided between the Arghins and Tirkhans, i p20 Conquered by Akhbar under the Khan Kha- nam, and ceases to be independent, “fs » . 999 Invasion of Nadir Shah, and annexation to Persia, an » 1149 Kalora Chiefs are in . Sindh, tiiatdly. to Cabul, “a Shiny 4 ,, 1166 Kaloras overthrown ” the Tadpaad ae, eA. 17g Go Talpars cease to be tributary to Cabul, ... i, Gee The downfall of the Kaloras during the time of Sir Afraz Khan (where the manuscript ends,) and the rise of the present Talptr family, have been so fully given elsewhere, that I do not annex the account to this transla- fs * To this list we may now add, ‘* Conquered by Sir C. Napier, and annexed to British India, by Lord Ellenborough,—A, D. 1843.”’—Ebs, 1845. ] a History of Sindh. a4 tion*. Of the languages of the country the Sindee has been described by Mr. Wathen, and an excellent grammar, written by that gentleman, publish- ed by Government}. ‘The Persian language is used by the higher classes, and is that in which all the State correspondence and revenue accounts are kept; most of the Hindoos of Upper Sindh speak it fluently, the result of their intercourse with the natives of Affghanistan. A slight knowledge of it will be found of very considerable service to individuals stationed in - the country. As connected with this translation, I would beg to refer all those desir- ous of obtaining information on the inhabitants, cities (ancient and mo- dern), and divisions of the country of Sindh, to the admirable papers pub- lished in the Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society, and written by the late Capt. Jas. McMurdo, “ An account of the country of Sindh, with remarks on the state of society, manners, and customs of the people, &c.” J. Postans, Shikarpore, 5th July, 1841. Assistant Political Agent. Sindh is one of the sixty-one divisions of the world, situated in the four first climates, belonging chiefly to the second, and is in the same region as the holy cities of Mecca and Medina; the river of Sindh rises in the mountains of Cashmere, another joins it from the moun- tains of Cabul, in Multan it is met by the river Sibine, and there proceeds to the sea. Its water is very clear and cool: in the language of the country it is called Hichrand ; all the rivers of Sindh flow towards the south, where they empty themselves into the sea, such as the waters of Pitab, Chinab, Sehae, Suttanpur and Bajawareah. The climate of Sindh is delightful, its morning and evening cool: the country to the north, hotter than that to the south; its inhabitants intelligent, and of large stature. Let it not be concealed, that whilst the people of Sindh were formerly Authors of Sindh ignorant of the Persian and Arabic languages, no — account as a compilation existed of those countries ; but in the year 613 H., Alli Bin Ahmid, Bin Alli Bukur Kuji, an inhabitant of Ooch, wandered to this valley, and arrived at the cities of Bukur and Alor, where he saw the families of the great men and descen- * See Dr. and Sir A. Burnes, and Sir H. Pottinger. ¢ A vocabulary by Capt. Eastwick, and a grammar and vocabulary of the Brahooi and Beloochi languages, by Major Leech, have also been published in our Journal.— EDs. N 1 . | 78 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [No. 158. dants of the Arabs, and searched for accounts of the conquest of the Moslems in all its particulars; he also became acquainted with Cazi Ismail, Bin Alli, Bix Mamomed, Bin Moussa, Bin Jahir, and saw in the possession of that great man a description in Arabic, written by his ancestors, of the conquest of Sindh: this he translated into Persian. After him, Meer Masoom Bukeri, and after him Meer Mahomed Jahir Massiani, in the times of Akbar and Jihan- The work known as_ gir, composed works, and also the “ Urghim Na- wide Tene eae meh,” “ Jukhar Nameh,” and “ Byler Nameh” were boa aol TRI Ng compiled. Subsequent to these no clear account written by Meer Mig- existed (or no one was acquainted with affairs) up ae: to my own time; by abbreviating and selecting from various books, and by recording some new events, I trust it will be found acceptable to all men. Let it be understood, that according to what has been previously men- tioned, the province of Sindh was so called from ‘‘ Szndh” (the brother of Hindh, the son of Hoh) whose descendants from generation to genera- tion governed in that country, and tribes without number came forth and ruled, whose accounts are not recorded. From amongst these the tribe of Nubuja, the men of Jak, and the tribe of Momzd ruled in their turn : of these there are no detailed accounts, so that they pass on to the last of the Rahis ; and after that they relate the histories of other classes. The dynasty of the Rahis had their capital at Alor*, and the Dynasty of the | boundaries of their dominions and possessions were Saas to the eastward as far as Cashmir and Kimy, westward to Mikran and the shore of the sea of Oman, 2. e. at the Boundaries of their port of Derjul, to the south to the confines of the pipes port of Surat, and to the north to Candahar, and Seistan, with the hills of Sulliman, Kirwan and Kaijkanan. 1, Rahi Diwahij, a distinguished prince; his sway extended over the boundaries described, and was absolute. The princes of Hind were in treaties of friendship with him, and in all his territories the merchant (Caravans) travelled in safety. * The ruins of Alor are still to be seen about four miles from Roree; opinions differ as to the river having at any period flowed in that direction, as stated in the ** Tooputal Kisum.’’ [I cannot learn that there are any traces of Hindoo architecture to be found at Alor. ee a ee 1845. ] | a History of Sindh. 79 2. When he died, his son Sahzras was exalted to the crown, and in the steps of his father he for a long period enjoyed ease and prosperity : after his death, his son, 3. Rahi Sahasz, succeeded happily to the high seat of empire and the throne of Dominion ; he conducted his affairs prosperously, and successfully followed out the institutions of his predecessors: after him, his son, 4, Rahi Sahiras the 2nd, took his place. The king (of) Nimraz brought a force against him; on learning this intelligence, he met him in the country of Kich and prepared for battle ; from morning until noon they were occupied in conflict, but by chance Sahiras was wound- ed by an arrow in the neck and died. The king Nimraz despoiled his camp and returned. The army of Sahiraz agreed together, and placed his son Sahasi upon the throne. 5. Rahi Sahasi the Znd, excelled his ancestors in endowments and good qualities ; in a short period he consolidated and settled his domi- nions as far as their boundaries extended, and remained at his ease in his capital. He ordained for his subjects in lieu of tax, that they should fill up with earth (repair) six forts, viz. Ooch, Matilah, Siwarz, Mud, Alor, and Seewistan. They say he had a porter named Ae oi and a minister named Boid- Introduction of the Brah- himan: one day a brahmin named Chach, son mR arc ieee: of Silabig, distinguished amongst his class, came ‘> Ram, and they became acquainted; the porter was well pleased with him, and took him to the minister, after some time, and when Chach was intimate with the minister, it so happened, that the latter became sick, and the Rahi’s order arrived, to call the agents of the provinces together: now since he (the minister) saw that Chach was acute and intelligent, he sent him from himself to the Rahi, who was in the inner apartment of the palace. His wife Rani Sohindi wished to draw the veil, but the Rahi said what necessity can there be for a veil before brahmins; and when the brahmin Chach entered, Sahisi became delighted with his eloquence, and dictated his replies to him ; so in time, when the ability of the brahmin became apparent to the Rahi, he directed that in future the curtain should be dispen- sed with in his favor, and that the necessary affairs of State should be transacted in the inner department of the palace; at this juncture the 4a 80 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, LNo. 158. Rani became enamoured of Chach to distraction ; but notwithstanding The Rani becomes ena- she sent messages, Chach would not consent sania to her views, until his affairs prospered, and — he had laid all classes under obligations for his favours and wisdom. By the chance of fortune’s favours the Rahi Sahasi was attacked with a mortal illness. The Rani called Chach, and said, ‘‘ The Rahi has no children cr descendants, certainly his relations will be- come heirs to the country, and it will not remain with you and me; I will therefore devise some scheme, in order that the throne may be secured to you:” to this he agreed. The Rani Succession secured to Sent messages in various directions to the in- ened by the Bagi. tent, that the Rahi Sahasz had become convalescent, but had not strength to conduct his own affairs, (to rise up); ‘some time has elapsed, and the affairs of the country were in confusion, now he has directed and given his signet to Chach, who is to sit in his place on the throne, and who will demand from you the particulars and accounts of the important business of the State, wherefore by all means let all of you be present :” all the rulers and great men, in obedience to the summons, presented themselves, and made their obeisance and bowed the knee to Chach. A short time after the Rahi died ; the Rani’s first care was to conceal his death, and hav- ing separately called those of the relations of Sahasz to the palace, who had claims (on the succession,) under the pretence of explaining the late Rahi’s will, she imprisoned (chained) them; then calling their poorer connections, she said—‘‘I have arrested these claimants to the throne on your account, each of you having his enemy here should precede the assembly and kill him, and having taken possession of his property and riches, let him become obedient to Chach; thus will he attain all his wishes.” Thinking this the height of good fortune, these people did as they were directed: the period occupied by the rule of the five preceding Rajahs is 137 years, and then it descended to the Brahmins. 1st.—Brahmin Chach Bin Silabij. When Chach after the manner a cmcernen ol Hag described became sole heir to the throne, as ad- vised by the Rani, he opened the doors of his treasury and bestowed largely upon high and low; at length the Rani having accomplished her ends, called together the nobles, head brahmins and great men, &c. : 1845.4 a History of Sindh. 8l directed them to make her lawful (as a wife) with Chach, and they were married, (connected in that knot) accordingly. The Rana Mithrut Chitoort, who was a relation of Sahasi, having The Rana of Chittore beard this, collected and brought a countless 5 the throne with army by stratagem, and wrote to Chach saying, ‘‘ What have brahmins to do with rule or government; give me the authority, and you shall be reinstated in your former appointment.” Chach went himself to the Rani and said, ‘‘ A powerful enemy has come forth—what do you advise ?” the Rani said, ‘‘ War is under- stood by men, (but) if you will change places and apparel with me, I will go forth and do battle with the enemy ;” Chach was afflicted and distressed. The Rani, encouraging him, said, ‘‘ You have treasure, quickly propitiate the soldiers, so that you be victorious.” Chach immediately acted on this advice, and bestowed much wealth (on his army)—he thus was prepared. Rana Mihrut arrived in the neighbour- pate eee pitiore’s hood of Alor ; when the two armies met, Rana Mihrut came forward, and said to Chach, ‘“* We are alone concerned in this quar- rel, why should a multitude be needlessly destroyed ; advance and let us make trial of our strength :” to this Chach replied, “1 am a Brahmin, and cannot fight on horseback ; descend, and I will combat with you.” Rana Mihrut alighted from his horse, and Chach directed his groom to bring his horse slowly after him. Rana Mihrut being off his guard from this excuse of Chach, left his horse behind : they met— Chach sprang swiftly on his horse, and with one blow killed Chach kills the |. Rana and returns his ‘adversary. The Rana’s forces returned dis- eee the pirited and discomfited, whilst the victorious Chach returned to Alor. These affairs occurred about the first year of the Hijera. In short, after the victory over Rana Mihrut, Chach took counsel with the minister Budhiman, and appointed his own brother Naib of Alor for the settlement of the dependencies thereof. One Governors to coun. amed Muttah was sent to govern Sewistan, and fies pppowmted by Akham Lohana, governor of Brahmanabad, and Basar Bin Kakah having subdued some of the holders of the forts in Sewistan (or Sibi,) as also some tribes of Sewis (the Mae Yeicuine capital of their country being Kaka Raj,) and Chach years. after having passed 40 years prosperously died, his 82 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [No. 158. brother Chundur Bin Silabij was vice-regent of the empire. Muttah, Chundur Bin Si- the governor of Sewistan, went to the Rahi of Kunnuj, dabA- reporting Chach’s death, and saying, ‘‘ His brother is now lieutenant of the empire, if you attempt it the possession of the country will be an easy affair.” The Rahi sent his brother named Basahis to Muttah ; and Chundur immediately on hearing this prepar- ed to oppose his enemy, and pursued Muttah and Basahis through various portions of his dominions up to the vicinity of Alor; they tried various schemes, but at last failed. In short, he ( Chundur ) ruled pros- perously, until the 8th year, when he died. After him, his nephew, 2nd.—Dahir Bin Chach, adorned the throne; his brother Dihir Sin Dahir, son of Chach, he sent to Brahminabad as governor. One day he Jad, Babin. _ inquired of the astrologers as to his fate ; they told him there was no bad omen in it, “but with whomsoever your sister marries he will succeed to Alor, and rule the country.” Through fear of losing the country, Dahir contrived and married his own sister. His brother Dihir Sin was vexed at this intelligence, and prepared a force, Dihir Sin, his bro- and in time arrived at Alor, but died from small-pox ; ther, rebels against him : his death. Dahir caused him to be burnt, and proceeded to Brahmanabad, where he married his wife (brother's) the daughter of Akham Lohana, and remained there one year; and having appointed the son of Dihir Sin, named Chach governor of Brahmanabad : he re- turned to Alor, where he repaired the fort, which had only been half completed by his father, and arranged that four months of the cold wea- ther should be passed in Brahmanabad, and four months of spring at Alor. In this way he occupied himself for eight years, and by degrees the affairs of the State were settled satisfactorily. In short, having fixed the boundaries of his dominions to the east, he planted two cypress trees as a mark on the confines of.Cashmere, and returned. Accounts of the joining (assembling ) of the Allafi Arabs. The learned in such matters relate, that during the time of the Khalifat of Abodal Malk Bin Mirwa, when Hyjaj was governor of the Iraks, and his designs were directed towards Sindh and Hind, he sent a Seyud to Mikran, who killed Siffootc Bin Lam Himami; Abdul- lah Bin Abdul Rihem, and Mah Bin Mokawyah called together the a 1845. ] a History of Sindh. 83 Arabs of Beni Asamah, and represented, that ‘the Siffooi, who was one of our tribe and people, has been killed unjustly ; we must assemble and revenge him.” In short, they acted on this suggestion, and killed the Seyud and took possession of Mzkram; after some time they fled through fear to Kharassan: Mujahameh Bin Seyud came to Kirman to conquer Kharassan, and sent forward Abdyl Ruhman, Bin Ashahas. The Allifis laid wait for him, and killed him; they fled to Sindh and came The Allaf tribe of (2 U2” who, thinking them well adapted for the Arabsare taken into police and protection of his country, took them the service of Dahir. into his own service. The above mentioned Allafis were in Sindh until the coming of Bin Cassim, and the conquest of that country, when having procured a promise of pardon, they joined Bin Cassim. At length the princes of Hind having learnt the abso- lute dominion of Dahir, agreed together that previous to his attempting THE prineedlot Hix their conquest, they should take an army and jealous of Dahir’s conquer his country, and according to the agree- ee ment of the Rahis, Raht Ra Mal, governor of Kunnuj collected a large force, and advanced upon Dahir and sur- rounded Alor; Dahir was afflicted by his enemy, and asked advice of the minister Budhiman, who said, ‘“* The Arabs are expert in battle, entrust the affair to them.” Dahir came to Mahamed Allafi, and sought his friendship (assistance) ; the latter said, ‘“‘ Be satis- ae corn fied, bring not your forces, and direct that a deep — of Kunnuj by astrata- ditch be dug to the length of a fursakh; cover it over ents with grass, and leave it; after that, do as I direct.” When Dahir had thus done, Mahamed Allafi, with 500 Arabs and Sin- dees, picked men, made a night attack on the troops of Ran Mal: these being taken by surprise and awaking confused, fell on each other and destroyed themselves, and the illustrious Mahamed Allafi gave the signal for flight ; the enemy, when they learnt that so small a force had attacked them, pursued and fell into the ditch; now Dahir himself with his force came out and took 80,000 men prisoners, and 50 war ele- phants: according to the directions of Budhiman the minister, he set them all free. Budhiman’s wisdom was proved, and Dahir lavished his favors on him, and according to his entreaty, directed his name to be struck on one side of the copper coins. 84 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [ No. 158. From this victory Dahir’s position became strengthened, but the surrounding provinces and states were dissatisfied, and nourished more rebellion and sedition. He conducted the affairs of his country pros- perously for 25 years, when his punishment was the loss of his kingdom, as will be related with other circumstances. Account of the capture of the Slave Girls of Sirundip. They relate, that the country of Sirundip* is of the ruby islands; from this had been sent some Abyssinian slaves with many valuable jewels and curiosities for the Khalif and Hijjaj, in the care of confidential servants in eight boats; by chance these were driven by a storm to the port of Diwalt, in the sea of Oman ; robbers belonging to that place, of the tribe of Nikamrah, seized these people, and the representations of the agents of the king of Sirundip, that they were presents to the Reason of the firsts Mohamedan Khalif, had no effect. They said, “ If invasion of Sindhe = Your story is true, pay a ransom and procure re- lease.” In that assemblage were certain women in the purity of Islam- ism, who had intended making the Haj, and seeing the capital of the Kalifs; and Hijjaj, one of these, cried out thrice, ‘“‘Oh Hijjaj! hear our complaints.” This intelligence was conveyed to Hijjaj; when he heard that the women had complained thrice in his name, he replied, three times, ‘ I attend,” and prepared to remedy the affair. Account of the death of Bazil. When Hijjaj Bin Yusaf prepared to release the Moslem captives, he Fail thetat Me. represented to the Khalif, = sent a messenger with homedan leader, sent threats to Dahir; the Khalif was unconcerned in the against Sindh. : ; i ; matter, and Dahir said, “ I am ignorant of the affair, these robbers do not acknowledge my authority, they may have done so or not; but you must judge.” On the receipt of this answer, Hijjajz again represented to the Khalif, and obtained the required permission. * Ceylon, thus proving a traffic between that place and Damascus. ¢ Is called from the Diwala, a temple for which it was famed. See Capt. McMurdo, Transactions of Rl. Geog. Society. 1845. ] « History of Sindh. . 35 He appointed Abdul Allah Sullimah to Mikran, and ordered Bazil that when he arrived at Mikran, he should collect 3,000 men and ad- vance on Sindh. Bazil arrived at the Fort of Neirun, and threatened Diwal ; Dahir having learnt this, sent his son Jaisisih with a large force to Diwal; from noon to night they contended. Bazil, after the utmost resistance, was killed, and many Moslems were captured. They say Battle at Diwal, the governor of the Fort of Netrun*, who was named and death of Bazil. Samant, became terrified, and said to himself, ‘I guard the pass of the Arab forces into this country, they (the Sindees) have thus opened the road of revenge to the Arabs, it may not be that I should be crushed between the parties (hereafter) :” accordingly he sent a confidential agent to Hijjaj and proffered his obedience, and obtained pardon. Amur Bin Abdullah said to Hija, ‘‘ Commit this momentous business to me, and I will proceed to Sindh and Hind ;” but he was refused. Hijjaj said, ‘‘I have consulted the astrologers, and they report that Sindh and Hind will fall t@ the hand of Mahomed Bin Cassim. In Be Foe: pre- short, the period has now arrived for the setting of ferred tothe command the star of the unbelievers, and the ascendency of the Sindh Army, ; of the religion of the prophet in those countries ; this affair is more important than former undertakings, and must be intrusted to Bin Cassim.” It shall soon be related from first to last. Here I proceed to relate the extraordinary birth connected with the Story of Jaisisin, 2#Me of Jaisisih. They say the Rahi Dahir was son of Dahir. one day hunting, suddenly a tiger sprung from the jungle, Dahir stopped those who were running away, and himself pre- pared to attack the beast. His wife at this time had been pregnant ten months with Jaisisih, and being very fond of Dabir, and learning this she cried out and swooned ; at length Dahir killed the tiger and re- turned unhurt, but he found his wife dead: seeing the child moving in her womb, he ordered her to be opened, and they brought out the child ; and this name, which signifies ‘ the hunter of tigers,” was given to him, and indeed when he became of years he was renowned for his courage and intrepidity. * Neiremkote, site of the present capital Hyderabad; this latter was founded by Gholam Shah Kallnah. 0 ee ae oe _ ? 86 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, LNo. 158. Accounts of the arrangement and arrival of the Moslem army for the conquest of Sindh. In true histories it is related, that during the Khalifat of the chief of the Arrangement and true believers, Umur Bin Khotah, (God’s approval SEG EER IO EEE Gone be on him,) when O’sman Bin Hés was appointed quest of Sindh. governorof Barin, who having arrived at Oman, sent some vessels properly equipped under Mughirah Bin Abul Has to Diwal ; at that time the brother of Chach, named Samami Bin Salabij, was governor of the place; he opposed the Mahomedans, and after a great deal of slaughter Mighirah Bin Abul Has was killed, with many others, also many prisoners were taken. Abu Mussa Ashghuri, who ruled in Mikran, reported this circumstance to the Khalif, ab Mae creat and wished to apply some remedy, but was prohibited Lge Sindhand from collecting troops ; again at the time of the Khal- lifat of the chief of the believers, Ashman Bin Hassan (may God’s approval be towards him) Abdullah Bin Amir, Bin Rubiahy became governor of Mikran, it was ordered that a confi- dential agent should be sent to Sindh, to spy into and discover the state of affairs. He sent Hakim Bin Hulliyah with directions to make himself well informed of every thing and report thereon; the Hakim said, that the water was black, the fruits were sour and poison- ous, the ground stony, and the earth saline. The Khalif asked, what he thought of the inhabitants ; he replied, ‘‘ They were faithless.” Thus the preparation of a force from that quarter (Mikram) was abandon- ed. Then in the Khalifat of the chief of the, true believers, Alli, a force passed from Mikram, and victorious and successful arrived at the hill of Kag-Kaman, which is one of the boundaries of Sindh, 20,000 hill men opposed theirs ; the Moslem army calling on the Most High, began the attack, the noise of the shouts terrified the enemy, who cried for quarter, whilst others fled. From that time on occa- sions of conflict, the Moslem noise of calling on the Most High is heard in those hills. The news of the death of the Khalif arrived, and any further advance was stopped. The force above mentioned returned to Mikram. When Mohawiyah obtained sovereignty, he Mohanta prepares appointed Abdullah Bin Sawad with 4,000 men a force for Sindh. for Sindh ; by chance they arrived at the hill of Kag- Kaman, and were defeated by a large force of the unbelievers, 1845. ] a History of Sindh. 87 and at length returned and arrived at Mikram ; at that juncture, Zyad was governor of the Iraks on the part of Mohawiyah, who wrote to him to send Rashid Bin Oomur to Sindh, and he took possession of the hill of Pageh, taking also the whole of the property found there. Thus he also possessed himself of Kag-Kaman: he arrived at the hills of Mamzur and Bihung; the hill men, to the number of 50,000, assembled, and took possession of the passes ; from morning to evening they fought desperately, Rashid was killed, and the Moslems defeated. The repairing of this affair was deputed to Rashid Bin Salim, he defeated the men of Kag-Kaman, and arrived in the territories of ‘Budyha, where he was killed. Then Munzir Bin Harut, Bin Bashar, became governor of these provinces. He fell sick at Purabi, and died: at this time also Mohawiyah died, and Mirwan succeeded him; in his time no one was deputed to his enterprise until the time of Abdul Malk; he gave the governorship of the Iraks to Hijjaj, who sent the Seyud to Mikram; he, it so happened, was killed by the Allet/is as has been before related, whereupon Hijjaj sent Mujjah to Kirman, to take revenge upon the Allafis of Sindh; he died there in the distractions of these times. Abdul Malk the Khalif died, and Walid succeeded him, sending Mahomed Bin Haris to Mikram to settle the affairs of Hind and the Allafis; he killed one of the Allafis, and in the space of five months settled the country of Mikram satisfactorily, and took possession of various districts. After that the circumstances of the death of Bazil occurred as related, which increased the desire of revenge in Hijjaj, and it was settled to send Bin Cassim Sukifi, as will be related. Relation of the arrival of Bin Cassim in Sindh, and account of the victories which he there achieved. After the circumstance of the death of Bazil Hijjaj Bin Yasaf, it was represented to the Khalif that in Sindh insolence had obtained such ascendency, and punishment was so loudly called for, that he must issue his order for remedying these things, as also for the release of the Moslem prisoners, and taking revenge for the rebellion of those unbe- lievers, so that the country might be conquered. The Khalif replied, “The country is distant and unproductive, the expence of collecting forces will be ruinous, and only accomplished by oppression ; it is better 88 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [ No. 158. to abandon the project, and pass it by.” Hzjaj continually repre- sented, that by the permission of the Most High, and the protection of the religion of the prophet, the infidels would soon be subdued, and the prisoners of the faithful who, for so long a period had been con- fined there, would be released, whilst the outlay for collecting an army should be paid over and doubled by those who were its causes. The Khalif being without option issued the order, and in the 92nd year of the Hijera, Mahamed Bin Cassim, Bin Akib Sukfz, The Khalif issues ¢ousin and son-in-law of Hijjaj Yasaf, and 17 the order for the sub- jugation of Sindh in years old, made exertions, and they collected and the 92nd year H. sent with him 6,000 men from Sham and Irak. They arrived at Shiraz, where they made the necessary preparations. Hijjaj then sent five battering rams with the equipment for breaching forts, in boats, in the care of Mughertah and Khizam, with a select party. Thus they arrived at the port of Diwal, where they afterwards joined him (Bin Cassim). In short, Bin Cassim with all his previous and present forces, mustered 6,000 horse and 6,000 camels (of the class known as “ Bukhtc)” to carry his baggage, and set out for Mik- ran, and Mahamed Harun, notwithstanding the infirmity of his health, accompanied him ; when they arrived at Mapilah, Harun by the decree of the Almighty died, and was buried there. They relate, that at that time Jaisisth the son of Dahir, was in the fort of Nezrun, and wrote to his father the intelligence of the arrival of Bim Cassim: he consulted the Allafis; they said, “The cousin of Hijjaj is coming with a large army, do not oppose him.” Bin Cassim subdued Arman Bilah, and proceeded towards Diwal; in the mean time Mugheriah and Khizan with their party had arrived at Diwal, where they joined him. Bin Cassim 2p ail ac RIA pl ditch round Diwal and encamped ; he wrote Diwal. intelligence of his arrival to Hijjajz. They say, that the news reached Hijjaj in seven days, for such was the swiftness of the messengers, that the intelligence of seven days’ date, from and to, was daily received by each party. It is said, that in the fort of Diwal was a temple (place of idols) 40 guz in height, and in it a dome 40 guz high, _. and on the top of the dome a silken flag with four The temple at Diwal J : ; is considered asa talis- ends. The infidels in fear and dismay made no pre- man for the protection of the country. paration to fight: after some days a brahmin came out from the fort and asked for safety ; he presented 1845. | a History of Sindh. — 89 himself to Bin Cassim, and said, ‘‘I learn from my books that this country will be conquered by the Moslems, and the time has arrived, and you are the man. I am come to shew you the way: those before our times have constructed this temple as a talisman; until it is broken your road will not be opened ; order some stratagem, so that the banner on the dome may be thrown down.” Mahamed Bin Cassim bethought him how he should accomplish this; the engineer with the Catapulta said, “If you give me 10,000 dirhems I will agree by some means or another to bring down the banner and dome in three blows, if not I will have my hand cut off.” Mahamed Bin Cassim having obtained Dome of the tem. Permission from Hyjaj, ordered the Catapulta to be ple thrown down. = ysed, and by the help and power of the Almighty, in three blows the work was accomplished, when the army of Islam getting into ranks and order attacked the fort, and the infidels being confounded were powerless and begged for quarter. Mahamed Cassim directed, that none should be given, but to deliver up the place. The Capture of Diwal S°VerMor threw himself from the breastwork, and pd, bogey of the fled, and the people of the fort being helpless opened the gates: for three days there was a mas- sacre; they then brought out the Moslem prisoners, and captured im- mense treasures and property ; they destroyed the temple of idols, which was called Diwal after the place, and built a musjid. A man named Kthilah, one of the infidels, was the keeper of the Moslem prisoners ; when these were brought out it was discovered that he had exerted himself greatly in their behalf, and was overjoyed at their release as well as the victory of the army of Islam: Mahamed Cassim called him and pressed him to embrace the true faith, and he became a Moslem. After many honours and favours, he shared with Ahmed Bin Darah Ndi the governorship of that place. At length, having satisfactorily arranged the affairs of that quarter, and placed his battering rams in boats, he started them by the river Sakurah to Neirun, and he himself proceeded PiaCassian rdevetts by land in the same direction. They say that the to Neirun. son of Dahir, Jaisisih, was formerly at Neirun, but after hearing of the victory at Diwal, Dahir called him to Brahamana- bad, and Samani the former governor of Neirun, who had procured a certificate of pardon from Hijja7, as before mentioned in the account of the death of Bazil, was with Dahir. Now when Mahamed Cassim 90 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [No. 158. after seven days arrived in the vicinity of Neirun, the defenders of the fort fastened the gates. The army of the Moslems were much dis- tressed in the neighbourhood of Neirun for water, by reason of there being no inundations; Mahamed Bin Cassim made applications to the Most High, and they were immediately succeeded by a supply of rain, and the springs and tanks of that part of the country overflowed like fountains ; still there was a deficiency of forage: by good fortune, Sa- mani arrived at Neirun, and sent his confidential agents with the cer- tificate of pardon to Bin Cassim, and said, “I am The governor yields f ; % up the fort of Nei- the slave to be obedient, the reason of this omis- si sion is, that during my absence the people in the fort have closed the gates; I wish if you will pardon the fault and warrant my safety to come and kiss your feet.” Bin Cassim having paid due attention to those who had been sent, ordered “ That it was necessary to punish those who had guarded the gates, but since you have interceded, come have an interview, and open the gates.” Samant having done so, took the keys with suitable presents, and made his obeisance; he was favored, and provided every thing that was required. At length the army of Islam entered the fort; they destroyed the temples, and built musjids and minarets in their stead, Governor appointed. Mouzzins and Imams were appointed, and Shunheh was made governor of the place. Taking Samanz with him, Bin Cassim advanced; when they had proceeded some distance from Nezrun at the place called Mauj, Samani sent a letter to Bicharah, son of Chundur, governor of Sewistan, thus: ‘“‘ We are not the men to bear force; this Arab army is all powerful; there is no use in opposing them; Governor of Sewis- 1 18 necessary to look after the interests of yourself tan refuses to submit. and people, come and proffer your obedience, the word of Bin Cassim is powerful, undoubtedly this is the best policy.” Bicharah refused to accede to submission, but prepared for battle. Thence the Moslem troops having advanced, reached the fort of Sewistan ; one week was occupied in laying siege and attack; until at length Bicharah becoming dispirited, fled and went to Budyah ; Bin Kakah, Bin Kotah, who was governor of the castle of Sim Mahamed Cassim entered the fort of Sewistan*, and took posses- * Sewistan always means the modern Sehwan. 1845. | a History of Sindh. 9] sion ; he favoured such persons as were brought to him by Samani, and Bin Cassim enters then started for Sim. The forces of Budyah and Peypetan. Bicharah prepared for opposition. The infidels went to Kakah, Budyah’s father, and requested permission to make a night attack. Kakah said, “1 know from the astrologers that the army of Islam will conquer this country, and that the time has now arrived ; do not entertain such ideas.” They would not be restrained, but pre- pared for a night attack; it so happened that they lost the road and dispersed into four parties, and although they wandered all night, they found themselves in the morning near the gate of the fort of Sim. Being afflicted they became penitent, and went to Kakah Chanah and stated their case. He said, ‘‘ Do not think me less valiant than yourselves, but I know for certain that there is no use in contending with these men.” In short, Kakah went himself and proffered his obedience ; he was received with favour, and obtained safety for his followers. Maha- med Bin Cassim sent with him Abad al Mulk Bin Kies Aldaki, and ordered them to bring all who would be obedient (to his sway,) and to punish all who resisted. The Almighty gave them daily victories over Bate cictories, the infidels, and at last these being frustrated, fled the infidels proffer to the forts of Bultur Saluj and Kandail, when obedience. eu} i‘ they solicited promises of safety and pardon, and, agreeing to pay tribute, departed to their own country : at this time an Hijjaj sends order order arrived from Hijjaj, that Mahamed Bin Cassim to Bin Cassim to sub- , due Dahir. should return to Neirun to prepare to cope with Dahir, and cross the river Mihran. It is related that the tribe of Chanah, which at that time was a large mie ichsar Chaush clan, collected from various places, and sent a per- become obedient. son to bring intelligence (of the Moslems); he ar- rived when the forces of the Arabs were arranged behind, Bin Cassim engaged in prayer, and in their devotions obeying the postures of the Moollah, he reported to his tribe, that those who could by thousands be made to obey one man, it would be futile to oppose. Thus they determined to declare allegiance to the Moslems, and after sending suitable presents they arrived when Bin Cassim was at table, who said ‘‘ This tribe is fortunate,” and they were ever after styled the tribe of ‘ Chanah Mirzook,’ or ‘fortunate ;’ they then proffered their obedi- ence and assistance of tribute, which was accepted, and they departed, a —-~ 92 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [No. 158. and it was decreed that the land on that side of the river in the possession of the tribe of Chanah, should be taxed at a tenth, the same as that at Meirunkot, where the people had voluntarily tendered their obedience. In short, pursuant to the orders of Hijjaj, Bin Cassim returned, and having crossed the Mihran, arrived at the fort of Rawur rseeibnekage eo and Jeyur, where he sent an order to the governor cl lat joins Bin Mtikth Bin Bisayah to come and proffer his obe- dience. He replied, “If Ido so I incur the displea- sure of Dahir; in a certain place at uncertain time, I will come forward with a certain number of troops; direct your men to attack me, and I will appear to oppose them, and then allow myself to be taken prisoner.” Thus did Mukih at that place become obedient, and was taken into great favor: he shewed the road (to conquest.) They relate that the Rahi Dahir, hearing of the power of the army Dia iieatha of Islam, prepared with a large force to oppose the passage of the Mos- passage of the river. A party of the Moslems were lems on the Indus. crossing, Dahir himself killed one with an arrow. He left Jahamin Budah there, and himself retired ; Jahamin took such strong possession of the passage of the river, that it became difficult. At this junction Chundram Halah, who was formerly governor, seized Bea onaiat Serie: Sewistan from a party of horsemen of the Moslems yen who were left at that place. Mahamed Cassim on hearing this, despatched Ussub Bin Abdul Rahim with a thousand horse and 200 foot to Sewistan. Chundram prepared to oppose them, and was defeated: he wished ta escape to the fort, but the fort gates had in the mean time been closed, and he being frustrated, fell into the hands of the Moslems and was killed, (sent to perdition.) The Moslems then surrounded and took the fort, whence they rejoined Bin Sewistan retaken, Cassim: Rah Dahir sent his son Jaisisih to the fort ane Teme SOF Bae tb stop the road of the army of Islam ; about 50 days were thus passed, and the Moslems began to suffer want, such The Moslems suf- horses as died of starvation were eaten. Dahir sent fer for want of provi- : os ; sions. a messenger saying, ‘“‘ The state of your army is thus reported: if you wish well to yourselves I shall not oppose, but will perform my service (become obedient,) and you had better return.” Mahamed Bin Cassim replied, “ By the will of the Almighty, this country shall be a Mahomedan country, and until you come and proffer 1845. | a History of Sindh. 93 obedience and pay the tribute of several years, I will never abandon my intentions respecting you.” (I will never take my hands from you.) They say that Hyyaj in hearing the news of the loss of the horses, des- ap _ patched 2,000 others with strict injunctions not to Hijjai sends rein- ’ ; f forcements and orders delay in the important affairs of Dahir, but to pass a the river quickly and settle them first. On the re- ceipt of these injunctions, Mahamed Bin Cassim having arrived at Juhum, directed them to collect boats for the passage of the river, and to make a bridge. Maki Bin Bisayah collected several boats, and Bridge of boats. _— filling them with sand and stones, and fastening them with wedges, made them firm one to the other. On this intel- ligence Dahir wrote to his son to arrest Mukti by some means for his evincing such audacity. Rail the brother of Miki was with Dahir, and having formerly been an enemy to his brother, said, ‘“‘ Entrust this order to me, and I will go and bring my brother; I will moreover pledge myself to prevent the passage of the river.” At this time, by the help of God, the army of Islam having prepared the boats began to cross, and with showers of arrows dispersed the Infidels who dared to oppose them on the opposite shore. A large party arrived on the other side, and having cleared the shore of their The Moslems cross enemies, took up a position, until the rest of the ae ee army should have passed safely. It is said, that swift horsemen of the unbelievers, by travelling all night, conveyed the news to Dahir early the next morning: he was still asleep when they announced it; the groom roused Dahir, who, when he awoke from a tranquil sleep, was so much annoyed that he struck the messenger on the face so heavily with his slipper, that he died immediately. In short, Dahir being astonished and dismayed, knew not what to do: when Mahamed Cassim had crossed the whole of his army, he pro- claimed to his troops— “‘ The river is in our rear and the enemy in Bin Cassim exhorts #FOHt: whoever is ready to yield his life, which act his troops. will be rewarded with eternal felicity in such a cause, let him remain and have the honor of conflict ; and any amongst you who, on second consideration, does not feel able to oppose the enemy, let him recollect that the road of flight is not open—he will assuredly fall into the hands of the Infidels, or else be drowned in the river, and thus suffer disgrace, which is the worst of all evils in religious P 94 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [No. 158. or worldly matters; but still, let these now take leave, for brave men determine either to conquer or die.” Of the whole force only three persons, one under a pretence of an unprotected mother, another of a motherless daughter, and a third of want of means, left; the rest declared they were only anxious for battle. At length Mahamed Bin Cassim perceiving the unanimity of his troops directed a march from that place, and from the fort of Bat arrived at Rawur; he arrived at a place called Jeyur. Now between Rawur and Jeyur there was a bay,.on passing which they came in First view of Da- Sight of Dahir’s forces; Mohazar Bin Sabit Kisi hir’s forces. with 2,000 and Mahamed Ziad Abdi with 1,000 troops, were directed to oppose them: they drove the enemy back. At this time, Dahir called Mahomed Haris Allafi and represented, ‘“ For advice in such a day as this have I protected you; now you must exert yourself and take charge of the advanced party.” Mahomed Haris re- plied, “‘Indeed I acknowledge that I ought to exert myself to the utmost, but there is the necessity of opposing Mahomedans, and to become The Allafi chief re. TeMegade, sell my religion for gold, to have on me fuses to oppose the the blood of Mahomedans, and when I die to go to army of Bin Cassim. perdition; spare me, I pray you, the performance of these tasks: any other duty I will perform with my life.” Dahir was disconcerted, and remained silent. He sent Jazsisth with a large party of troops to oppose the enemy, but after the loss of the greater portion he was defeated and returned. The next day the brother of Mhz was ap- pointed, but he secretly sent a message saying, ‘‘ Take me in battle as you have done my brother :” and they did so. Thus for ten days in this way the Infidel forces came out to battle, and, being defeated, returned. In the meantime the victorious Moslems besieged Dahir in his own Bil Caden Deslegss stronghold, and on the 11th day, which was Thurs- Alor. day the 10th of the month Ramzan in the 93rd year of the Hejira, Dahir notwithstanding the prohibitions of the astrologers came out himself with a powerful force; he had 10,000 horse with armour, and 30,000 foot with many war elephants, (on one of which) Dahir gives battle. Dahir was seated in a howdah with two beautiful girls handing him wine, and fanning him. They contended fiercely from morning until night, and the Moslems so plied their rockets and arrows that it could not be exceeded. Y a | a 1845. | a History of Sindh. 95 At first the army of Islam became confused ; Mahamed Bin Cassim became alarmed, and offered up prayers to the Most High, who favored him, and gave him at length the victory. They relate, that Bin Dahir had at all times during the battle an iron mace in his hand, with which he cleft the head of every horseman against whom he launched it; but at length on the approach of the Arabs, when he wished to leave the battle, the war elephants became frightened at the rockets of the Moslem troops, and fell amongst their own soldiers, who were thus destroyed. A party of the Infidels demanded quarter, and said ‘‘ The army of Dahir is now confident and careless ; give us troops and we fer of the lui: will take them in the rear, and break their pride and dels desert. strength.” In this way the ground was cleared and the enemy broken. By the power of the Almighty an arrow struck Dahir in the neck Death of Dahir. and killed him ; they drew his elephant to the rear, but by chance the elephant stuck in the mud of the river, and they all tried to conceal the King’s position. The army of the Infidels being de- feated, the Moslems so guarded all the approaches that a bird could not have flown past. The Brahmins fell into the hands of Kezss, and to preserve their own lives reported the death of Dahir. At this time the two daughters of Dahir were captured by the Mos- Certain Brahmins ‘ reported the death of Jem troops. Mahamed Bin Cassim fearing lest ge Dahir should escape, caused a proclamation to be issued, that they should close to the rear to prevent the concealment of the enemy. Keiss hearing the proclamation called aloud on the Most High after the Mahomedan fashion, and the whole army taking it up, Bin Cassim became aware of the death of Dahir. He came with some of his warriors to the edge of the mud, and on the testimony of the Brahmins took the polluted body out; he cut off the head and stuck it on a spear, The body of Dahit shewing it to the daughters for their confirmation discovered. (of his death). He then directed, that the army should occupy itself all night in prayer and thanksgiving for the Divine favour, and in the morning of Friday he sent Dahir’s head with his two daughters to the gate of the Fort. The defenders of the gar- rison declared it was false. Sadi the wife of Dahir, having from the top of the palace seen the head of her husband, became insensible, and ut- tering a loud cry, threw herself off (the palace:) in short, the people in the 96 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [No. 158. fort opened the gates, and the Moslem army entered, and having erected The Musto aany’2 sort of pulpit in the temple, performed the prayers enter Alor. of Friday. They then took possession of the riches and property of every kind, and constituted Keiss the keeper of these. In the beginning of the month Shawal after the settlement of all that territory, they sent the head of Dahir with his daughters, the prisoners, and the wealth with 40 horsemen accompanied by Keiss to the Khali- Dahir ruled for 33 fat capital. The period of the rule of Dahir was 33 Lee oa Pee years, and the whole time occupied by the dynasty of the Brahmins was 92 years. It is related, that after the death of Dahir the men of Samah from the neighbourhood of Thurri* having collected, came with tabours and clarions and proffered their allegiance, and began to dance: Maha- med Cassim asked who they were, and what they were doing. They replied, ‘‘ This is our custom, that when a Monarch is victorious, we thus testify our joy.” They returned. And the Bhattias, Lohanas, Sa- hutahs, Jundurs, Machees, and Kurejurs}, introduced by Alli Maha- pribes* Wwe Pay med Bin Abdul Rihman, came to pay their respects, hemiaee to Bin Cas- with head and feet bare. After their pardon had been pronounced, it was decreed that whenever any of the Mahomedans should come from the Capital of the Khalifs or go in that direction, these tribes should be their guides and be answerable for their safety. Then Mahamed Bin Cassim, with the sanction of Hijjaj, took to wife the sister of Dahir, (whom the latter had married through fear of losing his country, ) and proceeded to acquire other territories. At this Sons of Dahir re. time at the commencement of the year 94, it was bel. announced that the sons of Dahir had possessed themselves of the fort of. ‘ Sikunday,” and had assumed indepen- dance. Mahamed Cassim proceeded in that direction, and endea- voured to reduce the fort; after many engagements he took complete possession, destroyed the temples, and laid the foundation of Mus- Jids, and directed certain punishments to be inflicted on the inha- * Thurr ov Thulli the little desert separating Sindh from Cutch. t These last are Jhutts, the cultivators of the soil and rearers of cattle in contra- distinction to the Beloochees who are foreigners; they are doubtless the aboriginal Hindoos converted to Islamism. 1845. | a History of Sindh. 97 bitants. He also in the same way subdued Barhamanabad ; they say that one day Mahamed Cassim was sitting, when an assemblage The Bratiins repre- of Brahmins, about 1,000 in number with their Pe teh "ralinios heads and faces shaven, came into the camp. On customs: the same enquiring their case, he learnt that they were Sal: mourning for their chiefs as is their custom. Hav- ing called them, on the advice of Sadi the wife of Dahir, he sent them all as formerly to be collectors in the districts. In their helpless- ness they represented that they were a class of idol worshippers, and belonged to idol temples: ‘‘ Now we have accepted obedience to you, and acknowledge our amenability to tribute, you must give us leave to erect our places of worship elsewhere, and to pray for the prosperity of the Khalif.” Mahamed Cassim, after having represented the case to Hiujaj, who reported it to the Khalif, gave the permission required, that they should act according to the usages of their ancient faith. He then ordered that, to distinguish them from other Hindoos, they should carry in their hands a small vessel of grain as mendicants, and should beg from door to door every morning. This custom still re- mains, and all the Brahmins carry the khulsal. It is related, that when Hijja7 heard of the conquest of the fort of Szkundar and Barhamanabad, he wrote to Mahamed Cassim, ‘ Since by the blessing of the Almighty, Dahir and his country had been taken, you must also take the Capital city; and not rest satisfied with that, but turn to the east and proceed towards Hind, and by the blessing of the Mahomedan religion it will every where protect the Moslems. On this order, Mahamed Cassim set about the settlement of Alor. _ In the disorder of affairs, news arrived that a son of The sons of Dahir : take possession of Alor, Dahir was strong at Alor, having denied the death ae pbs fleath of | of Dahir, and reporting that he was only lost from his troops, and had gone towards Hindostan whence he would soon arrive with an army and take revenge. So implicitly did he believe this, that whoever mentioned the killing of his father to him, was destroyed. Thus few alluded to the subject in his presence. He called to him his brothers Jaisisih and Wukiah, who in the tumult of affairs had been dispersed. Bin Cassim proceeded in that direction, and besieged the fort of Alor; he sent Sadi the wife of Dahir to the gate of the fort, in order that she might explain the 95 Translation of the Toofut ul Kiram, [No. 158. death of Dahir. They called her a liar and stoned her, saying ‘‘ You have become one of the eaters of cows.” The siege was prosecuted, and the inhabitants of Alor soon began to suffer for want of food; they meditated surrender, Fuji began to think that there was no chance of his succeeding, but a false hope prevented his withdrawing. They say, that there was a sorceress in that place; they requested her to give them intelligence of the death of Dahir. This woman, whose name was Jokiz, asked for one night’s delay, and after that she came into the presence of Fuji with two green branches of Jow and Filful trees and said, ‘“‘I have searched every span of earth from Sirundip, and have brought this reply, that if Dahir were alive I should certainly have seen him; do not entertain the idea, and do not heedlessly and unprofitably doom yourself to destruction.” When Fuji knew for cer- tain from the sorceress, and became convinced of the death of Dahir, he left the fort at night and fled to his brothers whom he had called to him, but who had not yet arrived. In the morning the Allafis sent the intelligence by letter to Mahamed Cassim, and called for a promise Bin Cassim enters °! Pardon for themselves ; they directed the holders of Alor. the fort to open it, and Mahamed Cassim with his vic- torious army entered the city. He saw a large assemblage of the people prostrating themselves in the place of worship ; he asked what they were doing, he learnt that they were paying adoration to an idol, and entering the temple he saw a well-formed figure of a man on horseback: he drew his sword to strike him, but those who were near him cried out, “It is an idol and not a living being.” Making way for Mahamed Cassim he advanced to the Idol, and taking off one of his gauntlets he said to the ae destehiceprowen? spectators, ‘‘ See in the hand of the Idol there is this es the idolaters. one gauntlet; ask him what he has done with the other.” They replied, ‘‘ What should an Idol know of these things.” Bin Cassim said, yours is a curious object of worship, who knows nothing even of himself. They were ashamed at this rebuke. In short, after the capture of Alor which was the capital of the country, the rest of the dependencies became tranquil, all the inhabitants were grateful to Bin Cassim*, and pursued their former avocations. He appointed Hurin * There is an apparent inconsistency in our author here, for he tells us that Alor was taken by Bin Cassim when Dahir was overthrown, and does not account for the Rajah’s sons getting possession of it, and its being necessary to recapture it. Bin i ae ee ee ee — Se ee ee ae Sa ee ee se 1845. ] a History of Sindh. 99 Bin Keiss, Bin Rowah Assidi, to the governorship of Alor, and the eartus Sbyaniins rank of Cazi he conferred on Mussa Bin Yakrib, Bin appointed. Tahi, Bin Nishban, Bin Ashman Sakufi, and he ap- pointed Widah Bin Ahmid al Nydi to the command of Barhamanabad, and Nobah bin Daras to the fort of Rawur, and the country of Korah he gave to Bazil Bin Hillazuwi. Then he turned towards Multan ; and in the course of the journey, at the fort of Bahiyah, Kulsur Bin Chundur, Bin Tillabij a cousin of Dahir’s, who had been at enmity with Dahir, and was remaining at that place, came out and tendered his allegiance. After that, they conquered the fort of Sukkur, and Atia Bin Jamahi was left there as Governor, and having seized Multan with its dependencies and fortified places, Khazimah Bin Abdul Mulk, Bin Jumim was left at Mahpur, and Daud Bin Mussarpur, Bin Walid Himmani, was appointed to Multan. Mahamed Cassim then Mahamed Cassim Proceeded towards Dibalpur, and he had at that extends his conquests. time nearly 50,000 horse and foot under his ban- ners, independent of his former regular army; in short, he conquered as far as the confines of Kunnoj and Cashmir, and saw those two cypress trees which had been placed by Dahir. Everywhere he left trust-worthy agents and returned to Yassur* where it was decreed by fate that his life should terminate. ( To be continued. ) Cassim had otherwise proved himself too good a General not to have provided for the security of the Capital of the country when once in his power to render its falling into the hands of the enemy at all likely. * In the Chach Nameh ‘‘ Hadapoor.”’ 100 Védanta-Sara, or Essence of the Vedanta, an introduction into the Védénta Philosophy by Sadénanda Parivrajakdcharya, trans- lated from the original Sanscrit by E. Roxrr, Librarian to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. PREFACE. Of the Véddnta-Sara two translations have already been published, one by Mr. Ward, (in his work View of the History, Literature and Mythology of the Hindoos) and the other in the German language, by the late Professor O. Frank. Ward’s translation, which is evident- ly not taken from the Sanscrit, is very far from conveying a fair like- ness of the original to the reader, and I need only quote the opinion of Colebrooke with regard to it, to prove its entire failure as a correct rendering of the original*. The German for which we are indebted to O. Frank, was published together with the original text, in 1835 ; but, however creditable it is to the author, it is also inexact as atranslation. Although a good Sanscrit scholar, and one of the first in Europe, who devoted his talents to that language, he had to struggle with the difficulty of ascertaining the real value of its technical terms, a difficulty which he had hardly the means of removing; for in Professor Wilson’s excellent Sanscrit Dictionary, only a few philosophical terms are explained, and without an expla- nation of such terms by pundits, or an extensive course of reading, the * Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society Vol. II, p. 9. note. Mr. Ward has given, in the fourth volume of his View of the History, Literature and Mythology of the Hindoos (third edition, ) a translation of the Védanta-Sara. I wish to speak as gently as I can of Mr. Ward’s performance, but having collated this, I am bound to say, it is no version of the original text, and seems to have been made from an oral expo- sition through the medium of a different language, probably the Bengalese. ‘This will be evident to the Oriental Scholar on the slightest comparison, for example the introduction, which does not correspond with the original in so much as a single word, the name of the author’s preceptor alone excepted ; nor is there a word of the trans- lated introduction countenanced by any of the commentaries. At the commence- ment of the treatise too, where the requisite qualifications of a student are enumerat- ed, Mr. Ward makes his author say, that a person, possessing those qualifications, is an heir to the Veda; there is no term in the text, nor in the commentaries, which could suggest the notion of heir, unless Mr. Ward has so translated adhicari, (a com- petent or qualified person) which in Bengalese signifies proprietor, or with the epithet uttara, uttara adhicari, heir or successor. It would be needless to pursue the com- parison further. The meaning of the original is certainly not to be gathered from such translations as this,and (as Mr. Ward terms them) of other principal works of the Hindoos, which he has presented to the public. 1845.] Védanta-Sara, or Essence of the Vedanta. 101 exact metaphysical meaning of them must remain problematical. Be- sides O. Frank is the disciple of a particular philosophical school, that of Hegel, and has very often coloured the ideas of the original so as to correspond with his own system. I hope, therefore, that I have not undertaken a useless task, in bringing before the public a third trans- lation, in which it has been my constant endeavor to render the original as faithfully as possible. For the language of this translation, I have as a foreigner to solicit the indulgence of the reader ; and, independently of other considerations, it will be remembered, that English in itself presents difficulties, in rendermg with exactitude the real force and meaning of Sanscrit philosophical terms. As regards, however, the language of the preface, I am much indebted to the valuable assistance of Mr. H. Torrens, V. P. and Secretary to the Asiatic Society, and I take this opportunity of acknowledging my great obligations to him. In publishing this translation, it is my principal object to attract the attention of the public once more to a branch of Hindoo learning, which, successfully cultivated as it was by Colebrooke, has been of late almost entirely neglected. The researches of that eminent scholar, as in other departments, were also with regard to the philosophy of the Hindoos, of the most comprehensive character. He not only gave a general sketch of the different systems of their philosophy, but also a critical introduction into this branch of Hindoo literature, almost entirely unknown before his day. As his labors then created extensive interest in Europe, it is much to be regretted, that these researches were afterwards but lamely followed up. The Germans indeed did as much as the want of material allowed them. I here allude to the researches of the two Schlegels (Fr. and A. W. von) W. V. Humboldt, Ritter, (in his History of Philosophy) O. Frank, Lassen and others, who published either original texts, or translations, or critical treatises. But however meritorious these labors were, most of them, as founded upon Colebrooke’s works, could not much enlarge our information on Hindoo philosophy. For this object the publication of Sanscrit texts, or translations was necessary, which were looked for chiefly from India and England. Here, however, it appears, that the interest in Hindoo philosophy was only enforced by the name of Colebrooke, as with him almost all further investigation ceased; for, with the exception of Professor Wilson, who edited Colebrooke’s translation of the Sankhya Q 102 Védanta-Sara, or Essence of the Vedanta. [No. 158. Karika, and translated the native commentaries on this work, no one has published any work of importance with regard to Hindoo philosophy. Without endeavoring here to enlarge on the causes of this neglect, I must not omit to touch on the principal one—the want of encourage- ment, with which philosophical researches are met in England. The study of philosophy is of its very nature adapted but to few; but even they will be deterred from it, if that part of the public, to which they are to communicate the results of their enquiries, is totally indifferent to them. If philosophy generally be but in little repute in England, it ig easy to conclude, what must be the neglect of the systems of the Hindoos in particular, which, it appears, are entirely superseded by the much more elaborate systems of Europe. The Hindoos, it is said, are acute enough in nominal distinctions, but their enquiries, originating from an absurd and gross superstition, recur only to this root, instead of explaining the phenomena of nature. Without entering into a full discussion of this subject, I may be allowed to observe, that this view would at once destroy all historical study. On account of their histori- cal interest, we not only direct our attention to the works of Grecian art, but also to those of Egypt, Etruria, Persia, Peru and of other coun- tries, because they show us the characters of those nations in different states of civilization. If these possess a general interest, Hindoo philo- sophy is a monument, which must claim the attention of every enquiring mind, as it reveals to us the inmost character of the nation, closely in- terwoven as it is with all institutions of public and domestic life, with their literature, religion and their views of the means, by which their moral welfare might be advanced or retarded. But waiving this general inter- est, we must be aware of the connexion of Hindoo philosophy with the development of European science, by the new platonic philosophy, which evidently contains the principles and results of Hindoo philosophy, a connexion which can be only fully understood, when we know more of the history of the Hindoo systems.* The Védanta-Sara is an abstract of the doctrines of the Védanta philosophy, and expounds more particularly those tenets which are ascribed by Colebrooke to the modern branch of this school. It com- prehends in a very condensed form the whole range of the topics, which are discussed more fully in the different works of this school. The ob- * Ritter’s Geschichte der Philosophie. Vol. 4, p. 44. a 1845.] Védanta- Sara, or Essence of the Védanta. 103 scurity, which prevails in some passages, is rather owing to the concen- tration than to the indistinctness of the ideas. The principles of the system are clearly laid down, and though in a few passages there is a deviation from them, they are never lost sight of. Other philosophical systems are only touched upon, when it is the object to prove their principles to be entirely inconsistent with themselves and with each other. ‘The demonstrations, though short, are perspicuous, and some- times even elegant. The illustrations are generally well selected and striking ; and, if we consider the work to be rather of a descriptive than of a argumentative character, we must acknowledge, that it is a most excellent introduction to the study of that philosophy. The following exposition is intended to place before the reader the chief metaphysical topics of this work and to compare the doctrines, explained in it, with those philosophical systems, Hindoo as well as European, with which it has an affinity in its principles. There exists according to it only one eternal and unchangeable being, who has the attributes of existence and consciousness. The manifold distinctions in what may be called, the material and intellectual worlds, are toge- ther with those worlds, mere , AZ », Ganges to Rhodopa, ale 1 os — aes AO »» Rhodopa to Calinipoxa, (a City,) .. af side oe, LOF Carried over, ~. 1244 oe the Indus, Ganges, and Burumpootur in the first class ; the Soane, Nerbudda, &c. in the second ; he places the Chundun in ue ena The Greek text however is simply 6 0¢ gooavvooac TPLTOC pev ay Eun tev. Trdwr TOTAMWL. 2nd. He next quotes extracts from the Voyu, Hari Vunsa, Markunda and Ootur Puranas, which go to show merely that Bali, the son of Bhooput, begat a son called Balipootra, who was Rajah of Aungdes, that his capital (ninety-six miles by thirty- six in extent) was Balini, which however was usually called Chumpapooree. Colo- nel Franklin says, (I do not know on what authority ) that Chumpapooree is the Chumpanugar of the present day, a village four miles west of Bhaugulpoor ; but sup- posing this to be so, it does not follow that Chumpapooree was ever called Pali- bothra. It is probable, that this Bali (who in another part of the extract is said to have had three sons ‘‘ Aung, Bang and Culing,”’ and all of whom were doubtless call- ed Balipootras, or sons of Bali) lived long antecedent to the time of Nanda the king of Magadha, who, according to Wilford, assumed the title of Bali, and from whom Chundragupta and his descendants derived the title of Balipootras. It is very pos- sible, that the original Bali may have dwelt at Balini, or Chumpapooree, in the vici- nity of Bhaugulpoor ; but this circumstance would afford no proof that the capital of Chundragupta was also situated on that spot. 3rd. Colonel Franklin states, (page 19) that in several Hindoo works Palibothra is mentioned as situated in the vicinity of hills ; but he has omitted to give a single passage containing a fact so very important to his argument. It does not seem ne- cessary to discuss the minor points of Colonel Franklin’s work. * Adams’ Roman Antiquities. + By the Post-office Tables, it is, 227 E. miles from Allahabad to Patna. : ree. — —— 1845.) the River Soane and Site of Palibothra. 151 Roman Miles. Brought forward, 1244 To the conflux of Jomones and Ganges, sa 20 To Palibothra, xe ae aft Ais or pe Teac To the mouth of the Ganges, .. - 638 * Total; 2- 2532 * N. B.—The total is not added up in Pliny. These distances are said to have been measured along the high road, but as they cannot be made to correspond with the distances by the present high road from the Indus to the Ganges, it is evident either that some error as to the figures has crept into the MSS. or (which is by no means improbable) that the high road 2000 years ago took a very different course from the high road at present. Rennell, in order to ascertain the length of the Roman mile assumed by Pliny, mea- sured on the map along the line of the great road from the Hyphasis (Beyah) to the mouth of the Ganges, and finding this to be 1140 G. miles while the Itinerary gave 2022 Roman miles, he concluded that the proportion of one of Pliny’s miles to a Greek mile was as 56 to 100 in horizontal distance, or 7-10ths. of an English mile in road distance. Agreeable to this mode of computation, he found Patna to be only 345 of Pliny’s miles below Allahabad instead of 425, as stated in the Itinerary. This difference of 80 of Pliny’s miles, or 44 Greek miles, he did not consider of much importance, as owing to the great changes in the course of Indian rivers, it was by no means certain that in former times the confluence of the Jumna and Ganges took place at Allahabad as now. The mode of computation adopted by Rennell is not altogether free from objection. First, he has omitted to give the stages of the high road along which he measured the distance. Secondly, which mouth of the Ganges he assumed as the eastern limit. Thirdly, the precise point which he considered to be at the mouth of the Ganges. It is also to be considered that whatever point may have been assumed by Major Rennell as the mouth of the Ganges, it is in the highest degree improbable that the same point was situated at the mouth of the Ganges 2000 years ago. The progress of the Deltas of all rivers, though slow, is sure: Herodotus (Euterpe, p. 4) says that, ‘‘ In the 152 Memorandum on the Ancient bed of LNo. 158. time of Menes (*2320 B. C.) the first king, the whole of Egypt, except the province of Thebes was one extended marsh. No part of all that district which is now situate beyond the lake of Meris was then to be seen, the distance between which lake and the sea is a journey of seven days.” In para. 13 he adds, “In the reign of Meris as soon as the river rose to eight cubits, all the lands above Memphis were overflowed ; since which a period of about 900 years has elaps- ed: but at present, (about 460 B. C.) unless the river rises to sixteen or at least fifteen cubits, its waters do not reach those lands.” During the boring in Fort William with a view of making an Artesian well, a fossil bone was brought up from a depth of 350 feett below Calcutta, which evidently proves that that part of the Delta is (geologically speak- ing) a comparatively modern accumulation of alluvial deposits, and it is not impossible that Calcutta itself may at that period have been not far distant from the mouth, or one of the mouths, of the Ganges.